SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Horizon Lines, Inc. – IPO: ‘S-1’ on 3/1/05

On:  Tuesday, 3/1/05, at 6:43pm ET   ·   As of:  3/2/05   ·   Private-to-Public:  Document/Exhibit  –  Release Delayed   ·   Accession #:  1193125-5-40055   ·   File #:  333-123073

Previous ‘S-1’:  None   ·   Next:  ‘S-1/A’ on 4/13/05   ·   Latest:  ‘S-1/A’ on 12/22/11

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 3/02/05  Horizon Lines, Inc.               S-13/01/05   37:10M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA

Initial Public Offering (IPO):  Registration Statement (General Form)   —   Form S-1
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: S-1         Registration Statement (General Form)               HTML   1.85M 
37: COVER     ¶ Comment-Response or Cover Letter to the SEC         HTML      6K 
 2: EX-2        Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, Dated as of  HTML    398K 
                          July 7, 2004                                           
 3: EX-4.1      Indenture, Dated as of July 7, 2004                 HTML    693K 
 4: EX-4.2      Indenture, Dated as of December 10, 2004            HTML    598K 
 5: EX-4.5      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, Dated   HTML    184K 
                          as of July 7, 2004                                     
 6: EX-4.6      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, Dated   HTML    174K 
                          as of December 10, 2004                                
 7: EX-9.1      Voting Trust Agreement Dated as of July 7, 2004     HTML     81K 
 8: EX-9.2      Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement Dated   HTML    210K 
                          as of October 15, 2004                                 
 9: EX-10.1     Membership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement     HTML     46K 
                          Dated as of July 7, 2004                               
18: EX-10.10    Preferential Usage Agreement Dated December 1,      HTML    269K 
                          1985                                                   
19: EX-10.11    Crane Relocation Agreement, Dated August 20, 1992   HTML    147K 
20: EX-10.12    Employment Agreement Dated as of July 7, 2004 -     HTML    131K 
                          Charles G. Raymond                                     
21: EX-10.13    Employment Agreement Dated as of July 7, 2004 - M.  HTML     87K 
                          Mark Urbania                                           
10: EX-10.2     Credit Agreement Dated as of July 7, 2004           HTML    588K 
22: EX-10.23    Purchase Agreement, Dated January 28, 2005 -        HTML     96K 
                          Admiral James L. Holloway Iii                          
23: EX-10.24    Purchase Agreement, Dated January 28, 2005 - James  HTML     96K 
                          G. Cameron                                             
24: EX-10.25    Purchase Agreement, Dated January 28, 2005 - Ernie  HTML     96K 
                          L. Danner                                              
25: EX-10.26    Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity        HTML    530K 
                          Agreement Dated as of 2-27-03                          
26: EX-10.27    Put/Call Agreement, Dated as of July 7, 2004        HTML     63K 
27: EX-10.28    Horizon Lines Holding Corp. Stock Option Plan       HTML    124K 
11: EX-10.3     Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement Dated as of     HTML    122K 
                          September 30, 2004                                     
28: EX-10.36    Capital Construction Fund Agreement, Dated March    HTML     50K 
                          29, 2004                                               
29: EX-10.37    Harbor Lease, Dated January 12, 1996                HTML    137K 
30: EX-10.38    Agreement Dated May 16, 2002                        HTML    104K 
31: EX-10.39    Agreement Dated March 29, 2001                      HTML    103K 
12: EX-10.4     Collateral Agreement Dated as of July 7, 2004       HTML    160K 
32: EX-10.40    Port of Kodiak Preferential Use Agreement, Dated    HTML     63K 
                          April 12, 2002                                         
33: EX-10.41    Terminal Operation Contract, Dated May 2, 2002      HTML     50K 
34: EX-10.42    Sublease, Easement and Preferential Use Agreement   HTML    117K 
13: EX-10.5     Agreement Dated as of July 7, 2004                  HTML     47K 
14: EX-10.6     Stock Purchase Agreement, Dated as of October 15,   HTML    122K 
                          2004                                                   
15: EX-10.7     Stockholders Agreement, Dated as of July 7, 2004    HTML    170K 
16: EX-10.8     First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, Dated    HTML    108K 
                          as of October 15, 2004                                 
17: EX-10.9     Instrument of Accession to Stockholders Agreement,  HTML     25K 
                          as Amended                                             
35: EX-21       List of Subsidiaries of Horizon Lines, Inc.         HTML     15K 
36: EX-23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP                        HTML     13K 


‘S-1’   —   Registration Statement (General Form)
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Basis of Presentation
"Prospectus Summary
"Risk Factors
"Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
"Trademarks and Service Marks
"Industry and Market Data
"Use of Proceeds
"Dilution
"Dividend Policy
"Capitalization
"Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
"Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Business
"Management
"Principal Stockholders
"Historical Transactions Summary
"Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
"Description of Capital Stock
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale
"Description of Certain Indebtedness
"Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders
"Underwriting
"Validity of Common Stock
"Experts
"Where You Can Find More Information
"Index to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Consolidated Balance Sheets
"Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations
"Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows
"Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes In Stockholders' Equity
"Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  Form S-1  
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2005

Registration No. 333-                    


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


HORIZON LINES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in Its Charter)


Delaware   4400   74-3123672

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Bankruptcy Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

4064 Colony Road, Suite 200

Charlotte, North Carolina 28211

(704) 973-7000

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Office)


M. Mark Urbania, Chief Financial Officer

4064 Colony Road, Suite 200

Charlotte, North Carolina 28211

(704) 973-7000

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

Copies to:

André Weiss, Esq.

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Ph: (212) 756-2000

Fax: (212) 593-5955

 

William M. Hartnett, Esq.

Richard E. Farley, Esq.

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Ph: (212) 701-3000

Fax: (212) 269-5420

 

Robert S. Zuckerman, Esq.

General Counsel

Horizon Lines, Inc.

4064 Colony Road, Suite 200

Charlotte, NC 28211

Ph: (704) 973-7000

Fax: (704) 973-7010

Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Offer to the Public:    As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box:  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering:  ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box:  ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class

of Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum Aggregate  
Offering Price(1)(2)  
   Amount of Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $.01 par value

   $ 287,500,000      $ 33,838.75

(1) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor dues it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated                      , 2005.

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Horizon Lines, Inc.

 

Class A Common Stock

 


 

Horizon Lines, Inc. is offering              shares of Class A common stock. We will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of this Class A common stock. We intend to use approximately $131.5 million of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem our outstanding Series A redeemable preferred stock at an aggregate cost of approximately $60.7 million and to pay a special dividend of approximately $70.8 million to holders of our Class B common stock of which approximately $6.4 million will be reinvested by our management in Class A common stock at the initial public offering price. Upon the payment of such dividend, all of our outstanding Class B common stock will automatically convert into our Class A common stock on a one-to-one basis. We intend to use the balance of the proceeds of this offering to redeem portions of the 9% senior notes due 2012 and the 11% senior discount notes due 2013 of our subsidiaries and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the related transactions. Prior to this offering, there has been no public offering for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HRZ.”

 

Before buying shares, you should carefully consider the risk factors described in “ Risk Factors” beginning on page     .

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share

   Total

Initial public offering price

   $                 $             

Underwriting discount

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Horizon Lines, Inc.

   $      $  

 

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to pay an additional dividend to holders of our Class B common stock.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                      , 2005.

 

Joint Book-Running Lead Managers

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    UBS Investment Bank

 

Co-Managers
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities

JPMorgan

 

The date of this prospectus is                      , 2005.


Table of Contents

[Photo shows the off-loading of refrigerated container units, referred to in this prospectus as “reefers,” that bear the Horizon Lines logo from the Horizon Expedition, one of our container vessels, at the Port of Tacoma, Washington. In the foreground, two yard tractors are hauling away off-loaded reefers bearing the logo of Horizon Lines. In the background, a large crane is lifting reefers off the Horizon Expedition, which is nearly fully stacked with reefers bearing the Horizon Lines logo.]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

    

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    

RISK FACTORS

    

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    

TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

    

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

    

USE OF PROCEEDS

    

DILUTION

    

DIVIDEND POLICY

    

CAPITALIZATION

    

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

    

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    

BUSINESS

    

MANAGEMENT

    

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    

HISTORICAL TRANSACTIONS SUMMARY

    

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

    

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

    

UNDERWRITING

    

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

    

EXPERTS

    

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

We have not authorized anyone to provide you any information other than the information contained in this prospectus. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock.

 

Until                         , 2005 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the term “the issuer” refers to Horizon Lines, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the terms “we,” “our” and “us” refer to the issuer and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “H-Lines Finance” refers to our direct wholly owned subsidiary, H-Lines Finance Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and the term “Horizon Lines Holding” refers to our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Horizon Lines Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

As used in this prospectus, unless we specifically state otherwise, we refer to the “Offering-Related Transactions” collectively as:

 

  (1) immediately before the consummation of this offering,

 

  (i) the complete exercise by members of our management team (or their family members) of their options granted to them prior to July 7, 2004 by Horizon Lines Holding which, after giving effect to the provisions of the put/call agreement, as described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page        of this prospectus, will result in the issuance to them of 38,946 shares in the aggregate of our common stock, and 584,190 shares in the aggregate of our Series A redeemable preferred stock, referred to as the “Series A preferred stock” in this prospectus;

 

  (ii) the amendment of our existing certificate of incorporation, among other things, to reclassify our outstanding shares of common stock into shares of our Class B common stock, on the basis that each issued and outstanding share of our common stock will be reclassified as                  issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, and to create a new class of authorized common stock known as the Class A common stock;

 

  (iii) the declaration of a dividend by us, payable on July 8, 2005 to the holders of record of our Class B common stock on such date, in the approximate amount of $84.12 per share or $70.8 million in total (subject to increase as discussed below), referred to in this prospectus as the “Special Class B Dividend;”

 

  (2) the consummation of this offering; and

 

  (3) following the consummation of this offering,

 

  (i) the application of a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of approximately $39.3 million in accreted value of the $160.0 million of aggregate principal amount at maturity 11% senior discount notes due 2013, or 11% senior discount notes, issued by one of our subsidiaries, and the payment of a related redemption premium thereon;

 

  (ii) the application of a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of approximately $56.8 million of the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount 9% senior notes, or 9.0% senior notes, of certain of our subsidiaries, and the payment of accrued interest and a related redemption premium thereon;

 

  (iii) the application of approximately $60.7 million of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, at their stated value, on July 8, 2005;

 

  (iv) the application of approximately $70.8 million (subject to increase as described below) of the net proceeds of this offering to pay the Special Class B Dividend on July 8, 2005;

 

ii


Table of Contents
  (v) the reinvestment by members of our management team (and their family members) of a portion of the Special Class B Dividend in the aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 million, referred to in this prospectus as the “reinvestment amount,” in shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share, referred to in this prospectus as “the reinvestment;”

 

  (vi) immediately after the payment in full of the Special Class B Dividend on July 8, 2005, the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into outstanding shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one-basis; and

 

  (vii) the termination of our management agreement with an affiliate of our principal stockholder, Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., referred to as “CHP IV” in this prospectus.

 

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

Also, unless we specifically state otherwise, references to “pro forma” in this prospectus give effect, in the manner described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements”, and the notes thereto, beginning on page          of this prospectus, to (i) the Acquisition-Related Transactions, the Fourth-Quarter 2004 Transactions, and the 2005 Transactions, in each case as described in the “Historical Transactions Summary” beginning on page          of this prospectus and (ii) the Offering-Related Transactions.

 

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, references to “existing stockholders” in this prospectus mean Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P. and its affiliates and associates which hold shares of our stock, Stockwell Fund, L.P., our directors and members of our management team (and their family members) who beneficially own shares of our stock.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have one class of common stock. As described above, immediately before the consummation of this offering, we will complete a recapitalization in which we will create two classes of common stock. The shares sold in the initial public offering of our common stock will be Class A common stock. Our existing shares of common stock will be exchanged for shares of Class B common stock on the basis of the reclassification ratio described above, which will enable them to receive the Special Class B Dividend on July 8, 2005. All options or other contractual rights to receive our existing common stock will become rights to receive Class B common stock based on such ratio. The Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock immediately following the payment in full of the Special Class B Dividend on July 8, 2005. Until such automatic conversion occurs, the Class B common stock may be converted into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at any time at the option of the holder. Shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock will be identical (including with respect to voting rights), except for (i) the Special Class B Dividend, (ii) the convertibility of Class B common stock into Class A common stock prior to the payment in full of the Special Class B Dividend as described herein and (iii) the right of the holders of the Class B common stock to consent to any changes to our governing documents that would adversely affect the Class B common stock.

 

As used in this prospectus, the term “common stock,” when used in reference to our capital structure before the consummation of this offering, means our existing single class of common stock, and, when used in reference to our capital structure following the consummation of this offering, means, collectively, the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock, unless otherwise specified.

 

The amount of the Special Class B Dividend and the reinvestment amount disclosed in this prospectus are based on an initial public offering price of $                 per share of Class A common

 

iii


Table of Contents

stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). The amount of the Special Class B Dividend will be increased by the amount of the net proceeds from the sale of any shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, after deducting discounts and estimated offering expenses. If the initial public offering price is less than $       per share, the amount of the debt of our subsidiaries that is intended to be repaid with the net proceeds of this offering will be reduced.

 

The issuer was formed in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions, as described on page          of this prospectus, and has no independent operations. Consequently, all financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from December 27, 1999 through February 26, 2003 reflect the combined company CSX Lines, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., and the Domestic Liner Business of SL Service, Inc. (formerly known as Sea-Land Service, Inc.), all of which were stand-alone wholly owned entities of CSX Corporation. Financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from February 27, 2003 through July 6, 2004 presented in this prospectus reflect Horizon Lines Holding on a consolidated basis. Financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 presented in this prospectus reflect the issuer on a consolidated basis. All unaudited pro forma condensed financial data for each other period (or portion thereof) presented in this prospectus reflects Horizon Lines Holding on a combined and consolidated basis with the entities reflected in the combined and consolidated financial data from which such unaudited pro forma condensed financial data was derived.

 

 

iv


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before making an investment decision. In particular, you should read the section titled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes related to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Our Company

 

We are the nation’s leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company, accounting for approximately 37% of total U.S. marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico, and to Guam. Under the Jones Act, enacted in 1920, domestic U.S. maritime trade is restricted to U.S. owners of U.S.-built and flagged vessels manned by predominantly U.S.-citizen crews. With 16 vessels and approximately 22,400 cargo containers, we operate the largest Jones Act containership fleet, providing comprehensive shipping and sophisticated logistics services in our markets. We have long-term access to terminal facilities in each of our ports, operating our own terminals in Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico and contracting for terminal services in our seven ports in the continental U.S. and in our ports in Guam, Hong Kong and Taiwan. We also offer inland cargo trucking and logistics for our customers through our own trucking operations on the U.S. west coast and our relationships with third-party truckers, railroads, and barge operators in our markets. For the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, we generated revenue and Adjusted EBITDA of $980.3 million and $120.7 million, respectively. This represents revenue growth of 10.7% and Adjusted EBITDA growth of 26.7% for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004. For the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and its reconciliation to net income, see footnote 5 to the table under “—Summary Consolidated, Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.”

 

Our long operating history dates back to 1956, when Sea-Land Service, Inc. pioneered the marine container shipping industry and established our business. In 1958 we introduced container shipping to the Puerto Rico market, and in 1964 we pioneered container shipping in Alaska with the first year-round scheduled vessel service. In 1987, we began providing container shipping services between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii and Guam through our acquisition from an existing carrier of all of its vessels and certain other assets that were already serving that market. Today, as the only Jones Act vessel operator with one integrated organization serving Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico, we are uniquely positioned to serve customers requiring shipping and logistics services in more than one of these markets.

 

Our revenue is derived primarily from Alaska, Hawaii and Guam, and Puerto Rico. These markets account for approximately 23%, 41% and 35%, respectively, of our revenue in 2004. We are one of only two major container shipping operators currently serving the Alaska market, each accounting for approximately 42% of total container loads traveling from the continental U.S. to Alaska. We are also only one of two container shipping companies currently serving the Hawaii and Guam markets with an approximate 37% share of total domestic marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to these markets. This percentage reflects 36% and 48% shares of total domestic marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to Hawaii and Guam, respectively. In Puerto Rico, we are the largest provider of marine container shipping, accounting for approximately 36% of Puerto Rico’s total container loads from the continental U.S. Since we are the only Jones Act container shipping and logistics company with an integrated organization operating in all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, we believe that we have a stronger competitive position in our markets, serve more effectively our national customers with shipping and logistics needs across one or more of these markets, spread our fixed costs over a larger revenue base, achieve greater network operating efficiencies and negotiate larger volume discounts from our inland shipping providers.

 

1


Table of Contents

 

We ship a wide spectrum of consumer and industrial items used everyday in our markets, ranging from foodstuffs (refrigerated and non-refrigerated) to household goods and auto parts to building materials and various materials used in manufacturing. Many of these cargos are consumer goods vital to the expanding populations in our markets, thereby providing us with a stable base of growing demand for our shipping and logistics services. Container loads of foodstuffs (refrigerated and non-refrigerated) and household goods traveling from the continental U.S. to Alaska, Hawaii and Guam, and Puerto Rico constituted approximately 40% of our revenue in each of 2003 and 2004. We have approximately two thousand customers and have many long-standing customer relationships, including with large consumer and industrial products companies such as Costco Wholesale Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Lowe’s Companies, Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Safeway, Inc., Toyota Motor Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. We also serve several agencies of the U.S. government, including the Department of Defense and the Postal Service. Our customer base is broad and diversified, with our top ten customers accounting for approximately 33% of revenue and our largest customer accounting for approximately 7% of revenue.

 

We focus on maintaining our reputation for service and operational excellence by emphasizing strict vessel maintenance, employing experienced vessel crews, expanding and improving our national sales presence, and employing industry-leading information technology as part of our complete logistics solutions:

 

  Ÿ   We operate the largest Jones Act containership fleet, consisting of 16 vessels. Typically, 15 of our vessels are actively deployed at any given time, with one spare vessel reserved for relief while another undergoes maintenance, repairs and inspections, referred to as drydocking. We maintain our vessels according to our own strict maintenance procedures, which meet or exceed U.S. government requirements. All of our vessels are regulated pursuant to rigorous standards promulgated by the U.S. Coast Guard and are subject to periodic inspection and certification, for compliance with these standards, by the American Bureau of Shipping, on behalf of the U.S. Coast Guard. Our procedures protect and preserve our fleet to the highest standards in our industry and enable us to preserve and extend the usefulness of our ships. In addition, the senior officers on our vessels (masters and chief engineers) have an average tenure with us of over 16 years.

 

  Ÿ   We manage a sales and marketing team of 120 employees strategically located in our various ports, as well as in seven regional offices across the continental U.S., from our headquarters in Charlotte, North Carolina. Senior sales and marketing professionals in Charlotte are responsible for developing sales and marketing strategies and are closely involved in servicing our largest customers. All pricing activities are centrally coordinated from Charlotte and Tacoma, Washington, enabling us to better manage our customer relationships.

 

  Ÿ   We book and monitor all of our shipping and logistics services through the Horizon IT system, or HITS, our industry-leading ocean shipping and logistics information technology system and a key feature of our complete shipping logistics solutions. This system encompasses an extensive database of information relevant to the shipment of containerized cargo and captures all critical aspects of every shipment booked with us, including cargo booking, tracking and tracing and the production of bills of lading, customs documents and invoicing. Since the launch of HITS in 2000, we have migrated our customers to the on-line interfaces of HITS, with on-line bookings exceeding 57% of our total bookings. We believe that HITS’ functionality and ability to generate cost savings for our customers build strong customer loyalty for our services and enhance our customer relationships. We believe that HITS differentiates us from our competitors as it better positions us to serve higher-margin customers with sophisticated shipping and logistics requirements.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

The Jones Act

 

Over 90% of our revenue is generated from our shipping and logistics services in markets where the marine trade is subject to the Jones Act or other U.S. maritime laws.

 

The Jones Act, officially the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, is a long-standing cornerstone of U.S. maritime policy. Under the Jones Act, the marine trade between U.S. ports is reserved for U.S.-owned and organized companies operating U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels manned predominantly by U.S.-citizen crews. U.S.-flagged vessels are generally required to be maintained at higher standards than foreign-flagged vessels and are supervised by, as well as subject to rigorous inspections by, or on behalf of the U.S. Coast Guard, which requires appropriate certifications and background checks of the crew members. Our trade routes between Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico and the continental U.S. represent the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets. Vessels operating on these trade routes are required to be fully-qualified Jones Act vessels. Other U.S. maritime laws require vessels operating on the trade routes between Guam, a U.S. territory, and U.S. ports to be U.S.-flagged and predominantly U.S.-crewed, but not U.S.-built.

 

Cabotage laws, which reserve the right to ship cargo between domestic ports to domestic vessels, are not unique to the United States; similar laws are common around the world and exist in over 40 countries. In general, all interstate and intrastate marine commerce within the U.S. falls under the Jones Act, which is a cabotage law. The Jones Act enjoys broad support from both major political parties. During the 2004 presidential election, both major political parties supported the retention of the Jones Act as currently in effect. In addition, the Jones Act has enjoyed strong congressional support. We believe that the ongoing war on terrorism has further solidified political support for the Jones Act, as a vital and dedicated U.S. merchant marine is a cornerstone for a strong homeland defense, as well as a critical source of trained U.S. mariners for war-time support.

 

Market Overview

 

The Jones Act distinguishes the U.S. domestic shipping market from international shipping markets. Given the limited number of existing Jones Act qualified vessels, the relatively high capital investment and long delivery lead times associated with building a new containership in the U.S., the substantial investment required in infrastructure and the need to develop a broad base of customer relationships, the markets in which we operate have been less vulnerable to over-capacity and volatility than international shipping markets. Over the past 11 years, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam and Puerto Rico have experienced low average rate volatility of 0.4%, 1.3% and 2.4% per annum while the major Trans-Pacific and Trans-Atlantic trade routes have experienced average rate volatility of 34.3% and 8.9% per annum.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

Although the U.S. container shipping industry is affected by general economic conditions, the industry does not tend to be as cyclical as other sectors within the shipping industry. Specifically, most of the cargos shipped via container vessels consist of a wide range of consumer and industrial items as well as military and postal loads. Since many of these types of cargos are consumer goods vital to the expanding populations in our markets, they provide us with a stable base of growing demand for our shipping and logistics services.

 

The Jones Act markets are not as fragmented as international shipping markets. In particular, the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam are currently served predominantly by four shipping companies, Horizon Lines, Matson Navigation Company, Inc., Crowley Maritime Corporation, and Totem Ocean Trailer Express, Inc., or TOTE. Horizon Lines and Matson serve the Hawaii and Guam market, and Horizon Lines and TOTE serve the Alaska market. The Puerto Rico market is currently served by two containership companies, Horizon Lines and Sea Star Lines, which is an independently-operated company majority-owned by an affiliate of TOTE. Two barge operators, Crowley and Trailer Bridge, Inc., also currently serve this market.

 

The U.S. container shipping industry as a whole is experiencing rising customer expectations for real-time shipment status information and the on-time pick-up and delivery of cargo, as customers seek to optimize efficiency through greater management of the delivery process of their products. Commercial and governmental customers are increasingly requiring the tracking of the location and status of their shipments at all times and have developed a strong preference to retrieve information and communicate using the Internet. A broad range of domestic and foreign governmental agencies are also increasingly requiring access to shipping information in automated formats for customs oversight and security purposes.

 

To ensure on-time pick-up and delivery of cargo, shipping companies must maintain strict vessel schedules and efficient terminal operations for expediting the movement of containers in and out of terminal facilities. The departure and arrival of vessels on schedule is heavily influenced by both vessel maintenance standards (i.e., minimizing mechanical break-downs) and terminal operating discipline. Marine terminal gate and yard efficiency can be enhanced by efficient yard layout, high-quality information systems, and streamlined gate processes.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

Leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company.    We are the nation’s leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company, with the largest Jones Act container vessel fleet and with shipping activity accounting for approximately 37% of total domestic marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam. We are the only container vessel operator with an integrated organization serving all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and have a number-one or a number-two market position within each of our markets. As a result, we are able to serve the needs of customers shipping to individual markets as well as the needs of large customers that require shipping and sophisticated logistics services across more than one of these markets. For many of our customers with a nationwide retailing presence, such as Costco Wholesale Corporation, Lowe’s Companies, Inc. and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., we provide complete supply chain shipping and logistics solutions, including automated on-line cargo booking, tracking and tracing, as well as inland cargo pick-up and delivery logistics and shipping services, across two or more of our geographic markets. Approximately 59% of our revenue in 2004 was derived from customers shipping with us in more than one of our geographic markets and approximately 29% of our revenue in 2004 was derived from

 

4


Table of Contents

 

customers shipping with us in all of our geographic markets. In addition to enabling us to effectively serve a long-standing customer base, our presence in all of these geographic markets mitigates our geographic exposure to any one particular market.

 

Favorable industry dynamics.    The Jones Act stipulates that only U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels owned by U.S.-organized and U.S.-owned companies and manned predominantly by U.S. crews can operate in the Jones Act markets. Given the level of services already provided by us or our existing competitors in our markets and the increasing requirements of customers in our markets, any future viable competitor would not only have to make substantial investments in vessels and infrastructure but also establish regularity of service, develop customer relationships, develop inland cargo shipping and logistics solutions and acquire or build infrastructure at ports that are currently limited in space, berths and water depth.

 

Stable and growing revenue base.    We have achieved five consecutive years of revenue growth and have averaged a compounded annual growth rate of 8.7% in revenue during that period. Our revenue base is stable and growing due to our presence across three geographic markets, the breadth of our customer base served and the diversity of our cargos shipped, all of which better protect us against external events adversely affecting any one of our markets. We ship a diverse mix of cargos, and benefit from serving substantial and growing customers with sophisticated container shipping and logistics requirements across two or more geographic markets that we serve. In addition, many of the cargos we ship are consumer goods which are vital to the expanding populations in our markets, thereby providing us with a stable base of growing demand for our shipping and logistics services. Also, our presence across multiple geographic markets, along with our expertise in supply chain management and our sophisticated on-line shipping and logistics information technology, enables us to be the shipping and logistics solution of choice in these markets for many of our national customers. As a result, we participate in economic and demographic growth trends in each of these markets at a relatively early stage. For example when Lowe’s opened two new retail stores in Alaska, Lowe’s expanded our relationship by selecting us to provide the shipping and logistics services required to stock these stores upon their opening and thereafter. When Lowe’s opened one new retail store in Hawaii, Lowe’s again selected us to provide these services.

 

Long-standing relationships with leading, established customers.    We serve a diverse base of long-standing, established customers consisting of many of the world’s largest consumer and industrial products companies, as well as a variety of smaller and middle-market customers. Our customers include Costco Wholesale Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Lowe’s Companies, Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Safeway, Inc., Toyota Motor Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. In addition, we serve several agencies of the U.S. government, including the Department of Defense and the Postal Service. We have a long-standing history of service to our customer base, with some of our customer relationships extending back over 40 years and our relationships with our top ten customers averaging 20 years.

 

Customer-oriented sales and marketing presence.    Our 120-person national and regional sales and marketing presence enables us to forge and maintain close customer relationships. Senior sales and marketing professionals in Charlotte, North Carolina are responsible for developing sales and marketing strategies and are closely involved in servicing our largest national customers. We also maintain a regional sales presence strategically located in our various ports as well as in seven regional offices across the continental U.S. Regional sales professionals are responsible for day-to-day customer coverage and work closely with customers to address customer needs as they arise. Our national and regional presence, combined with our operational excellence, results in high levels of repeat business from our diverse customer base.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

Operational excellence.    As the leading Jones Act shipping and logistics company, we pride ourselves on our operational excellence and our ability to provide consistent, high quality service. We maintain the largest Jones Act containership fleet consisting of vessels maintained in accordance with strict guidelines. For example, in 2004, our vessels in service on our trade routes were in operational condition, ready to sail, 99% of the time when they were required to be ready to sail. The quality of our vessels as well as the expertise of our vessel crews and engineering resources help us maintain highly reliable and consistent dock-to-dock on-time arrival performance. Our terminal management efficiency and inland cargo shipping and logistics expertise result in high customer satisfaction with respect to equipment availability, transit time and cargo availability. Our track record of service and operational excellence has been widely recognized by some of the most demanding customers in the world. For example, we have received the “Outstanding Ocean Service Provider Award” from Lowe’s Companies, Inc. for the last four years for which this award has been announced, the “Logistics Partners Excellence Award” from Toyota Motor Corporation, for on-time performance where we were judged against all of Toyota’s global shippers, for the last five years for which this award has been announced and the “Carrier of the Year Award” by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. for three of the last four years for which this award has been announced.

 

Experienced management with strong culture of commitment to service and operational excellence.    Our senior management, headed by Charles G. Raymond, is comprised of seasoned leaders in the shipping and logistics industry with an average of 18 years of experience in the industry. Our senior management has a long history of working together as a team, with six of our eight most senior managers having worked together at Horizon Lines or our predecessors for over 15 years. In addition, seven of our eight most senior managers have served in multiple roles at the Company or have continuing direct involvement with multiple aspects of our business, including servicing our largest customers and the operation of our shipping and logistics services. We believe that our management’s experience, cohesiveness and depth, as well as our management’s long-standing relationships within the industry, enable us to readily identify market opportunities and develop and execute strategies to pursue these opportunities. Furthermore, as of the date hereof, without giving effect to the Offering-Related Transactions, our management team, including family members, beneficially owns approximately 19% of our common equity on a fully diluted basis. We believe that our cash incentive plan further incentivizes our management to achieve and surpass our targeted performance and goals.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our financial and operational success has largely been driven by providing customers with reliable shipping and logistics solutions, supported by consistent and value-added service and expertise. Our goal is to continue to provide high-quality service and continue to seek to increase sales and improve profitability through the principal strategies outlined below.

 

Continue to organically grow our revenue.    Our revenue growth has averaged a compounded annual growth rate of 8.7% during the past five years. We believe that we are well positioned to achieve ongoing revenue growth in our markets by focusing our national and regional sales force on acquiring business from new customers, growing business with existing customers and continuing to focus on increasing the share of our revenue that is derived from our customers’ most important cargo movements. These cargo movements include high-value cargos, time-sensitive cargos and cargos that require complete door-to-door logistics solutions and supply chain management.

 

Expand our services and logistics solutions.    We seek to build on our market-leading logistics platform and operational expertise by providing new services and logistics solutions. These services

 

6


Table of Contents

 

and solutions include delivery planning and comprehensive shipping logistics expertise. In particular, on the U.S. west coast, we supplement our vessel services with proprietary trucking services, as well as the door-to-door logistics and shipping solutions we offer across our markets. Timing of shipments is crucial to our customers, and our ability to provide these combined offerings has enabled us to expand our business with our customers. By offering this wide range of services and logistics solutions, we believe that we strengthen our franchise and further grow our revenues and profits.

 

Expand and enhance our customer relationships.    We seek to leverage our capabilities to serve a broad and growing range of customers across varied industries and geographies of different size and growth profiles. In order to enhance our overall cargo mix, we place a strong emphasis on the development and expansion of our relationships with substantial and growing customers which meet high credit standards and have sophisticated container shipping and logistics requirements across more than one of the geographic markets that we serve. This strategy has resulted in our long-term and successful relationships with customers who are growing their operations in our markets, such as Costco, Lowe’s, and Wal-Mart. As the only Jones Act container shipping and logistics company with an integrated organization operating in all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, and having a sales and marketing team that sells to all of these markets, we are uniquely positioned to maintain and expand our customer relationships.

 

Leverage our brand.    We actively promote, through our sales and marketing efforts, the broad recognition that Horizon Lines has a long and successful history of service to customers in the three non-contiguous Jones Act trades and in Guam. This heritage dates back to 1956, when Sea-Land pioneered the marine container shipping industry and established our business. In 1958, we introduced container shipping to the Puerto Rico market, and in 1964 we pioneered container shipping in Alaska with the first year-round vessel service. In 1987, we began operating vessels between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii and Guam. We believe that our brand is synonymous with quality and operational excellence and intend to continue to build and leverage it in order to further enhance our business.

 

Maintain leading information technology.    We are focused on maintaining our Horizon IT system, or HITS, as an industry-leading ocean shipping and logistics information technology system with cargo booking, tracking and tracing capabilities more advanced than those of any system employed by our competitors. All orders that we receive through any medium are booked and processed through HITS, which has electronic data interface capabilities, including an Internet portal, which enables us to achieve operating efficiencies. Since its launch in 2000, we have migrated our customers to the on-line interfaces of HITS, with on-line bookings via HITS exceeding 57% of our total bookings. We have also made available to our customers, through HITS, automated cargo booking, tracking and tracing so our customers can reduce their labor time and costs with respect to these activities. We routinely incorporate additional capabilities into HITS to further differentiate us from our competitors. We believe that HITS’ functionality and cost savings potential for our customers produce strong loyalty.

 

Pursue new business opportunities.    We actively pursue new business opportunities in addition to growing our core business. For example, in June, 2004, we were awarded a contract by the U.S. Military Sealift Command to manage seven vessels under a one-year renewable contract. Through our performance of these management services, we believe that we can develop an effective relationship with the U.S. Military Sealift Command and demonstrate our breadth and depth of capabilities and become a leading candidate in the future for the award of additional vessel management contracts. In addition, the Port of Jacksonville, Florida, subject to receipt of funding from the U.S. Department of Transportation, has chosen us to develop and launch a new information technology system based on HITS to track all containers (and their contents) entering or departing the port. In the future, we intend

 

7


Table of Contents

 

to explore business opportunities that may arise in areas such as marine container shipping and logistics on trade routes between ports within the continental U.S. (i.e., the contiguous Jones Act markets).

 

Reduce operating costs.    We continually seek to identify opportunities to reduce our operating costs, and our continued examination of unit cost economics is a critical part of our culture. We have been successful in improving our EBITDA margin from 9.54% for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 to 11.53% for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, an increase of 20.87%. We have several multi-functional process improvement teams engaged in cost-saving and cost-reduction initiatives for 2005. These teams are focused on the major cost areas of inland cargo operations (including truck, rail and equipment management), equipment maintenance, vessel overhaul and drydocking and technology. Each of these teams has specific cost-savings goals and objectives and tracks its progress against its goals using quantitative measures. In addition, we focus on enhancing safety practices in our terminals and on our vessels through aggressive internal safety programs conducted with the active backing of our senior management. Over the short term, these safety programs have already yielded reductions in our expenses related to worker compensation, personal injury, and cargo claims, and, over the long term, we expect these programs to continue to yield savings in our insurance costs.

 

Our Acquisition by the Castle Harlan Group

 

Our current ownership and corporate structure relates to the acquisition by the issuer, Horizon Lines, Inc. of Horizon Lines Holding Corp. on July 7, 2004. The foregoing acquisition, referred to in this prospectus as the “acquisition,” included a merger, referred to in this prospectus as the “merger,” whereby Horizon Lines Holding became our direct wholly owned subsidiary. We were formed at the direction of Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., or CHP IV, a private equity investment fund managed by Castle Harlan, Inc., or Castle Harlan, which provided a substantial portion of our equity financing and bridge financing in connection with the acquisition. See “—Our Equity Sponsor, The Castle Harlan Group” on page      of this prospectus.

 

The consideration that was paid in the acquisition consisted of approximately $663.3 million in cash, net of purchase price adjustments, but including transaction costs. This amount was used to repay certain indebtedness of Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries, to pay the equity holders of Horizon Lines Holding for their equity interests in Horizon Lines Holding, and to pay certain other equity holders for their minority equity interests in Horizon Lines, LLC, the principal operating subsidiary of Horizon Lines Holding.

 

In connection with the acquisition, CHP IV and its associates and affiliates invested approximately $157.0 million in us, of which approximately $87.0 million was in the form of our common shares and, Series A redeemable preferred shares, or Series A preferred shares, and $70.0 million was in the form of our 13% promissory notes, which were convertible into our common shares and Series A preferred shares. In addition, as part of the merger, management converted a portion of its equity interest in Horizon Lines Holding, valued at the time of the merger at approximately $13.0 million, into our equity.

 

For information regarding the acquisition and related matters and subsequent developments concerning our capitalization, see “Historical Transactions Summary” on page       .

 

As of the date hereof, without giving effect to this offering, CHP IV and its affiliates and associates beneficially own approximately 65% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis and our management team, including family members, beneficially owns approximately 19% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

 

8


Table of Contents

 

Our Equity Sponsor, The Castle Harlan Group

 

Castle Harlan is a New York-based private equity investment firm founded in 1987 specializing in investments in middle-market companies through leveraged buyouts, industry consolidations, divestitures, restructurings, turnarounds, workouts, and bankruptcies. Since its inception, Castle Harlan has invested, on behalf of the private equity funds which it manages, in 40 companies with a total enterprise value of approximately $7.0 billion. Castle Harlan has maintained a disciplined strategy and achieved success in making control investments in middle-market companies, becoming one of the premier equity sponsors within this sector. Castle Harlan’s initial investment in us of approximately $157.0 million was funded by CHP IV and its affiliates and associates. CHP IV is an investment fund, which, together with certain of its affiliated investment funds, has approximately $1.2 billion in commitments from its limited partners. CHP IV was closed in August 2003. Castle Harlan’s portfolio companies include Morton’s Restaurant Group, Inc., Ames True Temper, Inc. and Caribbean Restaurants, LLC.

 

We refer to Castle Harlan and its affiliates and associates (other than us and our subsidiaries) in this prospectus as “The Castle Harlan Group.”

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 4064 Colony Road, Suite 200, Charlotte, North Carolina 28211. Our telephone number is (704) 973-7000. Our website address is http://www.horizonlines.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

The Offering

 

Issuer

Horizon Lines, Inc., formerly known as H-Lines Holding Corp.

 

Common stock offered by the issuer

             shares of Class A common stock.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions

             shares of our Class A common stock (including              shares that will have been issued and sold to members of our management team (or their family members), at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share, from the proceeds of the Special Class B Dividend on July 8, 2005, representing the reinvestment by these persons of an aggregate amount of $6.4 million in our Class A common stock).

 

Common Stock

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock outstanding: Class A and Class B.

 

Shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock will be identical (including with respect to voting rights), except for (i) the Special Class B Dividend which we will pay on July 8, 2005 to the holders of outstanding shares of Class B common stock of record on such date, (ii) the convertibility of Class B common stock into Class A common stock prior to the payment in full of the Special Class B Dividend as described herein and (iii) the right of the holders of the Class B common stock to consent to any changes to our governing documents that would adversely affect the Class B common stock.

 

 

Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, the Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

The net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock).

 

 

We intend to

 

  (i) apply a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of approximately $39.3 million in accreted value of the $160.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity 11% senior discount notes, and to the payment of a related redemption premium thereon;

 

10


Table of Contents

 

  (ii) apply a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of approximately $56.8 million of the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount 9% senior notes, and to the payment of accrued interest and a related redemption premium thereon;

 

  (iii) apply approximately $60.7 million of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, at their stated value, on July 8, 2005; and

 

  (iv) apply approximately $70.8 million (subject to increase as described below) of the net proceeds of this offering to pay the Special Class B Dividend, in the approximate amount of $84.12 per share, to the holders of the Class B common stock, on July 8, 2005.

 

In the event that the net proceeds from this offering are less than $             million, we will reduce the amount of the net proceeds from this offering applied to redeem the 9% senior notes and/or the 11% senior discount notes.

 

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, members of our management team (and their family members) will enter into agreements with us requiring them to purchase, with the proceeds of the Special Class B Dividend, an aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 million of shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reinvestment Agreements,” on page          of this prospectus.

 

 

If the underwriters exercise, in full or in part, their option to purchase additional shares, the amount of the net proceeds of such exercise will be used to increase, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of the Special Class B Dividend paid on July 8, 2005. See “Use of Proceeds,” on page          of this prospectus.

 

Dividend policy

We do not currently pay dividends on our outstanding stock. However, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will declare the Special Class B Dividend, as described in “Dividend Policy” on page        of this prospectus, payable on July 8, 2005 to the holders of record of the Class B common stock on such date. In addition, we intend to adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, that provides for the payment of regular dividends to our common stockholders. Future dividends under this policy or otherwise will be subject to the considerations discussed under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—We may not pay dividends on our common stock” on page        and “Dividend Policy” on page       .

 

11


Table of Contents

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

“HRZ”

 

Except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus, the number of common shares to be outstanding immediately after the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions excludes a total of              shares of our common stock that may be purchased if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

 

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the information under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page      prior to purchasing the common shares offered by us.

 

12


Table of Contents

 

Summary Consolidated, Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data

 

The following tables provide summary consolidated, combined and unaudited pro forma financial data and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated and combined financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The combined and consolidated balance sheet data and statement of operations data as of and for the year ended December 22, 2002 and for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004 presented below have been derived from the audited financial statements contained in this prospectus. The combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 is derived by combining the statement of operations data for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 with the data for the period from February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003. The combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 is derived by combining the statement of operations data for the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 with the data for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004.

 

The unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 is derived by combining the statement of operations data for the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 with data for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 and gives effect to the Acquisition-Related Transactions and the Post-Acquisition Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary,” on page          of this prospectus as well as to the Offering-Related Transactions, as if they had occurred on December 22, 2003. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of December 26, 2004 is derived from the balance sheet as of that date and gives effect to the Acquisition-Related Transactions, the Post-Acquisition Transactions, and the Offering-Related Transactions, as if they had occurred on December 22, 2003. The unaudited pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if the transactions referred to above had occurred as of such dates or what such results will be for future periods. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” on page          for a description of items or events that may impact the pro forma information.

 

The issuer was formed in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions and has no independent operations. All combined and consolidated financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from December 24, 2001 through February 26, 2003 reflect the combined company CSX Lines, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., and the Domestic Liner Business of SL Service, Inc. (formerly known as Sea-Land Service, Inc.), all of which were stand-alone wholly owned entities of CSX Corporation. All combined and consolidated financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from February 27, 2003 through July 6, 2004 reflect Horizon Lines Holding on a consolidated basis. All combined and consolidated financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 reflect the issuer on a consolidated basis.

 

We have a 52 or 53 week year which ends on the Sunday before the last Friday in December. Each of the year ended December 22, 2002 and the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 consisted of 52 weeks. The twelve months ended ended December 26, 2004 consisted of 53 weeks.

 

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

 

13


Table of Contents

 

The information for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004 presented below reflects financial data for us and our predecessors that has been combined and consolidated to present this information on a comparative annual basis. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page          in this prospectus for a description of the items or events that may impact the period-to-period comparability of the operating results covered by the following tables:

 

    

Year Ended

December 22,

2002


   

Total for
Twelve Months
Ended
December 21,

2003


  

Total for
Twelve Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


  

Pro Forma
Twelve Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


 
            
     ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                              

Operating revenue

   $ 804,424     $ 885,978    $ 980,328    $ 980,328  

Operating expense

     658,053       718,231      780,343      780,343  

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     17,977       29,954      45,570      52,825  

Amortization of vessel drydocking

     14,988       16,343      15,861      15,861  

Selling, general and administrative

     75,174       80,064      84,805      82,601  

Miscellaneous expense, net(2)

     824       3,173      2,160      2,160  
    


 

  

  


Total operating expenses

     767,016       847,765      928,739      933,790  
    


 

  

  


Operating income

     37,408       38,213      51,589      46,538  

Interest expense(3)

     7,133       8,986      26,881      49,246  

Interest expense—preferred units of subsidiary

     —         4,477      2,686      —    

Other expense (income), net(3)

     (5,183 )     22      22      22  
    


 

  

  


Income (loss) before income taxes

     35,458       24,728      22,000      (2,730 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     13,707       9,615      8,439      (1,037 )
    


 

  

  


Net income (loss)

   $ 21,751     $ 15,113      13,561      (1,693 )
    


 

               

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

                    6,756      —    
                   

  


Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

                  $ 6,805    $ (1,693 )
                   

  


Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

                              

Basic net income per share applicable to common stock

                         $    

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

                              

Diluted net income per share applicable to common stock

                         $    
     December

  

Pro Forma
December 26,

2004


 
     2002

    2003

   2004

  
     ($ in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

                              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 40,342     $ 41,811    $ 56,766    $ 57,339  

Working capital

     25,301       46,192      67,252      67,825  

Total assets

     321,129       492,554      1,019,974      1,017,329  

Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations, net of current portion(4)

     —         165,417      610,201      514,133  

Total debt, including capital lease obligations(4)

     —         165,570      612,862      516,794  

Series A redeemable preferred stock(5)

     —         —        56,708      —    

Stockholders’ equity

     113,985       96,860      25,608      175,739  

 

14


Table of Contents

 

    

Year Ended

December 22,

2002


   

Total for
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 21,

2003


   

Total for
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


   

Pro Forma,
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


 
          
     ($ in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

                                

EBITDA(6)

   $ 70,373     $ 84,488     $ 112,998     $ 115,202  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

     84,529       95,263       120,726       120,726  

Capital expenditures(7)

     19,298       35,150       32,889       32,889  

Vessel drydocking payments

     15,905       16,536       12,273       12,273  

Total debt to Adjusted EBITDA

                             4.28 x

Adjusted EBITDA to interest expense

                             2.45 x

Cash Flows provided by (used in):

                                

Operating activities

     14,065       60,584       82,142          

Investing activities(8)

     (20,810 )     (367,202 )     (706,836 )        

Financing activities(4)(8)

     —         305,687       657,805          

(1) Amortization of intangibles with definite lives totaled $2.3 million for the year ended December 21, 2003 and $11.0 million for the year ended December 26, 2004. There were no intangible assets subject to amortization during the periods presented prior to February 27, 2003. The increase in amortization during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 is due to the step-up in basis of definite lives intangibles and property and equipment in connection with the acquisition on July 7, 2004.
(2) Miscellaneous expense (income) generally consists of bad debt expense accrued during the year, accounts payable discounts taken, and various other miscellaneous income and expense items. During 2002 we accrued $4.3 million of bad debt expense which was reduced by $3.5 million related to accounts payable discounts and accounting reserve adjustments.
(3) During 2002 we incurred interest charges totaling $7.1 million on outstanding debt that had been borrowed in prior years to fund vessel purchases. This debt was assumed by CSX Corporation, our parent company at that time, during 2002. To fund principal and interest payments on this debt we held investments from which we earned interest income. Interest income from these investments totaled $5.1 million during fiscal year 2002. During 2003 we incurred interest charges totaling $8.9 million on the outstanding debt borrowed to finance the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page         . On July 7, 2004, as part of the Acquisition-Related Transactions, the $250.0 million original principal amount of 9% senior notes were issued, $250.0 million was borrowed under the term loan facility, $6.0 million was borrowed under the revolving credit facility and interest began to accrue thereon. On December 10, 2004, as part of the December 2004 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page         , 11% senior discount notes with an initial accreted value of $112.3 million were issued and the accreted value thereof began to increase. As of December 26, 2004, the $250.0 million original principal amount of 9% senior notes, $249.4 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, and the 11% senior discount notes were outstanding with an accreted value of $112.8 million. The $6.0 million of borrowing under the revolving credit facility was repaid on August 9, 2004.
(4) During the year ended December 22, 2002, substantially all of the $84.8 million of Collateralized Extendible Notes and $68.5 million of other long-term debt and capital lease obligations of the combined company CSX Liner LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and the Domestic Liner Business of SL Service, Inc. were assumed by CSX Corporation, resulting in no total debt outstanding as of December 22, 2002. Total debt as of December 21, 2003 was $175.0 million as a result of the initial debt borrowing in conjunction with the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. During 2003, $10.3 million of debt was repaid resulting in outstanding total debt of $164.8 million as of December 21, 2003. Outstanding debt as of December 21, 2003 was repaid in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions. As of December 26, 2004, the $250.0 million original principal amount of 9% senior notes, the $249.4 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, and the 11% senior discount notes with an accreted value of $112.8 million were outstanding.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

(5) In connection with our capitalization, 9,493,440 shares of our Series A preferred stock were issued. No dividends accrue on these shares. At the option of our board of directors, we may redeem any portion of these outstanding shares. We have recorded these shares on our books and records at their fair value in accordance with FAS No. 141 “Business Combinations.” As these shares have no dividend rate, we have prepared a fair value analysis of these shares as of July 7, 2004 and determined that a 10% discount rate was appropriate. These shares accrete to their redemption price of $10 per share over a one-year period. During October 2004, an additional 1,898,730 Series A preferred shares were issued and sold. During December 2004, 5,361,300 Series A preferred shares were redeemed for $53.6 million. The total redemption price of the Series A preferred shares at December 26, 2004 totaled $60.7 million.
(6) EBITDA, a measure expected to be used by our management to measure operating performance, is defined as net income plus interest expense (net of interest income), income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments generally permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and certain unusual items. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and do not purport to be alternatives to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments and debt service requirements. Because companies do not use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA is included below:

 

   

Year Ended
December 22,

2002


 

Total for
Twelve Months
Ended
December 21,

2003


 

Total for
Twelve Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


 

Pro Forma
Twelve Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


 
         
                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 21,751   $ 15,113   $ 13,561   $ (1,693 )

Interest expense, net

    1,950     13,463     29,567     49,246  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    13,707     9,615     8,439     (1,037 )

Depreciation and amortization

    32,965     46,297     61,431     68,686  
   

 

 

 


EBITDA

    70,373     84,488     112,998     115,202  
   

 

 

 


Plus:

                         

Severance(a)

    —       1,655     —       —    

Renaming/rebranding costs(b)

    —       846     —       —    

Special charges(c)

    —       1,786     —       —    

Management fees(d)

    —       250     2,204     —    

Lease expense buyout(e)

    6,956     6,238     2,590     2,590  

ILWU lockout(f)

    7,200     —       —       —    

Merger costs(g)

    —       —       2,934     2,934  
   

 

 

 


Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 84,529   $ 95,263   $ 120,726   $ 120,726  
   

 

 

 


 
  (a) During 2003 we incurred severance costs related to the departure of three of our executives after the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page         .
  (b) We renamed and rebranded vessels and equipment with the Horizon Lines name and logo from the CSX Lines name and logo after the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. Additionally, adjustment includes costs incurred to update stationery, supplies and signage related to name change.
  (c) Adjustment primarily represents professional fees incurred in connection with the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction which are not includable in direct costs of that transaction. Professional services include legal fees related to the re-documentation of our vessels, registration of trademarks and other intellectual property, and establishment of various employee benefit plans, including stock option and 401(k) plans. Additional professional services include costs associated with moving our technology data center and establishing our financial system software license on a standalone basis. Adjustments also include legal fees incurred in connection with an arbitration case regarding trucking services provided to a third party in Long Beach, California.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

  (d) The adjustment represents management fees paid to an entity that was associated with the party that was the primary stockholder of Horizon Lines Holding prior to the acquisition. These fees totaled $0.3 million for the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003, and $2.2 million during the period December 22, 2003 through December 26, 2004. Upon the completion of the acquisition, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, Inc. entered into a new management agreement with Castle Harlan. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” on page         . As part of the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, this management agreement with Castle Harlan will terminate. See “Basis of Presentation” on page        .
  (e) The adjustments represent elimination of vessel lease expense incurred in each of the periods listed for four vessels which were originally held under operating leases and were purchased in 2003 and 2004. The vessels purchased were the Horizon Hawaii in December 2003 for $5.6 million, the Horizon Expedition in January 2004 for $3.8 million, the Horizon Navigator in April 2004 for $8.2 million, and the Horizon Trader for $7.7 million in October 2004.
  (f) The adjustment represents the estimated EBITDA impact from a 10-day labor interruption at our U.S. west coast ports by the International Longshore and Warehouseman’s Union during 2002, which affected the entire market, including Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries, as our U.S. west coast ports attempted to recover from the impact of that interruption over several months. The components of this adjustment include lost revenue, service recovery expenses, and increased operating expenses, including the deployment of an additional vessel on the trade route between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii to maintain regular service schedules for our customers.
  (g) The adjustment represents incremental cost incurred related to the acquisition on July 7, 2004.

 

(7) Includes vessel purchases of $5.5 million, $21.9 million, and $19.6 million for the years ended December 22, 2002, December 21, 2003, and December 26, 2004, respectively.
(8) During 2003, the amounts in cash flows provided by (used in) investing and financing activities primarily represent the accounting for the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. Investing activities related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction included the purchase price of $296.2 million and spending for transaction costs of $18.8 million. Financing activities related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction included the initial capitalization of $80.0 million and borrowings under the term loan facility of $175.0 million and the issuance of preferred and common units to CSX Corporation and its affiliates with an aggregate original cost totaling $60.0 million. During 2004, the amounts in cash flows provided by (used in) investing primarily represent the accounting for the Acquisition-Related Transactions and financing activities primarily represent the accounting for the Acquisition-Related Transactions and the October 2004 Transactions and the December 2004 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page         . Investing activities related to the Acquisition-Related Transactions included the acquisition consideration and spending for transaction costs of $663.3 million, the final allocation of which is pending and may differ from the estimated allocation already made. Financing activities related to the Acquisition-Related Transactions included a capital contribution of $87.0 million, 13% convertible notes, in the original principal amount of $70.0 million, $250.0 million borrowed under the term loan facility, $6.0 million borrowed under the revolving credit facility, and the issuance of the 9% senior notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $250.0 million. Financing activities related to the October 2004 Transactions included the issuance of common shares and Series A preferred shares for gross proceeds of $20.7 million, plus accrued interest thereon, and the repayment of $20.0 million of the outstanding principal amount. Financing activities related to the December 2004 Transactions included the issuance of $160.0 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11% senior discount notes, the repayment of $50.0 million of the outstanding principal amount, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the 13% convertible notes, and the repurchase of a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of $53.6 million. Financing activities related to the 2005 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page     , included the repurchase of a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of $0.5 million, the issuance of common shares for an aggregate price of $0.6 million to members of our management, and the issuance of common shares and Series A preferred shares for an aggregate price of $0.5 million to our non-executive directors. As of December 26, 2004, the $249.4 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, the $250.0 million 9% senior notes, and the 11% senior discount notes with an accreted value of $112.8 million remained outstanding. The $6.0 million of borrowing under the revolving loan facility was repaid on August 9, 2004.

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information included in this prospectus before buying shares of common stock. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also impair our business operations. Any of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our cash flows and capital resources may be insufficient to make required payments on our substantial indebtedness and future indebtedness.

 

As of December 26, 2004, on a consolidated basis, we had approximately $610.2 million of outstanding long-term debt (exclusive of outstanding letters of credit with an aggregate face amount of $6.0 million), net of current portion, including capital lease obligations, and approximately $327.5 million of aggregate trade payables, accrued liabilities and other balance sheet liabilities (other than the long-term debt referred to above).

 

As of December 26, 2004, on a consolidated pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions and the Offering-Related Transactions, we would have had approximately $514.1 million of outstanding long-term debt (exclusive of outstanding letters of credit with an aggregate face amount of $6.0 million), net of current portion, including capital lease obligations, and approximately $327.5 million of aggregate trade payables, accrued liabilities and other balance sheet liabilities (other than the long-term debt referred to above).

 

Because we have substantial debt, we require significant amounts of cash to fund our debt service obligations. Our ability to generate cash to meet scheduled payments or to refinance our obligations with respect to our debt depends on our financial and operating performance which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to the following financial and business factors, some of which may be beyond our control:

 

  Ÿ   operating difficulties;

 

  Ÿ   increased operating costs;

 

  Ÿ   increased fuel costs;

 

  Ÿ   general economic conditions;

 

  Ÿ   decreased demand for our services;

 

  Ÿ   market cyclicality;

 

  Ÿ   tariff rates;

 

  Ÿ   prices for our services;

 

  Ÿ   the actions of competitors;

 

  Ÿ   regulatory developments; and

 

  Ÿ   delays in implementing strategic projects.

 

In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be forced to reduce or

 

18


Table of Contents

delay capital expenditures, dispose of material assets or operations, seek to obtain additional equity capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In particular, in the event that we are required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service obligations, we cannot be sure as to the timing of such dispositions or the proceeds that we would realize therefrom. The value realized from such dispositions will depend on market conditions and the availability of buyers, and, consequently, any such disposition may not, among other things, result in sufficient cash proceeds to repay our indebtedness. Also, the senior credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes contain covenants that may limit our ability to dispose of material assets or operations or to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Further, we cannot assure you that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, given the uncertainty of prevailing market conditions from time to time, our high levels of indebtedness and the various debt incurrence restrictions imposed by the senior credit facility and the indentures for the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes. If we are able to restructure or refinance our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, the economic terms on which such indebtedness is restructured, refinanced or obtained may not be favorable to us.

 

We may incur substantial indebtedness in the future. The terms of the senior credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes permit us to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness under certain circumstances. As of December 26, 2004, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines had, and, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions and the Offering-Related Transactions, they would have had, approximately $19.0 million of additional borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility, subject to compliance with the financial and other covenants and the other terms set forth therein. Our incurrence of additional indebtedness would intensify the risk that our future cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our substantial indebtedness.

 

Financial and other covenants under our current and future indebtedness could significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

 

The senior credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries to:

 

  Ÿ   dispose of assets;

 

  Ÿ   incur additional indebtedness, including guarantees;

 

  Ÿ   prepay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments;

 

  Ÿ   pay dividends or make investments, loans or advances;

 

  Ÿ   create liens on assets;

 

  Ÿ   enter into sale and lease-back transactions;

 

  Ÿ   engage in mergers, acquisitions or consolidations;

 

  Ÿ   change the business conducted by them; and

 

  Ÿ   engage in transactions with affiliates.

 

In addition, under the senior credit facility, Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries are required to comply with financial covenants, comprised of leverage and interest coverage ratio requirements. Their ability to comply with these covenants will depend on their ongoing financial and operating performance, which in turn will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market and competitive factors, many of which are beyond their control, and will be substantially dependent on our financial and operating performance which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic and competitive

 

19


Table of Contents

conditions and to various financial and business factors, including those discussed in the other risk factors disclosed in this prospectus, some of which may be beyond our control.

 

The indentures that govern the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes also contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries, in the case of the 9% senior notes, and H-Lines Finance Holding, in the case of the 11% senior discount notes, to:

 

  Ÿ   incur more debt;

 

  Ÿ   pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions;

 

  Ÿ   make investments;

 

  Ÿ   create liens;

 

  Ÿ   transfer or sell assets;

 

  Ÿ   merge or consolidate; and

 

  Ÿ   enter into transactions with our affiliates.

 

The breach of any of the covenants or restrictions contained in the senior credit facility could result in a default under the indenture governing the 9% senior notes that would permit the noteholders thereunder to declare all amounts outstanding under such indenture to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in the acceleration of the amounts outstanding under the senior credit facility as well. Similarly, the breach of any of the covenants or restrictions contained in the indenture governing the 9% senior notes would permit the lenders under the senior credit facility to declare all amounts outstanding under such facility to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in the acceleration of the amounts outstanding under such indenture. In the event of a breach of any of the covenants or restrictions contained in the senior credit facility or the indenture governing the 9% senior notes, the noteholders under the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes would be permitted to declare all amounts outstanding under such indenture to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest.

 

In any such case, Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries may be unable to repay the amounts due under the senior credit facility or under the indenture governing the 9% senior notes, and H-Lines Finance Holding may not be able to repay the amounts due under the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the senior credit facility prohibits prepayment of principal under the indenture governing the 9% senior notes, whether upon acceleration or otherwise, and neither the senior credit facility nor the indenture governing the 9% senior notes permits significant distributions of cash to H-Lines Finance Holding to fund payments of principal due under the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes, whether upon acceleration or otherwise. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

 

Our substantial indebtedness and future indebtedness could significantly impair our operating and financial condition.

 

The required payments on our substantial indebtedness and future indebtedness, as well as the restrictive covenants contained in the senior credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes, could significantly impair our operating and financial condition. For example, these required payments and restrictive covenants could:

 

  Ÿ   make it difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations;

 

  Ÿ   make us more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

20


Table of Contents
  Ÿ   limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements;

 

  Ÿ   expose us to interest rate fluctuations because the interest rate on the debt under our revolving credit facility is variable;

 

  Ÿ   require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow for operations and other purposes;

 

  Ÿ   limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

 

  Ÿ   place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that may have proportionately less debt.

 

We may incur substantial indebtedness in the future. Our incurrence of additional indebtedness would intensify the risks described above.

 

If we are unable to implement our business strategy, our future results could be adversely affected.

 

Our future results of operations will depend in significant part on the extent to which we can implement our business strategy successfully. Our business strategy includes providing complete shipping and logistics services, leveraging our capabilities to serve a broad range of customers, leveraging our brand, maintaining industry-leading information technology, and reducing operating costs. Our strategy is subject to business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. As a consequence, we may not be able to fully implement our strategy or realize the anticipated results of our strategy.

 

A decrease in shipping volume in our markets will adversely affect our business.

 

Demand for our shipping services depends on levels of shipping in our Jones Act markets and in the Guam market, as well as on economic and trade growth and logistics. Cyclical or other recessions in the continental U.S. or in these markets can negatively affect our operating results as customers may ship fewer containers or may ship containers only at reduced rates. We cannot predict whether or when such downturns will occur.

 

Our failure to renew our commercial agreements with Maersk in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We have several commercial agreements with Maersk, an international shipping company, that encompass terminal services, equipment sharing, cargo space charters, sales agency services, and trucking services. For example, under these agreements, Maersk provides us with terminal services at our seven ports located in the continental U.S. (Elizabeth, New Jersey; Jacksonville, Florida; New Orleans, Louisiana; Houston, Texas; Los Angeles and Oakland, California; and Tacoma, Washington). In general, these agreements, which were renewed and amended in May 2004, are scheduled to expire at the end of 2007. If we fail to renew these agreements in the future, the requirements of our business will necessitate that we enter into substitute commercial agreements with third parties for at least some portion of the services contemplated under our existing commercial agreements with Maersk, such as terminal services at our ports located in the continental U.S. There can be no assurance that, if we fail to renew our commercial agreements with Maersk, we will be successful in negotiating and entering into substitute commercial agreements with third parties and, even if we succeed in doing so, the terms and conditions of these new agreements, individually or in the aggregate, may be significantly less favorable to us than the terms and conditions of our existing agreements with Maersk or others. Furthermore, if we do enter into substitute commercial agreements with third parties, changes in our operations to comply with the requirements of these new agreements

 

21


Table of Contents

(such as our use of other terminals in our existing ports in the continental U.S. or our use of other ports in the continental U.S.) may cause disruptions to our business, which could be significant, and may result in additional costs and expenses and possible losses of revenue.

 

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our profits.

 

Fuel is a significant operating expense for our shipping operations. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. As a result, increases in the price of fuel, such as we are currently experiencing, may adversely affect profitability. There can be no assurance that our customers will agree to bear such fuel price increases via fuel surcharges without a reduction in their volumes of business with us nor any assurance that our future fuel hedging efforts (if any) will be successful.

 

Our industry is unionized and strikes by our union employees or others in the industry may disrupt our services and adversely affect our operations.

 

As of December 26, 2004, we had 1,742 employees, of which 1,172 were unionized employees represented by seven different labor unions. Our industry is susceptible to work stoppages and other adverse employee actions due to the strong influence of maritime trade unions. We may be adversely affected by future industrial action against efforts by our management or the management of other companies in our industry to reduce labor costs, restrain wage increases or modify work practices. In addition, in the future, we may not be able to negotiate, on terms and conditions favorable to us, renewals of our collective bargaining agreements with unions in our industry and strikes and disruptions may occur as a result of our failure or the failure of other companies in our industry to negotiate collective bargaining agreements with such unions successfully. Our collective bargaining agreements with our unions are scheduled to expire as follows—International Brotherhood of Teamsters: 2005, 2008 and 2010; Seafarers International Union: 2006; Office & Professional Employees International Union: 2007; International Longshore and Warehouseman’s Union: 2007 and 2008; International Longshoremen’s Association: 2010; Marine Engineers Beneficial Association: 2012; and International Organization of Masters, Mates & Pilots: 2012.

 

Our employees are covered by federal laws that may subject us to job-related claims in addition to those provided by state laws.

 

Some of our employees are covered by several maritime statutes, including provisions of the Jones Act, the Death on the High Seas Act, the Seamen’s Wage Act and general maritime law. These laws typically operate to make liability limits established by state workers’ compensation laws inapplicable to these employees and to permit these employees and their representatives to pursue actions against employers for job-related injuries in federal courts. Because we are not generally protected by the limits imposed by state workers’ compensation statutes for these employees, we may have greater exposure for any claims made by these employees than is customary in the United States.

 

Due to our participation in multi-employer pension plans, we may have exposure under those plans that extends beyond what our obligations would be with respect to our employees.

 

We contribute to fourteen (14) multi-employer pension plans. In the event of a partial or complete withdrawal by us from any plan which is underfunded, we would be liable for a proportionate share of such plan’s unfunded vested benefits. Based on the limited information available from plan administrators, which we cannot independently validate, we believe that our portion of the contingent liability in the case of a full withdrawal or termination would be material to our financial position and results of operations. In the event that any other contributing employer withdraws from any plan which

 

22


Table of Contents

is underfunded, and such employer (or any member in its controlled group) cannot satisfy its obligations under the plan at the time of withdrawal, then we, along with the other remaining contributing employers, would be liable for our proportionate share of such plan’s unfunded vested benefits. We have no current intention of taking any action that would subject us to any withdrawal liability and cannot assure you that no other contributing employer will take such action.

 

In addition, if a multi-employer plan fails to satisfy the minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service, pursuant to Section 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to herein as the Code, will impose an excise tax of five (5%) percent on the amount of the accumulated funding deficiency. Under Section 413(c)(5) of the Code, the liability of each contributing employer, including us, will be determined in part by each employer’s respective delinquency in meeting the required employer contributions under the plan. The Code also requires contributing employers to make additional contributions in order to reduce the deficiency to zero, which may, along with the payment of the excise tax, have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

 

Compliance with safety and environmental protection and other governmental requirements may adversely affect our operations.

 

The shipping industry in general, and, our business and the operation of our vessels and terminals in particular, are affected by extensive and changing safety, environmental protection and other international, national, state and local governmental laws and regulations. For example, our vessels, as U.S.-flagged vessels, generally must be maintained “in class” and are subject to periodic inspections by the American Bureau of Shipping or similar classification certification groups, and must be periodically inspected by, or on behalf of, the U.S. Coast Guard. In addition, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act requires us, as vessel operators, to post bonds or certificates of financial responsibility and to adopt procedures for oil or hazardous substance spill prevention, response and clean up. In complying with these laws, we have incurred expenses and may incur future expenses for ship modifications and changes in operating procedures. Changes in enforcement policies for existing requirements and additional laws and regulations adopted in the future could limit our ability to do business or further increase the cost of our doing business.

 

We believe our vessels are maintained in good condition in compliance with present regulatory requirements, are operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable safety/environmental laws and regulations and are insured against the usual risks for such amounts as our management deems appropriate. Our vessels’ operating certificates and licenses are renewed periodically during the required annual surveys of the vessels. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates and licenses will be renewed. Also, in the future, we may have to alter existing equipment, add new equipment to, or change operating procedures for, our vessels to comply with changes in governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards or to meet our customers’ changing needs. If any such costs are material, they could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

We are subject to new statutory and regulatory directives in the United States addressing homeland security concerns.

 

Various government agencies within the Department of Homeland Security (referred to in this prospectus as “DHS”), including the Transportation Security Administration, the U.S. Coast Guard, and U.S. Bureau of Customs and Border Protection, have adopted, and may adopt in the future, new rules, policies or regulations or changes in the interpretation or application of existing laws, rules, policies or regulations, compliance with which could increase our costs or result in loss of revenue.

 

The Coast Guard’s new maritime security regulations, issued pursuant to the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, require us to operate our vessels and facilities pursuant to both

 

23


Table of Contents

the maritime security regulations and approved security plans. Our vessels and facilities are subject to periodic security compliance verification examinations by the Coast Guard. A failure to operate in accordance with the maritime security regulations or the approved security plan may result in the imposition of a fine or control and compliance measures, including the suspension or revocation of the security plan, thereby making the vessel or facility ineligible to operate. We are also required to audit these security plans on an annual basis and, if necessary, submit amendments to the Coast Guard for their review and approval. Failure to timely submit the necessary amendments may lead to the imposition of the fines and control and compliance measures mentioned above. Failure to meet the requirements of the maritime security regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

DHS may adopt additional security-related regulations, including new requirements for screening of cargo and our reimbursement to the agency for the cost of security services. These new security-related regulations could have an adverse impact on our ability to efficiently process cargo or could increase our costs. In particular, our customers typically need quick shipping of their cargos and rely on our on-time shipping capabilities. If these regulations disrupt or impede the timing of our shipments, we may fail to meet the needs of our customers, or may increase expenses to do so.

 

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

 

Domestic and international container shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures, referred to herein as inspection procedures, in countries of origin and destination as well as in countries in which transshipment points are located. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of containers or their contents, delays in the loading, offloading, transshipment or delivery of containers and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against exporters or importers (and, in some cases, shipping and logistics companies such as us). Failure to comply with these procedures may result in the imposition of fines and/or the taking of control or compliance measures by the applicable governmental agency, including the denial of entry into U.S. waters.

 

We understand that, currently, only a small proportion of all containers delivered to the United States are physically inspected by U.S., state or local authorities prior to delivery to their destinations. The U.S. government, foreign governments, international organizations, and industry associations have been considering ways to improve and expand inspection procedures. It is unclear what changes, if any, to the existing inspection procedures will be proposed or implemented, or how any such changes will affect shipping and logistics companies such as us. It is possible, however, that such changes could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us, including additional responsibility for physically inspecting and recording the contents of containers we are shipping. In addition, changes to inspection procedures could impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo by container uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Restrictions on foreign ownership of our vessels could limit our ability to sell off any portion of our business or result in the forfeiture of our vessels.

 

U.S. law requires that, to be eligible to operate a vessel in any of the non-contiguous Jones Act markets, the company that owns and operates the vessel must be at least 75% owned and controlled by U.S. citizens at each tier of ownership. The Jones Act, therefore, restricts, directly or indirectly, the foreign ownership interests in the entities that directly or indirectly own the vessels which we operate in the non-contiguous Jones Act markets. If we were to seek to sell any portion of our business that owns

 

24


Table of Contents

any of these vessels, we would have fewer potential purchasers, since some potential purchasers might be unable or unwilling to satisfy the foreign ownership restrictions described above. As a result, the sales price for that portion of our business may not attain the amount that could be obtained in an unregulated market. Furthermore, at any point Horizon Lines ceases to be 75% owned and controlled by U.S. citizens, we may become subject to penalties and risk forfeiture of our vessels or become unable to operate in our current markets.

 

Repeal or substantial amendment of the Jones Act or its application could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The Jones Act provides that all vessels operating between any two U.S. ports must be built in the U.S. and owned, operated and crewed substantially by U.S. citizens. However, the Jones Act may be repealed or amended in the future. If the Jones Act were to be repealed or substantially amended and, as a consequence, competition were to increase in any of our Jones Act markets, our business would be materially adversely affected. In addition, our advantage as a U.S.-citizen operator of Jones Act vessels could be eroded by periodic efforts and attempts by foreign interests to circumvent certain aspects of the Jones Act. If maritime cabotage services were included in the General Agreement on Trade in Services, the North American Free Trade Agreement or other international trade agreements, or if the restrictions contained in the Jones Act were otherwise altered, the shipping of maritime cargo between U.S. ports could be opened to foreign-flag or foreign-built vessels.

 

No assurance can be given that our insurance costs will not escalate.

 

Our protection and indemnity insurance, referred to as P&I, is provided by a mutual P&I club which is a member of the International Group Association of P&I Clubs. As a mutual club, it relies on member premiums, investment reserves and income, and reinsurance to manage liability risks on behalf of its members. Increased investment losses, underwriting losses, or reinsurance costs could cause international marine insurance clubs to substantially raise the cost of premiums, resulting not only in higher premium costs but also higher levels of deductibles and self-insurance retentions.

 

Catastrophic losses and other liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations and such losses and liability may be beyond insurance coverage.

 

The operation of any oceangoing vessel carries with it an inherent risk of catastrophic maritime disaster, mechanical failure, collision, and loss of or damage to cargo. Also, in the course of the operation of our vessels, marine disasters, such as oil spills and other environmental mishaps, cargo loss or damage, and business interruption due to political or other developments, as well as maritime disasters not involving us, labor disputes, strikes and adverse weather conditions, could result in loss of revenue, liabilities or increased costs, personal injury, loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. Damage arising from such occurrences may result in lawsuits asserting large claims.

 

Although we maintain insurance, including retentions and deductibles, at levels that we believe are consistent with industry norms against the risks described above, including loss of life, there can be no assurance that this insurance would be sufficient to cover the cost of damages suffered by us from the occurrence of all of the risks described above or the loss of income resulting from one or more of our vessels being removed from operation. We also cannot assure you that a claim will be paid or that we will be able to obtain insurance at commercially reasonable rates in the future. Further, if we are negligent or otherwise responsible in connection with any such event, our insurance may not cover our claim.

 

In the event that any of the claims arising from any of the foregoing possible events were assessed against us, all of our assets could be subject to attachment and other judicial process.

 

25


Table of Contents

As a result of the significant insurance losses incurred in the September 11, 2001 attack and related concern regarding terrorist attacks, global insurance markets increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for terrorist losses generally. Accordingly, premiums payable for terrorist coverage have increased substantially and the level of terrorist coverage has been significantly reduced.

 

Additionally, new and stricter environmental regulations have led to higher costs for insurance covering environmental damage or pollution, and new regulations could lead to similar increases or even make this type of insurance unavailable.

 

Our spare vessel reserved for relief may be inadequate under extreme circumstances.

 

We generally keep a spare vessel in reserve available for relief if one of our vessels in active service suffers a maritime disaster or must be unexpectedly removed from service for repairs. However, this spare vessel may require several days of sailing before it can replace the other vessel, resulting in service disruptions and loss of revenue. If more than one of our vessels in active service suffers a maritime disaster or must be unexpectedly removed from service, we may have to redeploy vessels from our other trade routes, or lease one or more vessels from third parties. As there is a relatively limited supply of U.S.-built, U.S.-owned and U.S.-flagged container vessels available for short- or long-term lease, especially on short notice, we may be unable to lease any such vessels or be faced with prohibitively high lease rates. In any such case, we may suffer a material adverse effect on our business, our operating results and our financial condition.

 

Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our ability to effectively provide our shipping and logistics services, especially HITS, which could damage our reputation and harm our operating results.

 

Our provision of our shipping and logistics services depends on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems, especially HITS. We have experienced brief system failures in the past and may experience brief or substantial failures in the future. Any failure of our systems could result in interruptions in our service reducing our revenue and profits and damaging our brand. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning does not account for all eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, or other unanticipated problems at our facilities at which we maintain and operate our systems could result in lengthy interruptions or delays in our shipping and logistics services, especially HITS. We are in the process of migrating our information technology systems from a mainframe to a client/server model. This transition may result in unanticipated service disruptions or higher operating costs that could also harm our operating results or damage our reputation.

 

Our vessels could be arrested by maritime claimants, which could result in significant loss of earnings and cash flow.

 

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, lenders and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a claimant may enforce its lien by either arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. Moreover, crew members may place liens for unpaid wages that can include significant statutory penalty wages if the unpaid wages remain overdue (e.g., double wages for every day during which the unpaid wages remain overdue). The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could result in a significant loss of earnings and cash flow for the period during which the arrest or attachment is continuing.

 

In addition, international vessel arrest conventions and certain national jurisdictions allow so-called sister-ship arrests, which allow the arrest of vessels that are within the same legal ownership as the vessel which is subject to the claim or lien. Certain jurisdictions go further, permitting not only the arrest of vessels within the same legal ownership, but also any associated vessel. In nations with

 

26


Table of Contents

these laws, an association may be recognized when two vessels are owned by companies controlled by the same party. Consequently, a claim may be asserted against us or any of our vessels for the liability of one or more of the other vessels that we own.

 

We are susceptible to severe weather and natural disasters.

 

Our operations are vulnerable to disruption as a result of weather and natural disasters such as bad weather at sea, hurricanes, typhoons and earthquakes. Such events will interfere with our ability to provide the on-time scheduled service our customers demand resulting in increased expenses and potential loss of business associated with such events. In addition, severe weather and natural disasters can result in interference with our terminal operations, and may cause serious damage to our vessels, loss or damage to containers, cargo and other equipment and loss of life or physical injury to our employees. Terminals in the South Pacific Ocean, particularly in Guam, and terminals on the east coast of the continental U.S. and in the Caribbean are particularly susceptible to hurricanes and typhoons. In the recent past, the terminal at our port in Guam was seriously damaged by a typhoon and our terminal in Puerto Rico was seriously damaged by a hurricane. These storms resulted in damage to cranes and other equipment and closure of these facilities. Earthquakes in Anchorage and in Guam have also damaged our terminal facilities resulting in delay in terminal operations and increased expenses. Any such damage will not be fully covered by insurance.

 

We may face new competitors.

 

Other established or start-up shipping operators may enter our markets to compete with us for business.

 

Existing non-Jones Act qualified shipping operators whose container ships sail between ports in Asia and the U.S. west coast could add Hawaii, Guam or Alaska as additional stops on their sailing routes for non-U.S. originated or destined cargo. Shipping operators could also add Puerto Rico as a new stop on sailings of their vessels between the continental U.S. and ports in Europe, the Caribbean, and Latin America for non-U.S. originated or destined cargo. Further, shipping operators could introduce U.S.-flagged vessels into service sailing between Guam and U.S. ports, including ports on the U.S. west coast or in Hawaii. On these routes to and from Guam no limits would apply as to the origin or destination of the cargo dropped off or picked up. In addition, current or new U.S. citizen shipping operators may purchase or charter vessels currently being built in U.S. shipyards or order the building of new vessels by U.S. shipyards and may introduce these U.S.-built vessels into Jones Act qualified service on one or more of our trade routes. These potential competitors may have access to financial resources substantially greater than our own. The entry of a new competitor on any of our trade routes could result in a significant increase in available shipping capacity that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Pasha Hawaii Transport Lines, a joint venture between The Pasha Group, a California-based automobile handling and logistics company, and Strong Vessel Operators LLC, a Connecticut-based operator of a U.S.-flagged ship on a trade route between the U.S. east coast and the Azores, recently announced plans to start-up a Jones Act qualified shipping service between Hawaii and San Diego, beginning in 2005, utilizing one roll-on/roll-off vessel. Pasha Hawaii has also announced that its new shipping service will handle the Chrysler Group’s new car shipping requirements for Hawaii under a multi-year contract, beginning in March 2005. While we believe that Pasha Hawaii’s new service will primarily handle the shipment of automobiles, the introduction of this new service will result in a significant increase in available shipping capacity in the Hawaii market that could create downward rate pressure for us or result in our loss of business.

 

We may not exercise our purchase options for our chartered vessels.

 

We intend to exercise our purchase options for up to five of the vessels that we have chartered upon the expiration of their charters. In July 2007, charters for two of our vessels expire, and in

 

27


Table of Contents

January 2015, charters for three of our vessels expire. There can be no assurance that, when these options become exercisable, the price at which these vessels may be purchased will be reasonable in light of the fair market value of these vessels at such time or that we will have the funds required to make these purchases. As a result, we may not exercise our options to purchase these vessels. If we do not exercise our options, we may need to renew our existing charters for these vessels or charter replacement vessels. There can be no assurance that our existing charters will be renewed, or, if renewed, that they will be renewed at favorable rates, or, if not renewed, that we will be able to charter replacement vessels at favorable rates.

 

We may face significant costs as our vessels age.

 

We believe that our vessels each have an estimated useful economic life of 45 years from the year it was built. The average age of our vessels is approximately 28 years. We expect to expend increasing expenses to operate and maintain our vessels in good condition as they age. Eventually, these vessels will need to be replaced. We may not be able to replace these vessels with new vessels based on uncertainties related to financing, timing and shipyard availability.

 

We may face unexpected substantial drydocking costs for our vessels.

 

Our vessels are drydocked periodically for repairs and renewals. The cost of repairs and renewals at each drydocking are difficult to predict with certainty and can be substantial. Our established processes have enabled us to make 27 drydockings in the last four years with a minimal impact on schedule. In addition, our vessels may have to be drydocked in the event of accidents or other unforeseen damage. Our insurance may not cover all of these costs. Large unpredictable drydocking expenses could significantly decrease our profits.

 

Loss of our key management personnel could adversely affect our business.

 

Our future success will depend, in significant part, upon the continued services of Charles G. Raymond, our President and Chief Executive Officer, John V. Keenan, our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and M. Mark Urbania, our Senior Vice President—Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer. The loss of the services of any of these executive officers could adversely affect our future operating results because of such officer’s experience and knowledge of our business and customer relationships. If key employees depart, we may have to incur significant costs to replace them and our ability to execute our business model could be impaired if we cannot replace them in a timely manner. We do not expect to maintain key person insurance on any of our executive officers.

 

We are subject to, and may in the future be subject to, disputes, or legal or other proceedings, that could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

The nature of our business exposes us to the potential for disputes, or legal or other proceedings, from time to time relating to labor and employment matters, personal injury and property damage, environmental matters and other matters, as discussed in the other risk factors disclosed in this prospectus. In addition, as a common carrier, our tariffs, rates, rules and practices in dealing with our customers are governed by extensive and complex foreign, federal, state and local regulations which are the subject of disputes or administrative and/or judicial proceedings from time to time. These disputes, individually or collectively, could harm our business by distracting our management from the operation of our business. If these disputes develop into proceedings, these proceedings, individually or collectively, could involve significant expenditures by us or result in significant changes to our tariffs, rates, rules and practices in dealing with our customers that could have a material adverse effect on our future revenue and profitability.

 

28


Table of Contents

We are currently subject to two actions before the Surface Transportation Board, or STB. The first action, brought by the Government of Guam in 1998 on behalf of itself and its citizens against Horizon Lines and Matson Navigation Co., seeks a ruling from the STB that Horizon Lines’ Guam shipping rates during 1996-1998 were “unreasonable” under the ICC Termination Act of 1995, and an order awarding reparations to Guam and its citizens. The second action, brought by DHX, Inc., a freight forwarder, in 1999 against Horizon Lines and Matson, challenges the reasonableness of certain rates and practices of the defendants in the Hawaii trade. DHX is seeking $11.0 million in damages. An adverse STB decision in either of these actions could also affect the rates that Horizon Lines would be permitted to charge on its routes and could have a material adverse effect on our future revenue and profitability. On December 13, 2004, the STB issued a decision favorable to us with respect to the second action. However, DHX has filed a motion for reconsideration of the STB’s order. We have filed an opposition to this motion. No assurance can be given that the final decision of the STB with respect to this matter will be favorable to us.

 

Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

 

Part of our growth strategy may include pursuing acquisitions. Any integration process may be complex and time consuming, may be disruptive to our business and may cause an interruption of, or a distraction of our management’s attention from, our business as a result of a number of obstacles, including but not limited to:

 

  Ÿ   the loss of key customers of the acquired company;

 

  Ÿ   the incurrence of unexpected expenses and working capital requirements;

 

  Ÿ   a failure of our due diligence process to identify significant issues or contingencies;

 

  Ÿ   difficulties assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

 

  Ÿ   difficulties effectively integrating the acquired technologies with our current technologies;

 

  Ÿ   our inability to retain key personnel of acquired entities;

 

  Ÿ   a failure to maintain the quality of customer service;

 

  Ÿ   our inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals for the acquired and combined businesses; and

 

  Ÿ   difficulty in maintaining internal controls, procedures and policies.

 

Any of the foregoing obstacles, or a combination of them, could negatively impact our net income and cash flows.

 

We have not completed any acquisitions to date. We may not be able to consummate acquisitions in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, future acquisitions are accompanied by the risk that the obligations and liabilities of an acquired company may not be adequately reflected in the historical financial statements of that company and the risk that those historical financial statements may be based on assumptions which are incorrect or inconsistent with our assumptions or approach to accounting policies. Any of such obligations, liabilities or incorrect or inconsistent assumptions could adversely impact our results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

 

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If the stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those set forth below:

 

  Ÿ   the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering, or changes in financial estimates of our performance by securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ   future sales of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ   investor perceptions of us and our industry;

 

  Ÿ   our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

  Ÿ   the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC;

 

  Ÿ   announcements of developments related to our competitors’ or customers’ businesses; and

 

  Ÿ   the other factors disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As a result of these factors, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial offering price. In addition, the stock market has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of publicly traded shares of a company, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Castle Harlan Group, or an affiliate, will have effective control over most matters requiring the approval of our stockholders.

 

Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, The Castle Harlan Group will own approximately             % of our common stock (            % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), and John K. Castle, who controls a majority of the shares of our common stock held by The Castle Harlan Group, will continue to be the voting trustee, pursuant to the voting trust agreement, with respect to the shares of our common stock held by our existing stockholders (other than the funds and accounts that are members of The Castle Harlan Group), representing approximately             % of our common stock (            % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). As a result, John K. Castle will have             % (            % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors.

 

30


Table of Contents

So long as either The Castle Harlan Group continues to own a significant portion of the outstanding shares of our common stock, or our existing stockholders continue to own a significant portion of the outstanding shares of our common stock and the voting trust remains in effect, The Castle Harlan Group, or John K. Castle, as the case may be, will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control the election of our directors, subject to compliance with applicable New York Stock Exchange requirements, our decisions, policies, management and affairs, and corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the approval of transactions involving a change in control. The interests of The Castle Harlan Group, or John K. Castle, may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders. In particular, The Castle Harlan Group is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Castle Harlan Group may also pursue, for its own account, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

Our audit committee initially will not be comprised entirely of independent directors, which may create conflicts of interest.

 

We intend to avail ourselves of the transition periods provided for under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange for issuers listing in conjunction with their initial public offering. As such, our audit committee is not required to consist solely of independent directors until one year following the consummation of this offering. A member of our audit committee is an officer of an affiliate of CHP IV, our principal stockholder, and was nominated to our board of directors by CHP IV and therefore does not meet the independence requirement for audit committees under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. As a result of his position on our audit committee, he will have the ability to exert significant influence over our activities and decisions and our internal audit function and may have goals or views that may differ from those of our other stockholders or our management and, accordingly, his substantial influence over our affairs may create conflicts of interest.

 

Certain provisions of our charter documents and agreements and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, from and after the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, will contain provisions that:

 

  Ÿ   permit us to issue, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, up to              million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the preferences and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of the series;

 

  Ÿ   limit the ability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;

 

  Ÿ   establish a classified board of directors with staggered              year terms;

 

  Ÿ   impose advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for stockholder proposals;

 

  Ÿ   limit to the incumbent members of our board the right to elect or appoint individuals to fill the remaining terms of vacant seats on our board of directors; and

 

  Ÿ   limit the ability of stockholders who are non-U.S. citizens under applicable U.S. maritime laws to acquire significant ownership of, or significant voting power with respect to, shares of any class or series of our capital stock.

 

These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which also imposes certain restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our common stock. Further, certain of our future incentive plans may provide, for vesting of shares of common stock and/or payments to be made to our employees in connection with a change of control, which could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

 

If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could also depress our market price. Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), of which              million shares will be held by our existing stockholders. Prior to this offering, the issuer and certain of our existing stockholders holding in the aggregate              million shares of our common stock will have entered into “lock-up agreements” with the underwriters whereby these stockholders will have agreed to a “lock-up” period, meaning that such parties may not, subject to certain other exceptions, sell any of their existing shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC until approximately 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, will be able, in their sole discretion, at any time or from time to time and without notice, to waive the terms and conditions of these lock-up agreements. Also, upon the consummation of this offering, all of our existing stockholders will be subject to the Rule 144 holding period requirements, in addition to continuing to be subject to certain contractual restrictions, including rights of first offer and co-sale, set forth in the stockholders agreement, unless waived, and all of our existing stockholders (other than the funds and accounts that are members of The Castle Harlan Group), will continue to be subject to the voting trust in favor of John K. Castle under the voting trust agreement described on page      of this prospectus, until such agreement terminates. When the lock-up agreements expire, the shares previously subject thereto will become eligible for sale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144 and the stockholders agreement and the voting trust agreement. The market price for shares of our common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse under Rule 144 and lapse or are waived under the lock-up agreements, the stockholders agreement and the voting trust agreement. A decline in the price of shares of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities.

 

Our certificate of incorporation currently limits the ownership of common stock by individuals and entities that are not U.S. citizens. This may affect the liquidity of our common stock and may result in non-U.S. citizens being required to sell their shares or losing their voting, dividend and distribution rights.

 

Under applicable U.S. maritime laws, at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each class or series of our capital stock must be owned and controlled by U.S. citizens within the meaning of such laws. Certain related provisions of our certificate of incorporation, as in effect from and after the consummation of this offering, are intended to facilitate compliance with this requirement and may have an adverse effect on holders of shares of the common stock issued and sold pursuant to this offering.

 

First, under the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, any transfer, or attempted transfer, of any shares of our capital stock would be void if the effect of such transfer, or attempted transfer, would

 

32


Table of Contents

be to cause one or more non-U.S. citizens in the aggregate to own (of record or beneficially) shares of any class or series of our capital stock in excess of 24.99% of the outstanding shares of such class or series. As a result, the liquidity or market value of the shares of common stock issued and sold pursuant to this offering may be adversely impacted.

 

Second, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, if the percentage of the shares of any class or series of our capital stock owned (of record or beneficially) by non-U.S. citizens is known to us to be in excess of 24.99%, we, in our sole discretion, shall be entitled to redeem all or any portion of such shares most recently acquired by non-U.S. citizens in excess of such maximum permitted percentage at a redemption price based on a formula set forth in our certificate of incorporation. As a result, an offeree (or a purchaser from such offeree) who is a non-U.S. citizen may be required to sell its shares of common stock at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on its investment in such shares. Further, we may have to incur additional indebtedness, or use available cash (if any), to fund all or a portion of such redemption, in which case our financial condition may be materially weakened.

 

Third, our certificate of incorporation will provide that in the event the effect of the transfer of any shares of our capital stock would be to cause one or more non-U.S. citizens in the aggregate to own (of record or beneficially) in excess of 24.99% of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock, the shares so transferred, to the extent such maximum permitted percentage is exceeded, shall not be accorded any voting, dividend or distribution rights while any such excess exists.

 

If non-U.S. citizens own more than 24.99% of our stock, we may not have the funds or the ability to redeem any excess shares and we could be forced to suspend our Jones Act operations.

 

Despite our ability to redeem shares owned by non-U.S. citizens in the event such persons own more than 24.99% of any class or series of our capital stock, we may not be able to effect such a redemption because our operations may not have generated sufficient excess cash flow to fund such a redemption. If such a situation occurs, there is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain the funds necessary to effect such a redemption on terms satisfactory to us or at all. In addition, the terms of the senior credit facility under which two of our wholly owned indirect subsidiaries, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC, are co-borrowers and their respective subsidiaries are guarantors, currently prohibit upstream payments, subject to limited exceptions. The terms of the indentures of our subsidiaries also contain limitations on upstream payments and any future indebtedness of our subsidiaries may contain similar limitations. If for any of the foregoing reasons or otherwise we are unable to effect such a redemption, we will likely be unable to comply with applicable maritime laws and will likely have our Jones Act, and potentially our other U.S.-port, operations suspended by governmental authorities. Any such actions by governmental authorities would have a severely detrimental impact on our results of operations.

 

We may elect not to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

We intend to adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, which reflects an intention to distribute a portion of the cash generated by our business in excess of operating needs, interest and principal payments on our indebtedness and capital expenditures as regular dividends to our stockholders. There can be no assurance, however, as to the amount and frequency of any such dividend or that a dividend will be paid at all. We have paid no cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date and we currently intend to retain a substantial portion of our future earnings, if any, to make payments of principal and interest on our substantial

 

33


Table of Contents

indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our businesses. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock may be your sole source of potential gain for the foreseeable future.

 

We may not have the necessary funds to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

We will require continuing, significant cash flow in order for us to make payments of regular dividends to our stockholders in accordance with the dividend policy that we intend to adopt. However, we have no operations of our own and have derived, and will continue to derive, all of our revenues and cash flow from our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available us. They may not have sufficient funds or assets to permit payments to us in amounts sufficient to fund our anticipated dividend payments. Also, our subsidiaries are subject to contractual restrictions (including with their secured and unsecured creditors) that may limit their ability to upstream cash indirectly or directly to us. The $275.0 million senior credit facility under which two of our wholly owned indirect subsidiaries, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC, are co-borrowers and their respective subsidiaries are guarantors, currently prohibits upstream payments to our direct wholly owned subsidiary H-Lines Finance, the direct parent of Horizon Lines Holding, unless these payments are for essential operating purposes. Prior to the consummation of this offering we intend to negotiate an amendment to this credit facility to permit the greater availability of cash for the making of such payments. However, we may not be successful in the negotiation of such amendment. In addition, the indenture governing the 9% senior notes co-issued by Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC, and guaranteed by their respective subsidiaries, generally prohibits the upstreaming of funds by these co-issuers or their subsidiaries to H-Lines Finance, unless certain financial and other covenants specified therein are complied with after giving effect to such payment. The indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes issued by H-Lines Finance contains similar restrictions on the ability of H-Lines Finance to upstream to us any cash that it may receive or generate. Thus, there is a significant risk that we may not have the requisite funds to make the regular dividend payments contemplated by the dividend policy that we intend to adopt.

 

Rising interest rates may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Because we intend to adopt a dividend policy providing for the payment of regular dividends to our stockholders, interest rates may affect, at times significantly, the market price of our common stock. In general, as interest rates increase, the market price of our common stock could decline. Interest rates are currently at relatively low levels and, therefore, the value of our common stock may decline if interest rates rise in the future.

 

Our dividend policy may limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities.

 

Our adoption of a dividend policy providing for the payment of regular dividends to our stockholders from our cash flow from our operations may significantly constrain our ability to finance any material expansion of our business or to fund our operations more than if we had retained such cash flow from our operations. In addition, our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business, including through acquisitions or increased capital spending, will depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to obtain third party financing. Such financing may not be available to us at an acceptable cost, or at all.

 

If you purchase shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

Prior investors have paid substantially less per share for our common stock than the assumed initial public offering price. Accordingly, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $              per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $              in pro forma net tangible book value per common share

 

34


Table of Contents

because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per common share of the shares you acquire, based on the net tangible book value per common share as of December 26, 2004, and after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions as of December 26, 2004.

 

We may be exposed to potential risks resulting from new requirements that we evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

After this offering, we will be required to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. We may not be able to assess our current internal controls and comply with these requirements in due time. If we are able to proceed with a complete assessment in a timely manner, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate, may identify deficiencies which will demand significant resources to remediate or may be unable to identify deficiencies at all. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such regulations are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Moreover, effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and the trading price of the common stock offered hereby could drop significantly. Our compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may require significant expenses and management resources that would need to be diverted from our other operations and could require a restructuring of our internal financial reporting. Any such expenses, time reallocations or restructuring could have a material adverse effect on our operations. The applicability of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to us after the consummation of this offering could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors (and, particularly, our audit committee), or to serve as executive officers.

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules and, as a result, you will not have the protection afforded by certain corporate governance requirements.

 

Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, The Castle Harlan Group will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company is a “controlled company” and need not comply with certain requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (4) the requirement that an annual performance evaluation be performed of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees. We intend to utilize these exemptions as long as permitted. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors (or on our executive committee) and neither our compensation committee nor our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.

 

35


Table of Contents

If the net proceeds from the Offering-Related Transactions are less than $             million, we will repay a smaller portion of our indebtedness.

 

We intend to apply the net proceeds from the Offering-Related Transactions to our voluntary redemption of all of the outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock, which has an aggregate stated value of $60.7 million, from our existing stockholders and the payment of a dividend in the approximate aggregate amount of $70.8 million to our existing stockholders, in their capacities as holders of our Class B common stock, before we apply the remainder of such net proceeds to our voluntary redemption of approximately $39.3 million in accreted value of the $160.0 million of aggregate principal amount at maturity of the 11% senior discount notes due 2013 and approximately $56.8 million of the $250.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 9% senior notes due 2012. As a result, if we do not receive net proceeds from the Offering-Related Transactions of at least $             million, we will have less funds available than anticipated to redeem such indebtedness.

 

36


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements,” as defined by federal securities laws, with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business. Forward-looking statements are those that do not relate solely to historical fact. They include, but are not limited to, any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance, achievements or events. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “projects,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could” and similar expressions or phrases identify forward-looking statements.

 

All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results.

 

Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected results include: our substantial debt; restrictive covenants under our debt; decreases in shipping volumes; our failure to renew our commercial agreements with Maersk; rising fuel prices; labor interruptions or strikes; job-related claims; liability under multi-employer pension plans; compliance with safety and environmental protection and other governmental requirements; new statutory and regulatory directives in the United States addressing homeland security concerns; the successful start-up of any Jones Act competitor; increased inspection procedures and tight import and export controls; restrictions on foreign ownership of our vessels; repeal or substantial amendment of the Jones Act; escalation of insurance costs; catastrophic losses and other liabilities; the arrest of our vessels by maritime claimants; severe weather and natural disasters; our inability to exercise our purchase options for our chartered vessels; the aging of our vessels; unexpected substantial drydocking costs for our vessels; the loss of our key management personnel; actions by our controlling stockholder; and legal or other proceedings to which we are or may become subject.

 

All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

 

See the section entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page     , for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

 

37


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

 

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business including, without limitation, Horizon Lines®. This prospectus also includes trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies. Our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products is not intended to and does not imply, except as indicated, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these companies.

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

Industry and market data used throughout this prospectus, including information relating to our relative position in the shipping and logistics industry are approximations based on the good faith estimates of our management, using internal surveys and sources, our own and other publicly available financial information, independent industry publications, reports or other publicly available information, including local port information. Although we believe that these sources are reliable, we do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, and we have not otherwise independently verified this information. Unless otherwise noted, financial data and industry and market data presented herein are for 2004.

 

38


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock).

 

We intend to

 

(i)     apply a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of approximately $39.3 million in accreted value of the $160.0 million of aggregate principal amount at maturity 11% senior discount notes, and to the payment of a related redemption premium thereon;

 

(ii)     apply a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of approximately $56.8 million of the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9% senior notes, and to the payment of accrued interest and a related redemption premium thereon;

 

(iii)     apply approximately $60.7 million of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, at their stated value, on July 8, 2005; and

 

(iv)     apply approximately $70.8 million of the net proceeds of this offering to pay the Special Class B Dividend, in the approximate amount of $84.12 per share, to the holders of the Class B common stock, on July 8, 2005.

 

In the event that the net proceeds from this offering are less than $             million, we will reduce the amount of the net proceeds from this offering applied to redeem the 9% senior notes and/or the 11% senior discount notes.

 

The existing stockholders will be the only holders of our Class B common stock as of July 8, 2005, and, therefore, the only persons entitled to receive the Special Class B Dividend to be paid in full on such date.

 

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, members of our management team (and their family members) will enter into agreements with us requiring them to purchase, from the proceeds of the Special Class B Dividend, an aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 million of shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share.

 

If the underwriters exercise, in full or in part, their option to purchase additional shares, all of the net proceeds of such exercise will be used to increase, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of the Special Class B Dividend paid on July 8, 2005.

 

39


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have one class of common stock. As described in “Basis of Presentation”, on page      of this prospectus, immediately before the consummation of this offering, we will complete a recapitalization in which we will create two classes of common stock, Class A common stock, which will be offered and sold in this offering, and Class B common stock, into which the shares of our existing common stock will be exchanged on the basis that each issued and outstanding share of common stock will be reclassified as        issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock. All options or other contractual rights to receive our existing common stock will become rights to receive our Class B common stock based on such reclassification ratio. The Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock immediately following the payment in full of the Special Class B Dividend on July 8, 2005 and, prior to such automatic conversion, may be converted into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at any time at the option of the holder. Shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock will be identical (including with respect to voting rights), except for (i) the Special Class B Dividend, (ii) the convertibility of Class B common stock into Class A common stock prior to July 8, 2005 as described herein and (iii) the right of the holders of the Class B common stock to consent to any changes to our governing documents that would adversely affect the Class B common stock.

 

Our net tangible book value as of December 26, 2004 was $             million, or $             per share of common stock, and after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions as of December 26, 2004, was $             million, or $             per share of common stock, representing an immediate decrease of $             million, or $             per share of common stock, in net tangible book value to existing common stockholders. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities less the aggregate stated value of the shares of preferred stock outstanding. Net tangible book value per common share represents net tangible book value, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.

 

After giving effect, as of December 26, 2004, to the 2005 Transactions and the Offering-Related Transactions, our net tangible book value, as adjusted, as of December 26, 2004 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. Assuming the occurrence of the 2005 Transactions and the Offering-Related Transactions as of December 26, 2004, this represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per common share to existing Class B common stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per common share to new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to the latter investors:

 

Initial public offering price

           $             

Net tangible book value per common share as of December 26, 2004

   $                     

Decrease in net tangible book value per common share attributable to the 2005 Transactions

     (             )      
    


     

Adjusted net tangible book value per common share as of December 26, 2004 after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions

              

Increase in net tangible book value per common share attributable to investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering

   $          
    


     

As adjusted net tangible book value per common share after the Offering-Related Transactions

              
            

Dilution per Class A common share to new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering

           $  
            

 

Assuming the occurrence of the 2005 Transactions as of December 26, 2004, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value per common share after giving effect to the Offering-Related

 

40


Table of Contents

Transactions would be $             per common share, the increase in net tangible book value per common share to existing Class B common stockholders would be $             per common share and the dilution to new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering would be $             per common share.

 

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of December 26, 2004, the differences between the numbers of shares of common stock purchased from us, and the total consideration and the average price per share paid, by the existing common stockholders and by the new investors, based on the initial public offering price of $             per common share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares of Common Stock
Purchased


  Total Consideration

  Average Price
Per Common
Share


     Number

   Percent

  Amount

   Percent

 

Class B stockholders

                %   $                         %   $             

New investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering

                          
    
  
 

  
     

Total

                %   $              %      
    
  
 

  
     

 

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, the number of Class A common shares held by new investors will increase to             , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Offering-Related Transactions.

 

41


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We do not currently pay dividends on our outstanding stock. However, upon the consummation of this offering, we will declare a dividend payable on July 8, 2005 to the holders of record of our Class B common stock on such date, in the amount of $             per share (subject to increase as discussed below), referred to in this prospectus as the “Special Class B Dividend.” The amount of the Special Class B Dividend payable on July 8, 2005 will be increased, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by all of the net proceeds of the exercise, in full or in part, by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The existing stockholders will be the only holders of our Class B common stock as of July 8, 2005, and, therefore, the only persons entitled to receive the payment of the Special Class B Dividend on such date.

 

Immediately after the payment of the Special Class B Dividend, the members of our management team (and their family members) will reinvest, as required by their respective agreements with us that they will have entered into immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, an aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 million in shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share.

 

In addition, upon the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, which reflects an intention to designate a portion of the cash generated by our business in excess of operating needs, interest and principal payments on our indebtedness and capital expenditures as regular dividends to our common stockholders.

 

The declaration of any future dividends and, if declared, the amount of any such dividends, will be subject to our actual future earnings, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions and to the discretion of our board of directors. Our board may take into account such matters as general business conditions, our financial results, our capital requirements, our debt service requirements, our contractual restrictions (including those imposed by our creditors), and our legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders, or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board may deem relevant.

 

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we intend to amend the $275.0 million senior credit facility under which certain of our subsidiaries are borrowers or guarantors to, among other things, provide for the greater availability of cash for the payment of dividends under the facility’s restricted payment covenant.

 

For a discussion of the reinvestment agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reinvestment Agreements,” on page         .

 

For a discussion of some of the risks and uncertainties associated with our adoption and maintenance of a dividend policy providing for the payment of regular dividend payments to our stockholders, and the risks and uncertainties associated with reliance thereon, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—We may not pay dividends on our common stock”, on page          of this prospectus, “—We may not have the necessary funds to pay dividends on our common stock,” on page         , “—Rising interest rates may adversely affect the market price of our common stock,” on page         , and “—Our dividend policy may limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities,” on page         .

 

42


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth the capitalization, as of December 26, 2004, on an actual consolidated basis and as adjusted to give effect to (i) the 2005 Transactions and (ii) the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, as if, in each case, such transactions had occurred as of December 26, 2004.

 

You should read this table together with the information in this prospectus under the captions “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Capital Stock” and together with the consolidated financial statements of Horizon Lines and its Predecessor and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of

December 26, 2004


 
     Actual

    Pro Forma
As Adjusted


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 56,766     $ 57,339  
    


 


Debt:

                

Term loan facility

   $ 249,375     $ 249,375  

Revolving credit facility(1)

     —         —    

9% senior notes

     250,000       193,232  

11% senior discount notes

     112,819       73,519  

Capital lease obligation

     668       668  
    


 


Total debt

     612,862       516,794  

Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, actual: 18,000,000 shares designated, 5,483,964 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma as adjusted: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding

     56,708       —    

Stockholders’ Equity:

                

Common Stock, $.01 par value: actual: 2,000,000 shares authorized, 719,793 shares issued and outstanding; pro forma as adjusted:              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding

     8       19  

Additional paid in capital

     26,685       193,510  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     71       71  

Retained deficit

     (1,156 )     (17,861 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     25,608       175,739  
    


 


Total capitalization

   $ 695,178     $ 692,533  
    


 



(1) Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries are parties to a $25.0 million revolving credit facility. At December 26, 2004, letters of credit with an aggregate face amount of $6.0 million were outstanding under our revolving credit facility and an additional $19.0 million of indebtedness was available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility.

 

43


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of the issuer and its predecessors. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 26, 2004 gives effect to the 2005 Transactions and the Offering-Related Transactions as if they had occurred as of December 26, 2004. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 gives effect to (i) the Acquisition-Related Transactions, (ii) the Post-Acquisition Transactions and (iii) the Offering-Related Transactions as if they had occurred as of December 22, 2003. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the period from December 22, 2003 through December 26, 2004 is derived by combining the statement of operations data for the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 with the date for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if the Acquisition-Related Transactions, the Post-Acquisition Transactions and the Offering-Related Transactions had occurred on the dates indicated and are not intended to project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date. For an explanation of the Acquisition-Related Transactions and the Post-Acquisition Transactions (including the Fourth Quarter 2004 Transactions and the 2005 Transactions), see “Historical Transactions Summary” on page          of this prospectus.

 

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable and may be revised as additional information becomes available. The pro forma adjustments and primary assumptions are described in the accompanying notes. Other information included under this heading has been presented to provide additional analysis. The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that we revalue or adjust our assets and liabilities to their fair values. Horizon Lines Holding, which was acquired in the acquisition, is currently in the process of finalizing valuations of property and equipment, intangibles, and the allocation of the purchase price. An estimated allocation, which is subject to change, has been prepared as reflected herein. Completion of the valuation and the resulting reallocation will occur within one year following the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004. Thus, the final allocation of the purchase price could differ materially from the pro forma allocation reflected herein. In particular, if additional value is allocated to certain tangible or definite lived intangible assets, the pro forma depreciation and amortization expense would be increased.

 

The issuer was formed in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions and has no independent operations. Consequently, financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from February 27, 2003 through July 6, 2004 reflect Horizon Lines Holding on a consolidated basis. Financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 reflect the issuer on a consolidated basis. All unaudited pro forma condensed financial data for each other period (or portion thereof) reflects Horizon Lines Holding on a combined and consolidated basis with the entities reflected in the combined and consolidated financial data from which such unaudited pro forma condensed financial data was derived.

 

You should read our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes hereto in conjunction with our historical consolidated and combined financial statements and the related notes thereto and other information contained in “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentations.

 

44


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated

Balance Sheet

As of December 26, 2004

($ in thousands)

 

     Historical

   2005
Transactions
Adjustments


    Offering-Related
Transactions
Adjustments


    Pro Forma
Consolidated


Assets

                             

Current assets

                             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 56,766    $ 573 (1)   $ —       $ 57,339 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

     110,801      —         —         110,801 

Income tax receivable

     9,354      —         —         9,354 

Deferred tax asset

     5,680      —         —         5,680 

Materials and supplies

     21,680      —         —         21,680 

Other current assets

     7,019      —         —         7,019 
    

  


 


 

Total current assets

     211,300      573       —         211,873 
    

  


 


 

Property and equipment, net

     190,123      —         —         190,123 

Intangible assets, net

     522,412      —         (3,218) (1)     519,194 

Deferred tax assets

     80,499      —         —         80,499 

Other assets

     15,640      —         —         15,640 
    

  


 


 

Total Assets

   $ 1,019,974    $ 573        $(3,218)     $ 1,017,329 
    

  


 


 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                             

Current liabilities

                             

Accounts payable

   $ 25,275    $ —       $ —       $ 25,275 

Accrued liabilities

     114,590      —         —         114,590 

Current portion of deferred tax liability

     1,683      —         —         1,683 

Current portion of long term debt

     2,500      —         —         2,500 
    

  


 


 

Total current liabilities

     144,048      —         —         144,048 
    

  


 


 

Term loan, net of current

     246,875      —         —         246,875 

11% senior discount notes

     112,819      —         (39,300) (1)     73,519 

9% senior notes

     250,000      —         (56,768) (1)     193,232 

Deferred tax liability

     136,538      —         —         136,538 

Other long term liabilities

     47,378      —         —         47,378 
    

  


 


 

Total liabilities

     937,658      —         (96,068)       841,590 
    

  


 


 

Series A redeemable preferred stock

     56,708      (81)(2)       (56,627) (2)      

Stockholders’ equity

     25,608      654(1)       149,477  (1)(2)(3)     175,739 
    

  


 


 

     $ 1,019,974    $ 573     $ (3,218)     $ 1,017,329 
    

  


 


 

 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

45


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Twelve Months Ended December 26, 2004

($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Historical

 

Acquisition-

Related
Transactions
Adjustments


    Post-
Acquisition
Transactions
Adjustments


    Offering-
Related
Transactions
Adjustments


    Pro Forma
Consolidated


 

Operating revenue

  $ 980,328   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 980,328  

Operating expense

    780,343     —         —         —         780,343  

Depreciation and amortization

    45,570     7,255 (1)     —         —         52,825  

Amortization of vessel drydocking

    15,861     —         —         —         15,861  

Selling, general and administrative

    84,805     —         —         (2,204 )(1)     82,601  

Miscellaneous expense, net

    2,160     —         —         —         2,160  
   

 


 


 


 


Operating income

    51,589     (7,255 )     —         2,204       46,538  

Interest expense

    26,881     14,909  (2)     9,539 (1)     (2,083 )(2)     49,246  

Interest expense—preferred units of subsidiary

    2,686     (2,686 )(3)     —         —         —    

Other expense, net

    22     —         —         —         22  
   

 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before income taxes

    22,000     (19,478 )     (9,539 )     4,287       (2,730 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    8,439     (7,480 )(4)     (3,625 )(2)     1,629 (3)     (1,037 )
   

 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

    13,561     (11,998 )     (5,914 )     2,658       (1,693 )

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

    6,756     1,874 (5)     1,726 (3)     (10,356 )(4)     —    
   

 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 6,805   $ (13,872 )   $ (7,640 )   $ 13,014     $ (1,693 )
   

 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) per common share:

                                     

Basic

                                     

Diluted

                                     

Number of common shares:

                                     

Basic

                                     

Diluted

                                     

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

46


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2005 Transaction Adjustments:

 

  (1) Reflects net effect of our issuance and repurchase of shares of our stock and our sale of promissory notes received as partial consideration for such share issuances. On January 7, 2005, we repurchased 53,520 shares of our Series A preferred stock from a member of our senior management for aggregate cash consideration of $535. On January 14, 2005, we issued and sold 75,946 shares of our common stock to 14 members of our management team for aggregate consideration of approximately $608. Each participating individual paid half of the total purchase price for his or her shares in cash and the remainder through his or her issuance to us of a full-recourse promissory note, secured by all of the shares that he or she so purchased. Each such individual concurrently entered into a restricted stock agreement with us that set forth certain restrictions, vesting schedules and repurchase rights with respect to the shares purchased by such individual. On January 28, 2005, we issued and sold a total of 5,727 shares of our common stock and 45,416 shares of our Series A preferred stock to three of our non-executive directors for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $500. On February 28, 2005, we sold the 14 promissory notes referred to above, together with the right to receive all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, to our principal stockholder, CHP IV, for cash consideration of $306.

 

  (2) Reflects the net effect of our issuance and repurchase of shares of our Series A preferred stock. On January 7, 2005, we purchased 53,520 shares of our Series A preferred stock from a member of our senior management for aggregate cash consideration of $535. On January 28, 2005, we issued and sold 45,416 shares of Series A preferred stock to three of our non-executive directors for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $454.

 

Offering-Related Transaction Adjustments:

 

  (1) Reflects (i) the application of a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, within 180 days of the consummation of this offering, to the voluntary redemption of (x) approximately $39,300 in accreted value of the $160,000 of aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11% senior discount notes and (y) approximately $56,768 of the $250,000 aggregate principal amount of 9% senior notes, (ii) the write-down, as interest expense, of $3,218 of the portion of the deferred financing costs allocable to such redemptions and (iii) the making of $9,432 in required premium payments in respect of such redemptions.

 

  (2) Reflects (i) the application of $60,682 of the net proceeds of this offering to the redemption of all of our then-outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, at their stated value, on July 8, 2005 and (ii) the recording of an accretion charge of $4,055 in order to adjust the carrying value of such shares to equal the redemption price of such shares.

 

47


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

  (3) Adjustment to stockholders’ equity due to Offering-Related Transaction Adjustments consists of the following:

Sale of stock to the public(a)

   $ 250,000  

Dividend to holders of Class B common stock(b)

     (70,755 )

Reinvestment by management(c)

     6,437  

Costs of raising capital(d)

     (19,500 )

Premium on early redemption of notes(e)

     (9,432 )

Write off of allocable deferred finance costs(f)

     (3,218 )

Remaining accretion of preferred stock(g)

     (4,055 )
    


Total adjustment to stockholder’s equity

   $ 149,477  
    


 

  (a) We anticipate gross proceeds of $250,000 from the offering hereby.

 

  (b) Adjustment reflects a Special Class B Dividend to the holders of Class B common stock (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares).

 

  (c) Immediately after the declaration of the Special Class B Dividend, our management will reinvest an aggregate principal amount of approximately $6,437 in shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share.

 

  (d) Represents costs we will incur related to the consummation of this offering.

 

  (e) Reflects the application of a portion of the proceeds of this offering to a required premium payment in respect of the voluntary redemption of a portion of the 11% senior discount notes and the 9% senior notes.

 

  (f) Reflects a write down of deferred finance costs allocable to the redemptions of a portion of the 11% senior discount notes and the 9% senior notes.

 

  (g) Represents the recording of an accretion charge in order to adjust the carrying value of such shares to equal the redemption price of such shares upon redemption.

 

48


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

($ in thousands)

 

Acquisition-Related Transactions:

 

(1) Reflects additional depreciation and amortization expense associated with the fair value adjustments to property and equipment and definite lived intangibles in connection with the acquisition.
(2) Reflects the change in interest expense as a result of the $250,000 of borrowings under the senior credit facility, adjusted based upon principal payments through December 26, 2004, and the issuance of $250,000 of 9% senior notes in connection with the acquisition. This change in interest expense is calculated as follows:

 

Interest on borrowings(a)

   $ 35,314

Amortization of deferred finance costs(b)

     2,389
    

Total pro forma interest expense

     37,703

Less: Historical interest expense

     22,794
    

Pro forma adjustment to interest expense

   $ 14,909
    


      
  (a) Represents pro forma interest expense calculated using 4.73% on $249,375 outstanding senior credit facility and 9.00% on the $250,000 9% senior notes. No amounts were calculated on the revolving credit facility, as no amounts were outstanding at December 26, 2004.
  (b) Represents amortization of deferred finance costs on a straight-line basis over the term of the debt.
(3) Represents elimination of interest on the preferred units of subsidiary as a result of the repurchase of these preferred units in connection with the acquisition.
(4) Reflects income tax expense (benefit) based upon an effective rate of 38.0% on pretax income (loss), calculated as follows:

 

Historical pretax income

   $ 22,000  

Effect of acquisition-related transactions

     (19,478 )
    


Pro forma income before income taxes due to acquisition-related transactions

     2,522  

Effective tax rate

     38 %
    


Pro forma income tax expense

     959  

Historical income tax expense

     8,439  
    


Adjustment to income tax expense

   $ (7,480 )
    


 

(5) The adjustment represents the recording of a full year of accretion to adjust the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock issued at the time of the acquisition to its redemption price upon redemption.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

$ in thousands

 

Post Acquisition Transactions Adjustments:

 

(1) Represents change in interest expense as a result of the issuance of the 11% senior discount notes. Interest expense was based upon the accreted value through December 26, 2004 of $112,819. This change in interest expense is calculated as follows:

 

Interest on borrowings(a)

   $ 13,013

Amortization of deferred finance costs(b)

     613
    

Total pro forma interest expense

     13,626

Less: Historical interest expense(c)

     4,087
    

Pro forma adjustment to interest expense

   $ 9,539
    


      
  (a) Represents pro forma interest expense calculated using 11.00% on the 11% senior discount notes.
  (b) Represents amortization of deferred finance costs on a straight-line basis over the term of the debt.
  (c) Includes the elimination of interest incurred on the 13% convertible notes which were repaid in connection with the Fourth Quarter-Related Transactions.

 

(2) Reflects the tax benefit based upon an effective tax rate of 38% on pretax loss, calculated as follows:

 

Pro forma loss before income taxes

   $ (9,539 )

Effective rate

     38 %
    


Pro forma income tax benefit

   $ (3,625 )
    


 

(3) The adjustment represents the recording of a full year of accretion to adjust the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock issued during the fourth quarter to its redemption price upon redemption.

 

Offering-Related Transactions:

 

(1) Represents the elimination of historical management fees. We will have no management fees subsequent to this offering.
(2) Reflects the change in interest expense as a result of early payments of $56,768 on the outstanding 9% senior notes and $39,300 on the outstanding 11% senior discount notes. These early payments were a result of the Offering-Related Transactions. This change in interest expense is detailed below:

 

Reduction of interest expense on early payment of 9% senior notes

   $ (5,268 )

Reduction of interest expense on early payment of 11% senior discount notes

     (4,555 )

Reduction of amortization of deferred finance costs

     (1,660 )

Early payment premium on senior notes

     9,400  
    


Total pro forma adjustment to interest expense

   $ (2,083 )
    


 

(3) Reflects the tax benefit based upon an effective tax rate of 38% on pretax loss, calculated as follows:

 

Pro forma income before income taxes

   $ 4,287  

Effective rate

     38 %
    


Pro forma income tax expense

   $ 1,629  
    


 

(4) Represents the elimination of the accretion of the Series A preferred stock. As part of the Offering-Related Transactions $60,682 of the proceeds will be utilized to redeem our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock.

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The selected consolidated and combined financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 22, 2002, the periods from December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 and from February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003 and the periods from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 26, 2004 and December 21, 2003 are derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined statements of operations data for the years ended December 24, 2000 and December 23, 2001 and the combined balance sheet data as of December 24, 2000, December 23, 2001 and December 22, 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not appearing in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

 

The information for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004 presented below has been combined to present more meaningful information on a comparative period basis. The combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 is derived by combining the statement of operations data for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 with the data for the period from February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003. The combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 is derived by combining the statement of operations data for the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 with the data for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—History and Transactions” on page      of this prospectus for a description of the transactions during the periods presented below that may impact period to period comparability of the data presented.

 

The issuer was formed in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions and has no independent operations. All financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from December 27, 1999 through February 26, 2003 reflect the combined company CSX Lines, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries, CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., and the Domestic Liner Business of SL Service, Inc. (formerly known as Sea-Land Service, Inc.), all of which were stand-alone wholly owned entities of CSX Corporation. All financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from February 27, 2003 through July 6, 2004 reflect Horizon Lines Holding on a consolidated basis. All financial data for the period (or any portion thereof) from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 reflect the issuer on a consolidated basis.

 

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

 

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA—CONTINUED

 

    Predecessor B

    Predecessor A

         
    Year Ended December,

   

Period from
December 23,
2003
through
February 26,

2003


   

Period from
February 27,
2003
 through
December 21,

2003


 

Total for
Twelve
Months Ended
December 21,

2003


 

Period from
December 22,
2003
through
July 6,

2004


 

Period from
July 7, 2004
through
December 26,

2004


   

Total for

Twelve Months

Ended
December 26,

2004


    2000

    2001

    2002

             
   

($ in thousands, except share

and per share amounts)

   

($ in thousands, except share

and per share amounts)

  ($ in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                               

Operating revenue

  $ 702,857     $ 714,653     $ 804,424     $ 138,411     $ 747,567   $ 885,978   $ 498,430   $ 481,898     $ 980,328

Operating expense

    608,987       597,770       658,053       121,862       596,369     718,231     402,875     377,468       780,343

Depreciation and amortization(1)

    20,097       23,502       17,977       3,053       26,901     29,954     20,937     24,633       45,570

Amortization of vessel drydocking

    12,041       10,181       14,988       3,221       13,122     16,343     8,743     7,118       15,861

Selling, general and administrative

    57,156       62,183       75,174       11,861       68,203     80,064     43,323     41,482       84,805

Miscellaneous expense (income), net(2)

    4,453       (11,184 )     824       935       2,238     3,173     1,891     269       2,160
   


 


 


 


 

 

 

 


 

Total operating expenses

    702,734       682,452       767,016       140,932       706,833     847,765     477,769     450,970       928,739
   


 


 


 


 

 

 

 


 

Operating income

    123       32,201       37,408       (2,521 )     40,734     38,213     20,661     30,928       51,589

Interest expense(3)

    20,016       13,638       7,133       467       8,519     8,986     5,111     21,770       26,881

Interest expense—preferred units of subsidiary

    —         —         —         —         4,477     4,477     2,686     —         2,686

Other expense (income), net(3)

    (11,788 )     (9,681 )     (5,183 )     22       —       22     7     15       22
   


 


 


 


 

 

 

 


 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (8,105 )     28,244       35,458       (3,010 )     27,738     24,728     12,857     9,143       22,000

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (2,805 )     9,816       13,707       (961 )     10,576     9,615     4,896     3,543       8,439

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,300 )   $ 18,428     $ 21,751     $ (2,049 )   $ 17,162   $ 15,113   $ 7,961     5,600       13,561
   


 


 


 


 

 

 

             

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

                                                      6,756       6,756
                                                     


 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

                                                    $ (1,156 )   $ 6,805
                                                     


 

Net income (loss) per common share:

                                                               

Basic

    *       *       *       *     $ 21.45         $ 9.95   $ (1.68 )      

Diluted

    *       *       *       *     $ 19.57         $ 8.94   $ (1.68 )      

Number of common shares used in calculation:

                                                               

Basic

    *       *       *       *       800,000           800,000     686,321        

Diluted

    *       *       *       *       876,805           890,138     686,321        

 

* For periods ended February 26, 2003 and prior, owners equity consisted of parent’s net investment, and thus no income (loss) per share has been calculated.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA—CONTINUED

 

     December,

     2000

    2001

    2002

   2003

   2004

     ($ in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

                                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2     $ 47,087     $ 40,342    $ 41,811    $ 56,766

Working capital (deficit)

     (136,541 )     (51,757 )     25,301      46,192      67,252

Total assets

     552,557       505,716       321,129      492,554      1,019,974

Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations, net of current portion(4)

     153,332       132,128       —        165,417      610,201

Total debt, including capital lease obligations(4)

     174,534       153,330       —        165,570      612,862

Series A redeemable preferred stock(5)

     —         —         —        —        56,708

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (8,018 )     70,154       113,985      96,860      25,608

 

     Year Ended December,

   

Total for

Twelve Months
Ended
December 21,

2003


   

Total for

Twelve Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

     
     ($ in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

                                        

EBITDA(6)

   $ 32,261     $ 65,884     $ 70,373     $ 84,488     $ 112,998  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

     34,985       66,584       84,529       95,263       120,726  

Capital expenditures(7)

     15,623       10,637       19,298       35,150       32,889  

Vessel drydocking payments

     9,615       13,900       15,905       16,536       12,273  

Cash Flows provided by (used in):

                                        

Operating activities

     (10,387 )     80,326       14,065       60,584       82,142  

Investing activities(8)

     (27,030 )     (19,264 )     (20,810 )     (367,202 )     (706,836 )

Financing activities(4)(8)

     21,499       (13,977 )     —         305,687       657,805  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(9)

     —         1.66 x     2.05 x     1.63 x     1.35 x

(1) Amortization of intangibles with definite lives totaled $2.3 million for the year ended December 21, 2003 and $11.0 million for the year ended December 26, 2004. There were no intangible assets subject to amortization during the periods presented prior to February 27, 2003.
(2) Miscellaneous expense (income) generally consists of bad debt expense accrued during the year, accounts payable discounts taken, and various other miscellaneous income and expense items. During 2001 we recorded bad debt expense of $(0.1) million in addition to $(11.1) million related to accounts payable discounts and accounting reserve adjustments. These accounting reserve adjustments were unusual in nature and primarily a result of changes in estimates. During 2002 we accrued $4.3 million of bad debt expense which was reduced by $3.5 million related to accounts payable discounts and accounting reserve adjustments.
(3) During 2001 and 2002 we incurred interest charges totaling $13.6 million and $7.1 million, respectively, on outstanding debt that had been borrowed in prior years to fund vessel purchases. This debt was assumed by CSX Corporation, our parent company at that time, during 2002. To fund principal and interest payments on this debt we held investments from which we earned interest income. Interest income from these investments totaled $9.7 million and $5.1 million during fiscal years ended 2001 and 2002, respectively. During 2003 we incurred interest charges totaling $8.9 million on the outstanding debt borrowed to finance the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page     . On July 7, 2004, as part of the Acquisition-Related Transactions, the $250.0 million original principal amount of 9% senior notes were issued, $250.0 million was borrowed under the term loan facility, $6.0 million was borrowed under the revolving credit facility and interest began to accrue thereon. On December 10, 2004, as part of the December 2004 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page     , 11% senior discount notes with an initial accreted value of $112.8 million were issued and the accreted value thereof began to increase. As of December 26, 2004, the $250.0 million original principal amount of 9% senior notes, $249.4 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, and the 11% senior discount notes with an accreted value of $112.8 million were outstanding. The $6.0 million of borrowing under the revolving credit facility was repaid on August 9, 2004.

 

53


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA—CONTINUED

 

(4) Total debt as of December 2001 consisted of $84.8 million of Collateralized Extendible Notes and $68.5 million of other long-term debt and capital lease obligations. Substantially all of these debt obligations were assumed by CSX Corporation, during the year ended December 2002, resulting in no total debt outstanding as of December 22, 2002. Total debt as of December 21, 2003 was $175.0 million as a result of the initial debt borrowing in conjunction with the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. During 2003, $10.3 million of debt was repaid resulting in outstanding total debt of $164.8 million as of December 21, 2003. Outstanding debt as of December 21, 2003 was repaid in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions. As of December 26, 2004, the $250.0 million original principal amount of 9% senior notes, the $249.4 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, and the 11% senior discount notes with an accreted value of $112.8 million were outstanding.
(5) In connection with our capitalization, 9,493,440 shares of our Series A preferred stock were issued. No dividends accrue on these shares. At the option of our board of directors, we may redeem any portion of these outstanding shares. We have recorded these shares on our books and records at their fair value in accordance with FAS No. 141 “Business Combinations.” As these shares have no dividend rate, we have prepared a fair value analysis of these shares as of July 7, 2004 and determined that a 10% discount rate was appropriate. These shares accrete to their redemption price of $10 per share over a one-year period. During October 2004, an additional 1,898,730 Series A preferred shares were issued and sold. During December 2004, 5,361,300 Series A preferred shares were redeemed for $53.6 million. The total redemption price of the Series A preferred shares at December 26, 2004 totaled $60.7 million.
(6) EBITDA, a measure expected to be used by our management to measure operating performance is defined as net income plus interest expense (net of interest income), income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments generally permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and certain unusual items. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and do not purport to be alternatives to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments and debt service requirements. Because companies do not use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA is included below:

 

    Year Ended December,

 

Total for
Twelve Months
Ended
December 21,

2003


 

Total for
Twelve Months
Ended
December 26,

2004


    2000

    2001

    2002

   
    ($ in thousands)

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,300 )   $ 18,428     $ 21,751   $ 15,113   $ 13,561

Interest expense, net

    8,228       3,957       1,950     13,463     29,567

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (2,805 )     9,816       13,707     9,615     8,439

Depreciation and amortization

    32,138       33,683       32,965     46,297     61,431
   


 


 

 

 

EBITDA

    32,261       65,884       70,373     84,488     112,998
   


 


 

 

 

Plus:

                                 

Severance(a)

    —         —         —       1,655     —  

Renaming/rebranding costs(b)

    —         —         —       846     —  

Special charges(c)

    —         —         —       1,786     —  

Management fees(d)

    —         —         —       250     2,204

Lease expense buyout(e)

    9,224       7,100       6,956     6,238     2,590

ILWU lockout(f)

    —         —         7,200     —       —  

Equipment lease—Maersk(g)

    (6,500 )     (6,400 )     —       —       —  

Merger costs(h)

    —         —         —       —       2,934
   


 


 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 34,985     $ 66,584     $ 84,529   $ 95,263   $ 120,726
   


 


 

 

 

 
  (a) During 2003 we incurred severance costs related to the departure of three of our executives after the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on page         .

 

54


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA—CONTINUED

 

  (b) We renamed and rebranded vessels and equipment with the Horizon Lines name and logo from the CSX Lines name and logo after the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. Additionally, adjustment includes costs incurred to update stationery, supplies and signage related to name change.
  (c) Adjustment primarily represents professional fees incurred in connection with the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction which are not includable in direct costs of that transaction. Professional services include legal fees related to the re-documentation of our vessels, registration of trademarks and other intellectual property, and establishment of various employee benefit plans, including stock option and 401(k) plans. Additional professional services include costs associated with moving our technology data center and establishing our financial system software license on a standalone basis. Adjustments also include legal fees incurred in connection with an arbitration case regarding trucking services provided to a third party in Long Beach, California.
  (d) The adjustment represents management fees paid to an entity that was associated with the party that was the primary stockholder of Horizon Lines Holding prior to the acquisition. These fees totaled $0.3 million for the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003, and $2.2 million during the period December 22, 2003 through December 26, 2004. Upon the completion of the acquisition, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, Inc. entered into a new management agreement with Castle Harlan. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement” on page     .
  (e) The adjustments represent elimination of vessel lease expense incurred in each of the periods listed for four vessels which were originally held under operating leases and were purchased in 2003 and 2004. The vessels purchased were the Horizon Hawaii in December 2003 for $5.6 million, the Horizon Expedition in January 2004 for $3.8 million, the Horizon Navigator in April 2004 for $8.2 million, and the Horizon Trader for $7.7 million in October 2004.
  (f) The adjustment represents the estimated EBITDA impact from a 10-day labor interruption at our U.S. west coast ports by the International Longshore and Warehouseman’s Union, which affected the entire market, including Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries, as our U.S. west coast ports attempted to recover from the impact of that interruption over several months. The components of this adjustment include lost revenue, service recovery expenses, and increased operating expenses, including the deployment of an additional vessel on the trade route between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii to maintain regular service schedules for our customers.
  (g) The adjustment represents equipment lease income on container equipment leased to Maersk. This equipment was transferred to CSX Corporation in 2002 resulting in the elimination of this lease income after 2001.
  (h) The adjustment represents incremental cost incurred related to the acquisition on July 7, 2004.

 

(7) Includes vessel purchases of $5.5 million, $21.9 million, and $19.6 million for the years ended December 22, 2002, December 21, 2003, and December 26, 2004, respectively.
(8)

During 2003, the amounts in cash flows provided by (used in) investing and financing activities primarily represent the accounting for the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. Investing activities related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction included the purchase price of $296.2 million and spending for transaction costs of $18.8 million. Financing activities related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction included the initial capitalization of $80.0 million and borrowings under the term loan facility of $175.0 million and the issuance of preferred and common units to CSX Corporation and its affiliates with an aggregate original cost totaling $60.0 million. During 2004, the amounts in cash flows provided by (used in) investing primarily represent the accounting for the Acquisition-Related Transactions and financing activities primarily represent the accounting for the Acquisition-Related Transactions and the October 2004 Transactions and the December 2004 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page     . Investing activities related to the Acquisition-Related Transactions included the acquisition consideration and spending for transaction costs of $663.3 million, the final allocation of which is pending and may differ from the estimated allocation already made. Financing activities related to the Acquisition-Related Transactions included a capital contribution of $87.0 million, the issuance of the 13% convertible notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $70.0 million, $250.0 million borrowed under the term loan facility, $6.0 million borrowed under the revolving credit facility, and the issuance of the 9% senior notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $250.0 million. Financing activities related to the October 2004 Transactions included the issuance of common shares and Series A preferred shares for gross proceeds of $20.7 million, plus accrued interest thereon, and the repayment of $20.0 million of the outstanding principal amount,

 

55


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA—CONTINUED

 

 

together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the 13% convertible notes. Financing activities related to the December 2004 Transactions included the issuance of $160.0 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11% senior discount notes, the repayment of $50.0 million of the outstanding principal amount, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the 13% convertible notes, and the repurchase of a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of $53.6 million. Financing activities related to the 2005 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary” on page      included the repurchase of a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of $0.5 million, the issuance of common shares for an aggregate price of $0.6 million to members of our management, and the issuance of common shares and Series A preferred shares for an aggregate price of $0.5 million to our non-executive directors. As of December 26, 2004, the $250.0 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, the $250.0 million 9% senior notes, and the 11% senior discount notes with an accreted value of $112.8 million remained outstanding. The $6.0 million of borrowing under the revolving loan facility was repaid on August 9, 2004.

(9) For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including amortization of net discount or premium and financing costs and the portion of operating rental expense (33%) which management believes is representative of the interest component of rent expense. For the year ended December 2000, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $8.1 million. The calculation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges is noted below:

 

     Year Ended December,

   

Total for
Year Ended
December 21,

2003


   

Total for
Year Ended
December 26,

2004


 
     2000

    2001

    2002

     
     ($ in thousands)  

Pretax income (loss)

   $ (8,105 )   $ 28,244     $ 35,458     $ 24,728     $ 22,000  

Fixed charges

     20,016       13,638       7,133       13,463       36,323  

Rentals

     30,427       29,412       26,674       25,993       26,193  
    


 


 


 


 


Total fixed charges

     50,443       43,050       33,807       39,456       62,516  
    


 


 


 


 


Pretax earnings plus fixed charges

     42,338       71,294       69,265       64,184       84,516  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     —         1.66 x     2.05 x     1.63 x     1.35 x

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Horizon Lines, Inc., which is referred to as the “issuer” in this prospectus, and its subsidiaries should be read in conjunction with Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data and our annual audited and quarterly unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

General

 

We are the nation’s leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company, accounting for approximately 37% of total U.S. marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to Alaska, Puerto Rico and Hawaii, constituting the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, and to Guam. Under the Jones Act, enacted in 1920, the domestic U.S. maritime trade is restricted to U.S. owners of U.S.-built and flagged vessels manned by predominantly U.S.-citizen crews. We operate the largest Jones Act containership fleet with 16 vessels and approximately 22,400 cargo containers. We provide comprehensive shipping and logistics services in our markets. We have long-term access to terminal facilities in each of our ports, operating our own terminals in Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico and contracting for terminal services in our seven ports in the continental U.S. and in our ports in Guam, Hong Kong and Taiwan.

 

History and Transactions

 

Our long operating history dates back to 1956, when Sea-Land Service, Inc. pioneered the marine container shipping industry and established our business. In 1958, we introduced container shipping to the Puerto Rico market and in 1964 we pioneered container shipping in Alaska with the first year-round scheduled vessel service. In 1987, we began providing container shipping services between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii and Guam through our acquisition from an existing carrier of all of its vessels and certain other assets that were already serving that market. In 2000, we introduced HITS, our industry-leading ocean shipping and logistics information technology system, enabling us to capture all critical aspects of every shipment and allowing our customers to book, track and trace cargo shipments on a real-time basis. Today, as the only Jones Act vessel operator with an integrated organization serving Alaska, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii, we are uniquely positioned to serve our customers that require shipping and logistics services in more than one of these markets.

 

On February 27, 2003, Horizon Lines Holding (which at the time was indirectly majority-owned by Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P.) acquired from CSX Corporation (referred to herein as CSX), which was the successor to Sea-Land, 84.5% of CSX Lines, LLC (referred to herein as the Predecessor Company), and 100% of CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. (referred to herein as the Predecessor Puerto Rico Entity), which together constitute our business today. This transaction is referred to in this prospectus as the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. CSX Lines, LLC is now known as Horizon Lines, LLC and CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. is now known as Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc.

 

On July 7, 2004, as part of the acquisition, H-Lines Subcorp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Horizon Lines, Inc., merged with and into Horizon Lines Holding, with the latter entity as the survivor of such merger. As a result, Horizon Lines Holding became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Horizon Lines, Inc.

 

For information regarding the acquisition and developments concerning our capitalization subsequent to July 7, 2004, see “Historical Transactions Summary.”

 

57


Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

 

The issuer was formed in connection with the Acquisition-Related Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary,” at          page of this prospectus, and has no independent operations. Consequently, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the consolidated accounts of the issuer as of December 26, 2004 and for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 and of Horizon Lines Holding as of December 21, 2003 and for the periods from February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003 and from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004. For dates prior to February 27, 2003, the combined financial statements include the accounts of the Predecessor Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Predecessor Puerto Rico Entity, and the Domestic Liner Business of SL Service, Inc. (formerly known as Sea-Land Service, Inc.), all of which were stand-alone wholly-owned entities of CSX.

 

The financial statements for periods prior to February 27, 2003 have been prepared using CSX’s basis in the assets and liabilities presented as of the dates specified therein and the historical results of operations for such periods. The financial statements for periods subsequent to February 26, 2003 but prior to July 7, 2004 have been prepared using Horizon Lines Holding’s basis in the assets and liabilities acquired in the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, determined by applying the purchase method of accounting to such transaction, and the assets and liabilities so acquired were valued on Horizon Lines Holding’s books at Horizon Lines Holding’s assessment of their fair market value. The financial statements for periods subsequent to July 6, 2004 have been prepared using the basis of the issuer in the assets and liabilities deemed acquired by the issuer in the Acquisition-Related Transactions, determined by applying the purchase method of accounting to such transactions, and the assets and liabilities so acquired were valued on the issuer’s books at the issuer’s assessment of their fair market value. The consolidated financial information included in this prospectus may not necessarily reflect the consolidated financial position, operating results, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the issuer in the future or what they would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods preceding February 27, 2003.

 

The information for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004 discussed below represents the combined financial information for the appropriate pre-acquisition and post-acquisition periods to present more meaningful information on a comparative annual basis.

 

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. This change reflects the reclassification of the purchase by Maersk, an international shipping company, and certain of our Jones Act competitors, of container space on our vessels to operating revenue from the prior classification thereof as an offset to operating expense. The effect of this reclassification on our operating revenue was, for the years ended December 24, 2000, December 23, 2001, and December 22, 2002, an increase of $36.8 million, $33.4 million, and $46.0 million, respectively, and, for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004, an increase of $54.3 million, and $60.2 million, respectively. For each of these years or twelve-month periods, the impact of this change was an increase in operating revenue and an increase of equal amount in operating expense.

 

Fiscal Year

 

We have a 52 or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday before the last Friday in December. The year ended December 22, 2002 and the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 each consisted of 52 weeks. The twelve months ended December 26, 2004 consisted of 53 weeks.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that effect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period and the reported amounts of assets

 

58


Table of Contents

and liabilities, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Many of these estimates and assumptions are based upon our critical accounting policies applied on a consistent basis from year to year. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize transportation revenue and a corresponding accrual for the estimated cost to complete delivery when cargo first sails from its port of origin. Terminal and other service revenue and related costs of sales are recognized as services are performed.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts primarily based upon a number of factors, including historical uncollectible amounts, ongoing credit evaluations of customers, customer markets and overall economic conditions. Historical trends are continually reviewed with adjustments made to the allowance for doubtful accounts as appropriate. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate resulting in a perceived impairment of their ability to make payments, specific allowances may be taken.

 

Casualty Claims

 

We purchase insurance coverage for a portion of our exposure related to certain employee injuries (workers’ compensation and compensation under the Longshore and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act), vehicular and vessel collision, accidents and personal injury and cargo claims. Most insurance arrangements include a level of self-insurance (self-retention or deductible) applicable to each claim or vessel voyage, but provide an umbrella policy to limit our exposure to catastrophic claim costs. The amounts of self-insurance coverage change from time to time. Our current insurance coverage specifies that the self-insured limit on claims ranges from $2,500 to $1,000,000. Our safety and claims personnel work directly with representatives from our insurance companies to continually update the anticipated residual exposure for each claim. In establishing accruals and reserves for claims and insurance expenses, we evaluate and monitor each claim individually, and we use factors such as historical experience, known trends and third-party estimates to determine the appropriate reserves for potential liability. Changes in the perceived severity of previously reported claims, significant changes in medical costs and legislative changes affecting the administration of our plans could significantly impact the determination of appropriate reserves.

 

Goodwill, Purchase Costs and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

 

Under SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” previously recorded goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual undiscounted cash flow impairment tests. If there is an apparent impairment, a new fair value of the reporting unit would be determined. If the new fair value is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss would be recognized.

 

We amortize our customer contracts and trademarks on a straight-line method over the estimated useful life of nine to fifteen years. We evaluate these assets annually for potential impairment.

 

Vessel Drydocking

 

Under U.S. Coast Guard Rules, administered through the American Bureau of Shipping’s alternative compliance program, all vessels must meet specified seaworthiness standards to remain in service carrying cargo between U.S. marine terminals. Vessels must undergo regular inspection,

 

59


Table of Contents

monitoring and maintenance, referred to as drydocking, to maintain the required operating certificates. These drydockings generally occur every two and a half years, or twice every five years. Because drydockings enable the vessel to continue operating in compliance with U.S. Coast Guard requirements, the costs of these scheduled drydockings are customarily deferred and amortized until the next regularly scheduled drydocking period.

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

Deferred tax items represent expenses recognized for financial reporting purposes that may result in tax deductions in the future. Certain judgments, assumptions and estimates may affect the carrying value of the valuation allowance and income tax expense in the consolidated financial statements. We record an income tax valuation allowance when the realization of certain deferred tax assets, net operating losses and capital loss carryforwards is not likely.

 

Union Plans

 

We contribute to multi-employer health, welfare and pension plans for employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. The amounts of these contributions, absent a termination, withdrawal or determination by the Internal Revenue Service, are determined in accordance with these agreements. Our health and welfare plans provide health care and disability benefits to active employees and retirees. The pension plans provide defined benefits to retired participants. We recognize as net pension cost the required contribution for the applicable period and recognize as a liability any contributions due and unpaid. We contributed to such multi-employer plans $10.2 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, $10.5 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, $8.5 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, and $7.0 million for the year ended December 23, 2001.

 

We have a noncontributory pension plan that covered 19 union employees as of December 26, 2004. Costs of the plan are charged to current operations and consist of several components of net periodic pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience of the plans. In addition, certain other union employees are covered by plans provided by their respective union organizations. We expense amounts as paid in accordance with the applicable union agreements. Amounts recorded for the pension plan covering the 19 union employees reflect estimates related to future interest rates, investment returns and employee turnover. We review all assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis. We record an additional minimum pension liability adjustment, when necessary, for the amount of underfunded accumulated pension obligations in excess of accrued pension costs.

 

Property And Equipment

 

We capitalize property and equipment as permitted or required by applicable accounting standards, including replacements and improvements when costs incurred for those purposes extend the useful life of the asset. We charge maintenance and repairs to expense as incurred. Depreciation on capital assets is computed using the straight-line method and ranges from 3 to 25 years. Our management makes assumptions regarding future conditions in determining estimated useful lives and potential salvage values. These assumptions impact the amount of depreciation expense recognized in the period and any gain or loss once the asset is disposed.

 

We evaluate each of our long-lived assets for impairment using undiscounted future cash flows relating to those assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of an asset, the asset is written down to its fair value.

 

60


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R), which replaces SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” (SFAS 123) and supercedes APB opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” FASB 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based upon their fair values beginning with the first interim or annual period after June 15, 2005, with early adoption encouraged. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition. We are required to adopt SFAS 123R in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Under SFAS 123R, we must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation costs and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. We are evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123R and have not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123R, and we have not determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” (SFAS 153). SFAS 153 eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in paragraph 21(b) of APB Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,” and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by us in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition but do not expect it to have a material impact.

 

Results of Operations

 

Operating Revenue Overview

 

We derive our revenue primarily from providing comprehensive shipping and logistics services to and from the continental U.S. and Alaska, Puerto Rico, Hawaii and Guam. We charge our customers on a per load basis and price our services based on the length of inland and ocean cargo transportation hauls, type of cargo and other requirements, such as shipment timing and type of container. In addition, we assess fuel surcharges on a basis consistent with industry practice. At times, there is a timing disparity with respect to fuel surcharges that may result in insufficient surcharges during sharp fuel price hikes and excess charges when prices level off or drop.

 

Over 90% of our revenues are generated from our shipping and logistics services in markets where the marine trade is subject to the Jones Act or other U.S. maritime laws. The balance of our revenue is derived from vessel loading and unloading services that we provide for vessel operators at our terminals and agency services that we provide for third-party shippers lacking administrative presences in our markets. Our shipping rates are determined either through confidential negotiations with our customers or through general rates available to the public through a tariff system.

 

As used in this prospectus, the term “revenue containers” connotes containers that are transported for a charge (as opposed to empty containers).

 

Operating Expenses Overview

 

Our operating expenses consist primarily of vessel operating costs, vessel and equipment rent, fuel, marine operating costs, equipment maintenance, and inland cargo transportation costs. We

 

61


Table of Contents

operate our vessels on fixed sailing schedules with vessel calls in fourteen ports in the U.S., Puerto Rico, and Guam. Our vessel operating costs consist primarily of crew payroll and benefits, vessel maintenance, and insurance. Vessel and equipment rent consists of operating leases on vessels, street tractors, yard equipment, chassis, gensets, and various dry and refrigerated containers. Fuel costs are viewed as substantially fixed with regard to consumption but can fluctuate as a result of changes in fuel market prices. Marine operating costs consist of stevedoring, port charges, wharfage, and various other costs to secure vessels at the port and to load and unload containers to and from them. Inland cargo transportation costs includes the costs to move containers to and from the port via rail, truck, or barge.

 

Twelve Months Ended December 26, 2004 Compared with Twelve Months Ended December 21, 2003

 

The twelve months ended December 26, 2004 consisted of 53 weeks. The twelve months ended December 21, 2003 consisted of 52 weeks.

 

Operating Revenue.    Operating revenue increased to $980.3 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 compared to $886.0 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, an increase of $94.4 million or 10.6%. We transported 289,360 and 308,435 revenue containers during the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004, respectively, an increase of 6.6%. This revenue gain is attributable to economic growth in each of the markets we serve, and rate improvements as a result of general rate increases, increases in fuel surcharges, and improved cargo mix.

 

Operating Expense.    Operating expense increased to $780.3 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 from $718.2 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, an increase of $62.1 million or 8.6%. Operating expense as a percentage of operating revenue were 80% for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 and 81% for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. The increase in operating expense reflects the increase in container volume during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 over the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, as well as an increase in fuel prices. The decrease in operating expense as a percentage of operating revenue is attributable to our continued ability to leverage our existing cost structure. Our purchase of four vessels in our fleet that we held under operating leases, namely, the Horizon Hawaii in December 2003, the Horizon Expedition in January 2004, the Horizon Navigator in April 2004 and the Horizon Trader in October 2004, led to a decrease in vessel lease expense of $4.2 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004. The resulting improvement in operating expense was partially offset by the resulting increase in depreciation and amortization.

 

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased to $45.6 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 from $30.0 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, an increase of $15.6 million or 52%. The increase in depreciation and amortization is largely due to the step-up in basis of customer contracts and trademarks related to the consummation of the acquisition on July 7, 2004. Amortization of finite life intangibles increased by $8.6 million from the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 to the twelve months ended December 26, 2004. The acquisition of four vessels previously under operating leases and the step-up in basis of property and equipment from historical costs to fair market value after the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004 accounted for the remaining increase in depreciation and amortization.

 

Amortization of Vessel Drydocking.    Amortization of vessel drydocking decreased to $15.9 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 from $16.3 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, a decrease of $0.5 million or 2.9%.

 

Selling, General and Administrative.    Selling, general and administrative costs increased to $84.8 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 compared to $80.1 million for the twelve

 

62


Table of Contents

months ended December 21, 2003, an increase of $4.7 million or 5.9%. Approximately $2.9 million of these costs reflect the costs associated with the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004. Incentive-based compensation costs increased by $1.6 million from the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 compared to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. Management fees charged by equity sponsors increased by $2.0 million from the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 compared to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. During the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, we were able to reduce data center charges by $1.0 million compared to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003.

 

Miscellaneous Expense (Income), Net.    Miscellaneous expense decreased to $2.2 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 from $3.2 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, a decrease of $1.0 million or 31.9%. Miscellaneous expense primarily consists of bad debt expense. During the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 we were able to reduce bad debt charges by $0.5 million compared to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003.

 

Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased to $26.9 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 from $9.0 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, an increase of $17.9 million or 199.1%. The increase is due to the higher levels of outstanding debt during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, as a result of the closing of the Acquisition-Related Transactions on July 7, 2004.

 

Interest Expense—Preferred Units of Subsidiary.    Interest expense—preferred units of subsidiary totaled $2.7 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004. The preferred units were issued in conjunction with the closing of the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction and began accreting interest at 10%. The holders of the preferred units were redeemed in conjunction with the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004.

 

Income Tax Expense.    Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 and December 21, 2003 totaled $8.4 million and $9.6 million, respectively, which represent effective annual tax rates of 38.4% and 38.9%, respectively. The differences between the federal statutory rates and the effective annual tax rates are primarily due to state income taxes.

 

Twelve Months Ended December 21, 2003 Compared with Year Ended December 22, 2002

 

Operating Revenue.    Operating revenue increased to $886.0 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 compared to $804.4 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $81.6 million or 10.1%. We transported 277,547 and 289,360 revenue containers in the year ended December 22, 2002 and the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, respectively, an increase of 4.3%. This volume increase accounted for a large portion of the increase in operating revenue and resulted primarily from the following factors: (i) general economic growth across all of our markets, but particularly in Hawaii as tourism and the local economy have rebounded from the post-September 11 lows of 2002; (ii) increased productivity at our U.S. west coast ports in contrast to the adverse impact on productivity in 2002 resulting from a 10-day labor interruption by the International Longshore and Warehouseman’s Union, which affected the entire market, including us, as our U.S. west coast ports attempted to recover from the impact of that interruption over several months; and (iii) our increased share of the Puerto Rico market resulting from the Chapter 7 liquidation of one of our major competitors serving that market. Almost half of the increase in operating revenue reflects rate improvement as a result of improved cargo mix, general rate increases, implementation of a terminal handling surcharge in the Hawaii market, and increased fuel surcharges which were implemented to offset escalating fuel costs. The remaining growth in operating revenue can primarily be attributed to increased terminal services revenues in our Alaska and Puerto Rico terminals.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating Expense.    Operating expense increased to $718.2 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 from $658.1 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $60.2 million or 9.1%. Operating expense as a percentage of operating revenue were 81.1% for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and 81.8% for the year ended December 22, 2002. The increase in operating expense can primarily be attributed to increases in container volumes and increased fuel expense. Fuel expense increased $15.2 million or 23.1% due to significant increases in fuel prices prior to the commencement of Operation Iraqi Freedom which were partially offset through the implementation of fuel surcharges. Container and equipment rent expense increased approximately $4.1 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 compared to the year ended December 22, 2002 as a result of additional equipment needs required to support the increase in container market share in the Puerto Rico market. The labor interruptions that occurred on the U.S. west coast in the fourth quarter of 2002 by the International Longshore and Warehouseman’s Union negatively impacted our operating expense in 2002.

 

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization increased to $30.0 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 from $18.0 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $12.0 million or 66.6%. The increase in depreciation and amortization is largely due to the step up in basis of property and equipment and the amortization of customer contracts relating to the consummation of the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction.

 

Amortization of Vessel Drydocking.    Amortization of vessel drydocking increased to $16.3 million for the twelve months ended December 27, 2003 from $15.0 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $1.4 million or 9.0%. Approximately $1.1 million of this increase is due to increased amortization of vessel drydocking costs associated with our three vessels used in the Alaska market. These vessels, built in 1987, were not required to go through extensive drydockings during the first fifteen years of their useful lives. The increased amortization expense represents the amortization of the first substantive drydockings that these vessels undertook in 2002 and 2003.

 

Selling, General and Administrative.    Selling, general and administrative costs increased to $80.1 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 compared to $75.2 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $4.9 million or 6.5%. Approximately $4.5 million of these costs reflect the costs associated with the purchase transaction including severance costs to executive employees, renaming and rebranding expenses associated with changing our name from CSX Lines to Horizon Lines, and professional fees. Incentive-based compensation costs decreased by $3.0 million from the year ended December 22, 2002 compared to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. This decrease is a result of exceptional performance relative to our incentive-based targets in 2002. The remaining increases in selling, general, and administrative costs are attributable to increased insurance costs, and general inflationary and customary annual compensation increases.

 

Miscellaneous Expense (Income), Net.    Miscellaneous expense increased to $3.2 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 from $0.8 million in the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $2.3 million or 285.1%. Miscellaneous expense during the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 primarily consisted of bad debt expense. During the year ended December 22, 2002, we had recorded adjustments of approximately $3.5 million related to accounts payable discounts and reductions to certain reserves based on revised estimates. These adjustments offset the bad debt expense during that period. Bad debt expense did not change significantly from the year ended December 22, 2002 to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003.

 

Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased to $9.0 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 from $7.1 million for the year ended December 22, 2002, an increase of $1.9 million or 26.0%. Interest expenses in the periods are not comparable due to the increased indebtedness undertaken in the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction.

 

64


Table of Contents

Interest Expense—Preferred Units of Subsidiary.    Interest expense—preferred units of Horizon Lines was $4.5 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. The preferred units were issued in conjunction with the closing of the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction on February 27, 2003 and began accreting interest at 10%. No preferred units existed prior to February 27, 2003.

 

Income Tax Expense.    Income taxes for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and the year ended December 22, 2002 were $9.6 million and $13.7 million, respectively, which represent effective annual tax rates of 38.9% and 38.7% respectively. The difference between the federal statutory rate and the effective annual tax rate is primarily due to state income taxes.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our principal sources of funds have been operating cash flows, borrowings and equity financings. Our principal uses of funds have been (i) capital expenditures on our container fleet, our terminal operating equipment and our information technology systems, (ii) vessel drydocking expenditures, (iii) the purchase of vessels upon expiration of operating leases, (iv) working capital consumption, and (v) principal and interest payments on our existing indebtedness. Cash and cash equivalents totaled $56.8 million at December 26, 2004.

 

As of December 26, 2004, $19.0 million was undrawn under our revolving credit facility, after taking into account $6.0 million utilized for outstanding letters of credit.

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $21.6 million to $82.1 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 compared to $60.6 million provided by operations for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. The increase in cash flows from operating activities is primarily the result of improved profitability before depreciation and amortization.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $46.5 million to $60.6 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 compared to $14.1 million for the year ended December 22, 2002. The increase in cash generated by operating activities was the result of improved profitability and a positive net change in working capital. In comparison, in 2002, cash utilized for working capital purposes was substantial, primarily due to increased receivables as a result of additional revenues from Puerto Rico related operations. Furthermore, cash was used to pay federal and state income taxes for tax year 2002 due to deferred tax liabilities arising from CCF related transactions from prior years.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $8.6 million to $43.6 million for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 compared to $52.2 million for the twelve months ended December 21, 2003. These amounts exclude acquisition expenditures related to the Acquisition-Related Transactions on July 7, 2004, which totaled $663.3 million, and the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, which totaled $315.0 million. We purchased the Horizon Navigator, the Horizon Expedition and the Horizon Trader during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, which in total cost approximated $19.6 million, and we purchased the Horizon Spirit in February 2003 and the Horizon Hawaii in December 2003, which in total cost approximated $21.9 million. Also, during the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, expenditures for vessel drydocking exceeded spending during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 by $4.3 million.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $52.2 million in the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, excluding acquisition costs related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, which totaled $315.0 million, compared to $20.8 million for the year ended December 22, 2002. The increase in cash

 

65


Table of Contents

used for investing activities was attributable to the purchase of the vessel Horizon Spirit in January 2003 and the Horizon Hawaii in December 2003 as previously mentioned. Also, during 2002 proceeds from the sale of assets were significantly more than the proceeds from the sale of assets in 2003.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, excluding financing activities related to the acquisition on July 7, 2004, the October 2004 Transactions, and the December 2004 Transactions, totaled $6.8 million. Financing activities related to the Acquisition-Related Transactions on July 7, 2004 included a capital contribution of $87.0 million, the issuance of the $70.0 million of 13% convertible notes, $250.0 million borrowed under the term loan facility, $6.0 million borrowed under the revolving credit facility, and the issuance of the 9% senior notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $250.0 million. Financing activities related to the October 2004 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary,” included the issuance of common shares and Series A preferred shares for gross proceeds of $20.7 million, plus accrued interest thereon, and the repayment of $20.0 million of the outstanding principal amount, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the 13% convertible notes. Financing activities related to the December 2004 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary,” included the issuance of $160.0 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11% senior discount notes, the repayment of $50.0 million of the outstanding principal amount, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the 13% convertible notes, and the repurchase of a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of $53.6 million.

 

Financing activities related to the 2005 Transactions, which are described in “Historical Transactions Summary,” included the repurchase of a portion of the outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of $0.5 million, the issuance of common shares for an aggregate price of $0.6 million to members of our management, and the issuance of common shares and Series A preferred shares for an aggregate price of $0.5 million to our non-executive directors. As of December 26, 2004, the $250.0 million of borrowing under the term loan facility, the $250.0 million 9% senior notes, and the 11% senior discount notes with an initial accreted value of $112.8 million remained outstanding. The $6.0 million of borrowing under the revolving loan facility was repaid on August 9, 2004. Net cash used in financing activities during the twelve months ended December 21, 2003, including capital infusion and borrowings related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, totaled $9.3 million. This amount reflects a distribution to the holders of the preferred stock of Horizon Lines totaling $15.0 million, principal payments on long-term debt totaling $10.3 million and capital contributed by CSX Corporation totaling $15.0 million, during the period under CSX ownership. The capital infusion and borrowings related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction consisted of contributed capital of $80.0 million and borrowings of $175.0 million of term debt and the issuance of $60.0 million in common and preferred units by Horizon Lines to CSX Corporation and its affiliates.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities during the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 was $9.3 million, excluding initial capitalization costs related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, compared to no cash flows from financing activities during the year ended December 22, 2002. The net cash used for financing activities during 2003 reflected a $10.3 million principal payment on long-term debt obligations and $15.0 million in distributions to the preferred member of Horizon Lines. The initial capitalization costs related to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction included $80.0 million of contributed capital and borrowings of $175.0 million of term debt and the issuance of $60.0 million in common and preferred units to CSX Corporation and its affiliates.

 

Capital Requirements

 

Our current and future capital needs relate primarily to debt service, maintenance, and improvement of our vessel fleet, including purchasing vessels upon expiration of vessel operating leases and providing for other necessary equipment acquisitions. Cash to be used for investing

 

66


Table of Contents

activities, including expenditures for vessel drydocking, purchases of property and equipment, and the purchase of vessels off of operating leases, for the next 12 months are expected to total approximately $35.0 million.

 

As required by the agreements entered into with respect to the Acquisition-Related Transactions, on October 5, 2004, Horizon Lines Holding made a post-closing reimbursement payment to Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P. and other pre-acquisition equity holders totaling $6.1 million. Horizon Lines Holding disbursed $7.7 million in cash on October 15, 2004 to purchase a vessel, the Horizon Trader, that was under an operating lease agreement.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Contractual obligations as of December 26, 2004, on a pro forma basis, are as follows:

 

    Total
Obligations


  2005

  2006

  2007

  2008

  2009

 

After

2010


Contractual Obligations:

                                         

Senior credit facility

  $ 249,375   $ 2,500   $ 2,500   $ 2,500   $ 2,500   $ 2,500   $ 236,875

9% senior notes

    250,000     —       —       —       —       —       250,000

11% senior discount notes

    160,000     —       —       —       —       —       160,000

Operating leases

    362,317     56,722     39,919     58,631     29,885     29,769     147,391

Capital lease obligations

    741     193     193     193     162     —       —  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,022,433   $ 59,415   $ 42,612   $ 61,324   $ 32,547   $ 32,269   $ 794,266
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Commercial Commitments

                                         

Standby letters of credit

  $ 6,000   $ 6,000     —       —       —       —       —  

Surety bonds

    5,877     5,877     —       —       —       —       —  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

    $ 11,877   $ 11,877   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

 

To finance the Acquisition-Related Transactions, we incurred substantial debt, including under our senior credit facility and through the issuance of the 9% senior notes in the original principal amount of $250.0 million, with interest payments on this indebtedness substantially increasing our liquidity requirements.

 

Our senior credit facility is comprised of a $250.0 million term loan facility due in 2011 and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility due in 2009. We expect that we will be permitted to incur up to an additional $50.0 million of senior secured debt in the form of term loans at the option of the participating lenders under the term loan facility, provided that no default or event of default under our senior credit facility has occurred or would occur after giving effect to such incurrence and certain other conditions are satisfied.

 

Borrowings under our senior credit facility bear interest at our choice of LIBOR or the base rate, in each case, plus an applicable margin, subject to adjustment based on a pricing grid. In addition, one percent of the term loan facility will amortize during each of the first six years after the closing date of our senior credit facility in equal consecutive quarterly installments. The remaining portion of the term loan facility will amortize during the seventh year of the term loan facility in equal consecutive quarterly installments.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our senior credit facility requires us to meet a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. In addition, our senior credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants which will, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, capital expenditures, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, prepayments of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. It also contains certain customary events of default, subject to grace periods, as appropriate.

 

On July 7, 2004, we sold $250.0 million of our 9% senior notes, the proceeds of which, along with borrowings under our senior credit facility and proceeds from the cash equity investment in Horizon Lines Holding, were used to fund the Acquisition-Related Transactions. In order to give the holders of the 9% senior notes the opportunity in the future to exchange the 9% senior notes for identical notes that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “new 9% senior notes”), Horizon Lines Holding has agreed to file a registration statement for the new 9% senior notes within 270 days after the issue date of the 9% senior notes, cause the registration statement for the new 9% senior notes to become effective within 360 days of the issue date of the 9% senior notes, and consummate the exchange offer within 390 days after the issue date of the 9% senior notes. If Horizon Lines Holding fails to meet these targets (a “9% senior notes default”), the annual interest rate on the 9% senior notes will increase by 0.25% during the first 90-day period during which the 9% senior notes default continues, up to a maximum increase of 1.0% over the interest rate that would otherwise apply to the 9% senior notes. As soon as Horizon Lines Holding cures the registration default, the interest rate applicable will revert to its original level.

 

On December 10, 2004, H-Lines Finance sold $160.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of its 11% senior discount notes. The gross proceeds of this issuance were $112.8 million. Of these proceeds, $107.4 million was used by H-Lines Finance to pay a dividend to us, which in turn used a portion of this amount to repay all of the outstanding principal and interest of the 13.0% convertible notes and to repurchase a portion of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock. H-Lines Finance also used a portion of these gross proceeds to pay related fees and expenses. In order to give the holders of the 11% senior discount notes the opportunity in the future to exchange the 11% senior discount notes for identical notes that have been registered under the Securities Act (the “new 11% senior discount notes”), H-Lines Finance has agreed to file a registration statement for the new 11% senior discount notes within 180 days after the issue date of the 11% senior discount notes, cause the registration statement for the new 11% senior discount notes to become effective within 270 days of the issue date of the 11% senior discount notes, and consummate the exchange offer within 300 days after the issue date of the 11% senior discount notes. If H-Lines Finance fails to meet these targets, then additional interest shall accrue on the 11% senior discount notes in an amount per annum during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of such default equal to 0.25% of the average accreted value of the 11% senior discount notes (during such 90-day period), which rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% during each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 1.0%. All such additional interest that accrues on or prior to April 1, 2008 shall be added to the accrued value of the 11% senior discount notes and all additional interest that accrues after such date shall be payable in cash on each scheduled interest payment date on such notes. As soon as H-Lines Finance cures such registration default, such additional interest shall cease to accrue.

 

We intend to fund our ongoing operations through cash generated by operations and availability under our senior credit facility.

 

Future principal debt payments are expected to be paid out of cash flows from operations, borrowings under our senior credit facility, and future refinancings of our debt.

 

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal, or to pay the interest, if any, on, or to refinance our indebtedness, or to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our future

 

68


Table of Contents

performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

 

Based upon the current level of operations and certain anticipated improvements, we believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with borrowings available under our senior credit facility, will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs throughout 2005. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that anticipated revenue growth and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available under our senior credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to effect any future refinancing of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our primary interest rate exposure relates to our senior credit facility. As a result of the Acquisition-Related Transactions, we have outstanding a $250.0 million term loan, which bears interest at variable rates. Each quarter point change in interest rates would result in a $0.6 million change in interest expense on the term loan. We also have a revolving credit facility which provides for borrowings of up to $25.0 million which would bear interest at variable rates. As of December 26, 2004, no amounts were outstanding under our revolving credit facility.

 

69


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

We are the nation’s leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company, accounting for approximately 37% of total U.S. marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico, and to Guam. Under the Jones Act, enacted in 1920, domestic U.S. maritime trade is restricted to U.S. owners of U.S.-built and flagged vessels manned by predominantly U.S.-citizen crews. With 16 vessels and approximately 22,400 cargo containers, we operate the largest Jones Act containership fleet, providing comprehensive shipping and sophisticated logistics services in our markets. We have long-term access to terminal facilities in each of our ports, operating our own terminals in Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico and contracting for terminal services in our seven ports in the continental U.S. and in our ports in Guam, Hong Kong and Taiwan. We also offer inland cargo trucking and logistics for our customers through our own trucking operations on the U.S. west coast and our relationships with third-party truckers, railroads, and barge operators in our markets. For the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, we generated revenue and Adjusted EBITDA of $980.3 million and $120.7 million, respectively. This represents revenue growth of 10.7% and Adjusted EBITDA growth of 26.7% for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004. For the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and its reconciliation to net income, see footnote 5 to the table under “Summary Consolidated, Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.”

 

Our long operating history dates back to 1956, when Sea-Land Service, Inc. pioneered the marine container shipping industry and established our business. In 1958 we introduced container shipping to the Puerto Rico market, and in 1964 we pioneered container shipping in Alaska with the first year-round scheduled vessel service. In 1987, we began providing container shipping services between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii and Guam through our acquisition from an existing carrier of all of its vessels and certain other assets that were already serving that market. Today, as the only Jones Act vessel operator with one integrated organization serving Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico, we are uniquely positioned to serve customers requiring shipping and logistics services in more than one of these markets.

 

Our revenue is derived primarily from Alaska, Hawaii and Guam, and Puerto Rico. These markets account for approximately 23%, 41% and 36%, respectively, of our revenue in 2004. We are one of only two major container shipping operators currently serving the Alaska market, each accounting for approximately 42% of total container loads traveling from the continental U.S. to Alaska. We are also only one of two container shipping companies currently serving the Hawaii and Guam markets with an approximate 37% share of total domestic marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to these markets. This percentage reflects 36% and 48% shares of total domestic marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to Hawaii and Guam, respectively. In Puerto Rico, we are the largest provider of marine container shipping, accounting for approximately 36% of Puerto Rico’s total container loads from the continental U.S. Since we are the only Jones Act container shipping and logistics company with an integrated organization operating in all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, we believe that we have a stronger competitive position in our markets, serve more effectively our national customers with shipping and logistics needs across one or more of these markets, spread our fixed costs over a larger revenue base, achieve greater network operating efficiencies and negotiate larger volume discounts from our inland shipping providers.

 

We ship a wide spectrum of consumer and industrial items used everyday in our markets, ranging from foodstuffs (refrigerated and non-refrigerated) to household goods and auto parts to building materials and various materials used in manufacturing. Many of these cargos are consumer goods vital to the expanding populations in our markets, thereby providing us with a stable base of growing

 

70


Table of Contents

demand for our shipping and logistics services. Container loads of foodstuffs (refrigerated and non-refrigerated) and household goods traveling from the continental U.S. to Alaska, Hawaii and Guam, and Puerto Rico constituted approximately 40% of our revenue in each of 2003 and 2004. We have approximately two thousand customers and have many long-standing customer relationships, including with large consumer and industrial products companies such as Costco Wholesale Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Lowe’s Companies, Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Safeway, Inc., Toyota Motor Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. We also serve several agencies of the U.S. government, including the Department of Defense and the Postal Service. Our customer base is broad and diversified, with our top ten customers accounting for approximately 33% of revenue and our largest customer accounting for approximately 7% of revenue.

 

We focus on maintaining our reputation for service and operational excellence by emphasizing strict vessel maintenance, employing experienced vessel crews, expanding and improving our national sales presence, and employing industry-leading information technology as part of our complete logistics solutions:

 

  Ÿ   We operate the largest Jones Act containership fleet, consisting of 16 vessels. Typically, 15 of our vessels are actively deployed at any given time, with one spare vessel reserved for relief while another undergoes maintenance, repairs and inspections, referred to as drydocking. We maintain our vessels according to our own strict maintenance procedures, which meet or exceed U.S. government requirements. All of our vessels are regulated pursuant to rigorous standards promulgated by the U.S. Coast Guard and are subject to periodic inspection and certification, for compliance with these standards, by the American Bureau of Shipping, on behalf of the U.S. Coast Guard. Our procedures protect and preserve our fleet to the highest standards in our industry and enable us to preserve and extend the usefulness of our ships. In addition, the senior officers on our vessels (masters and chief engineers) have an average tenure with us of over 16 years.

 

  Ÿ   We manage a sales and marketing team of 120 employees strategically located in our various ports, as well as in seven regional offices across the continental U.S., from our headquarters in Charlotte, North Carolina. Senior sales and marketing professionals in Charlotte are responsible for developing sales and marketing strategies and are closely involved in servicing our largest customers. All pricing activities are centrally coordinated from Charlotte and Tacoma, Washington, enabling us to better manage our customer relationships.

 

  Ÿ   We book and monitor all of our shipping and logistics services through the Horizon IT system, or HITS, our industry-leading ocean shipping and logistics information technology system and a key feature of our complete shipping logistics solutions. This system encompasses an extensive database of information relevant to the shipment of containerized cargo and captures all critical aspects of every shipment booked with us, including cargo booking, tracking and tracing and the production of bills of lading, customs documents and invoicing. Since the launch of HITS in 2000, we have migrated our customers to the on-line interfaces of HITS, with on-line bookings exceeding 57% of our total bookings. We believe that HITS’ functionality and ability to generate cost savings for our customers build strong customer loyalty for our services and enhance our customer relationships. We believe that HITS differentiates us from our competitors as it better positions us to serve higher-margin customers with sophisticated shipping and logistics requirements.

 

The Jones Act

 

Over 90% of our revenue is generated from our shipping and logistics services in markets where the marine trade is subject to the Jones Act or other U.S. maritime laws.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Jones Act, officially the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, is a long-standing cornerstone of U.S. maritime policy. Under the Jones Act, the marine trade between U.S. ports is reserved for U.S.-owned and organized companies operating U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels manned predominantly by U.S.-citizen crews. U.S.-flagged vessels are generally required to be maintained at higher standards than foreign-flagged vessels and are supervised by, as well as subject to rigorous inspections by, or on behalf of the U.S. Coast Guard, which requires appropriate certifications and background checks of the crew members. Our trade routes between Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico and the continental U.S. represent the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets. Vessels operating on these trade routes are required to be fully-qualified Jones Act vessels. Other U.S. maritime laws require vessels operating on the trade routes between Guam, a U.S. territory, and U.S. ports to be U.S.-flagged and predominantly U.S.-crewed, but not U.S.-built.

 

Cabotage laws, which reserve the right to ship cargo between domestic ports to domestic vessels, are not unique to the United States; similar laws are common around the world and exist in over 40 countries. In general, all interstate and intrastate marine commerce within the U.S. falls under the Jones Act, which is a cabotage law. The Jones Act enjoys broad support from both major political parties. During the 2004 presidential election, both major political parties supported the retention of the Jones Act as currently in effect. In addition, the Jones Act has enjoyed strong congressional support. We believe that the ongoing war on terrorism has further solidified political support for the Jones Act, as a vital and dedicated U.S. merchant marine is a cornerstone for a strong homeland defense, as well as a critical source of trained U.S. mariners for war-time support.

 

Market Overview

 

The Jones Act distinguishes the U.S. domestic shipping market from international shipping markets. Given the limited number of existing Jones Act qualified vessels, the relatively high capital investment and long delivery lead times associated with building a new containership in the U.S., the substantial investment required in infrastructure and the need to develop a broad base of customer relationships, the markets in which we operate have been less vulnerable to over-capacity and volatility than international shipping markets. Over the past 11 years, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam and Puerto Rico have experienced low average rate volatility of 0.4%, 1.3% and 2.4% per annum while the major Trans-Pacific and Trans-Atlantic trade routes have experienced average rate volatility of 34.3% and 8.9% per annum.

 

72


Table of Contents

Although the U.S. container shipping industry is affected by general economic conditions, the industry does not tend to be as cyclical as other sectors within the shipping industry. Specifically, most of the cargos shipped via container vessels consist of a wide range of consumer and industrial items as well as military and postal loads. Since many of these types of cargos are consumer goods vital to the expanding populations in our markets, they provide us with a stable base of growing demand for our shipping and logistics services.

 

The Jones Act markets are not as fragmented as international shipping markets. In particular, the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam are currently served predominantly by four shipping companies, Horizon Lines, Matson Navigation Company, Inc., Crowley Maritime Corporation, and Totem Ocean Trailer Express, Inc., or TOTE. Horizon Lines and Matson serve the Hawaii and Guam market, and Horizon Lines and TOTE serve the Alaska market. The Puerto Rico market is currently served by two containership companies, Horizon Lines and Sea Star Lines, which is an independently-operated company majority-owned by an affiliate of TOTE. Two barge operators, Crowley and Trailer Bridge, Inc., also currently serve this market.

 

The U.S. container shipping industry as a whole is experiencing rising customer expectations for real-time shipment status information and the on-time pick-up and delivery of cargo, as customers seek to optimize efficiency through greater management of the delivery process of their products. Commercial and governmental customers are increasingly requiring the tracking of the location and status of their shipments at all times and have developed a strong preference to retrieve information and communicate using the Internet. A broad range of domestic and foreign governmental agencies are also increasingly requiring access to shipping information in automated formats for customs oversight and security purposes.

 

To ensure on-time pick-up and delivery of cargo, shipping companies must maintain strict vessel schedules and efficient terminal operations for expediting the movement of containers in and out of terminal facilities. The departure and arrival of vessels on schedule is heavily influenced by both vessel maintenance standards (i.e., minimizing mechanical break-downs) and terminal operating discipline. Marine terminal gate and yard efficiency can be enhanced by efficient yard layout, high-quality information systems, and streamlined gate processes.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

 

Leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company.    We are the nation’s leading Jones Act container shipping and logistics company, with the largest Jones Act container vessel fleet and with shipping activity accounting for approximately 37% of total domestic marine container shipments from the continental U.S. to the three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam. We are the only container vessel operator with an integrated organization serving all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and have a number-one or a number-two market position within each of our markets. As a result, we are able to serve the needs of customers shipping to individual markets as well as the needs of large customers that require shipping and sophisticated logistics services across more than one of these markets. For many of our customers with a nationwide retailing presence, such as Costco Wholesale Corporation, Lowe’s Companies, Inc. and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., we provide complete supply chain shipping and logistics solutions, including automated on-line cargo booking, tracking and tracing, as well as inland cargo pick-up and delivery logistics and shipping services, across two or more of our geographic markets. Approximately 59% of our revenue in 2004 was derived from customers shipping with us in more than one of our geographic markets and approximately 29% of our revenue in 2004 was derived from customers shipping with us in all of our geographic markets. In addition to enabling us to effectively serve a long-standing customer base, our presence in all of these geographic markets mitigates our geographic exposure to any one particular market.

 

73


Table of Contents

Favorable industry dynamics.    The Jones Act stipulates that only U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels owned by U.S.-organized and U.S.-owned companies and manned predominantly by U.S. crews can operate in the Jones Act markets. Given the level of services already provided by us or our existing competitors in our markets and the increasing requirements of customers in our markets, any future viable competitor would not only have to make substantial investments in vessels and infrastructure but also establish regularity of service, develop customer relationships, develop inland cargo shipping and logistics solutions and acquire or build infrastructure at ports that are currently limited in space, berths and water depth.

 

Stable and growing revenue base.    We have achieved five consecutive years of revenue growth and have averaged a compounded annual growth rate of 8.7% in revenue during that period. Our revenue base is stable and growing due to our presence across three geographic markets, the breadth of our customer base served and the diversity of our cargos shipped, all of which better protect us against external events adversely affecting any one of our markets. We ship a diverse mix of cargos, and benefit from serving substantial and growing customers with sophisticated container shipping and logistics requirements across two or more geographic markets that we serve. In addition, many of the cargos we ship are consumer goods which are vital to the expanding populations in our markets, thereby providing us with a stable base of growing demand for our shipping and logistics services. Also, our presence across multiple geographic markets, along with our expertise in supply chain management and our sophisticated on-line shipping and logistics information technology, enables us to be the shipping and logistics solution of choice in these markets for many of our national customers. As a result, we participate in economic and demographic growth trends in each of these markets at a relatively early stage. For example when Lowe’s opened two new retail stores in Alaska, Lowe’s expanded our relationship by selecting us to provide the shipping and logistics services required to stock these stores upon their opening and thereafter. When Lowe’s opened one new retail store in Hawaii, Lowe’s again selected us to provide these services.

 

Long-standing relationships with leading, established customers.    We serve a diverse base of long-standing, established customers consisting of many of the world’s largest consumer and industrial products companies, as well as a variety of smaller and middle-market customers. Our customers include Costco Wholesale Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Lowe’s Companies, Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Safeway, Inc., Toyota Motor Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. In addition, we serve several agencies of the U.S. government, including the Department of Defense and the Postal Service. We have a long-standing history of service to our customer base, with some of our customer relationships extending back over 40 years and our relationships with our top ten customers averaging 20 years.

 

Customer-oriented sales and marketing presence.    Our 120-person national and regional sales and marketing presence enables us to forge and maintain close customer relationships. Senior sales and marketing professionals in Charlotte, North Carolina are responsible for developing sales and marketing strategies and are closely involved in servicing our largest national customers. We also maintain a regional sales presence strategically located in our various ports as well as in seven regional offices across the continental U.S. Regional sales professionals are responsible for day-to-day customer coverage and work closely with customers to address customer needs as they arise. Our national and regional presence, combined with our operational excellence, results in high levels of repeat business from our diverse customer base.

 

Operational excellence.    As the leading Jones Act shipping and logistics company, we pride ourselves on our operational excellence and our ability to provide consistent, high quality service. We maintain the largest Jones Act containership fleet consisting of vessels maintained in accordance with strict guidelines. For example, in 2004, our vessels in service on our trade routes were in operational condition, ready to sail, 99% of the time when they were required to be ready to sail. The quality of our vessels as well as the expertise of our vessel crews and engineering resources help us maintain highly reliable and consistent dock-to-dock on-time arrival performance. Our terminal management efficiency

 

74


Table of Contents

and inland cargo shipping and logistics expertise result in high customer satisfaction with respect to equipment availability, transit time and cargo availability. Our track record of service and operational excellence has been widely recognized by some of the most demanding customers in the world. For example, we have received the “Outstanding Ocean Service Provider Award” from Lowe’s Companies, Inc. for the last four years for which this award has been announced, the “Logistics Partners Excellence Award” from Toyota Motor Corporation, for on-time performance where we were judged against all of Toyota’s global shippers, for the last five years for which this award has been announced and the “Carrier of the Year Award” by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. for three of the last four years for which this award has been announced.

 

Experienced management with strong culture of commitment to service and operational excellence.    Our senior management, headed by Charles G. Raymond, is comprised of seasoned leaders in the shipping and logistics industry with an average of 18 years of experience in the industry. Our senior management has a long history of working together as a team, with six of our eight most senior managers having worked together at Horizon Lines or our predecessors for over 15 years. In addition, seven of our eight most senior managers have served in multiple roles at the Company or have continuing direct involvement with multiple aspects of our business, including servicing our largest customers and the operation of our shipping and logistics services. We believe that our management’s experience, cohesiveness and depth, as well as our management’s long-standing relationships within the industry, enable us to readily identify market opportunities and develop and execute strategies to pursue these opportunities. Furthermore, as of the date hereof, without giving effect to the Offering-Related Transactions, our management team, including family members, beneficially owns approximately 19% of our common equity on a fully diluted basis. We believe that our cash incentive plan further incentivizes our management to achieve and surpass our targeted performance and goals.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our financial and operational success has largely been driven by providing customers with reliable shipping and logistics solutions, supported by consistent and value-added service and expertise. Our goal is to continue to provide high-quality service and continue to seek to increase sales and improve profitability through the principal strategies outlined below.

 

Continue to organically grow our revenue.    Our revenue growth has averaged a compounded annual growth rate of 8.7% during the past five years. We believe that we are well positioned to achieve ongoing revenue growth in our markets by focusing our national and regional sales force on acquiring business from new customers, growing business with existing customers and continuing to focus on increasing the share of our revenue that is derived from our customers’ most important cargo movements. These cargo movements include high-value cargos, time-sensitive cargos and cargos that require complete door-to-door logistics solutions and supply chain management.

 

Expand our services and logistics solutions.    We seek to build on our market-leading logistics platform and operational expertise by providing new services and logistics solutions. These services and solutions include delivery planning and comprehensive shipping logistics expertise. In particular, on the U.S. west coast, we supplement our vessel services with proprietary trucking services, as well as the door-to-door logistics and shipping solutions we offer across our markets. Timing of shipments is crucial to our customers, and our ability to provide these combined offerings has enabled us to expand our business with our customers. By offering this wide range of services and logistics solutions, we believe that we strengthen our franchise and further grow our revenue and profits.

 

Expand and enhance our customer relationships.    We seek to leverage our capabilities to serve a broad and growing range of customers across varied industries and geographies of different size and growth profiles. In order to enhance our overall cargo mix, we place a strong emphasis on the

 

75


Table of Contents

development and expansion of our relationships with substantial and growing customers which meet high credit standards and have sophisticated container shipping and logistics requirements across more than one of the geographic markets that we serve. This strategy has resulted in our long-term and successful relationships with customers who are growing their operations in our markets, such as Costco, Lowe’s, and Wal-Mart. As the only Jones Act container shipping and logistics company with an integrated organization operating in all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets, and having a sales and marketing team that sells to all of these markets, we are uniquely positioned to maintain and expand our customer relationships.

 

Leverage our brand.    We actively promote, through our sales and marketing efforts, the broad recognition that Horizon Lines has a long and successful history of service to customers in the three non-contiguous Jones Act trades and in Guam. This heritage dates back to 1956, when Sea-Land pioneered the marine container shipping industry and established our business. In 1958, we introduced container shipping to the Puerto Rico market, and in 1964 we pioneered container shipping in Alaska with the first year-round vessel service. In 1987, we began operating vessels between the U.S. west coast and Hawaii and Guam. We believe that our brand is synonymous with quality and operational excellence and intend to continue to build and leverage it in order to further enhance our business.

 

Maintain leading information technology.    We are focused on maintaining our Horizon IT system, or HITS, as an industry-leading ocean shipping and logistics information technology system with cargo booking, tracking and tracing capabilities more advanced than those of any system employed by our competitors. All orders that we receive through any medium are booked and processed through HITS, which has electronic data interface capabilities, including an Internet portal, which enables us to achieve operating efficiencies. Since its launch in 2000, we have migrated our customers to the on-line interfaces of HITS, with on-line bookings via HITS exceeding 57% of our total bookings. We have also made available to our customers, through HITS, automated cargo booking, tracking and tracing so our customers can reduce their labor time and costs with respect to these activities. We routinely incorporate additional capabilities into HITS to further differentiate us from our competitors. We believe that HITS’ functionality and cost savings potential for our customers produce strong loyalty.

 

Pursue new business opportunities.    We actively pursue new business opportunities in addition to growing our core business. For example, in June, 2004, we were awarded a contract by the U.S. Military Sealift Command to manage seven vessels under a one-year renewable contract. Through our performance of these management services, we believe that we can develop an effective relationship with the U.S. Military Sealift Command and demonstrate our breadth and depth of capabilities and become a leading candidate in the future for the award of additional vessel management contracts. In addition, the Port of Jacksonville, Florida, subject to receipt of funding from the U.S. Department of Transportation, has chosen us to develop and launch a new information technology system based on HITS to track all containers (and their contents) entering or departing the port. In the future, we intend to explore business opportunities that may arise in areas such as marine container shipping and logistics on trade routes between ports within the continental U.S. (i.e., the contiguous Jones Act markets).

 

Reduce operating costs.    We continually seek to identify opportunities to reduce our operating costs, and our continued examination of unit cost economics is a critical part of our culture. We have been successful in improving our EBITDA margin from 9.54% for the twelve months ended December 22, 2003 to 11.53% for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, an increase of 20.87%. We have several multi-functional process improvement teams engaged in cost-saving and cost-reduction initiatives for 2005. These teams are focused on the major cost areas of inland cargo operations (including truck, rail and equipment management), equipment maintenance, vessel overhaul and drydocking and technology. Each of these teams has specific cost-savings goals and objectives and tracks its progress against its goals using quantitative measures. In addition, we focus on enhancing safety practices in our terminals and on our vessels through aggressive internal safety programs

 

76


Table of Contents

conducted with the active backing of our senior management. Over the short term, these safety programs have already yielded reductions in our expenses related to worker compensation, personal injury, and cargo claims, and, over the long term, we expect these programs to continue to yield savings in our insurance costs.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We manage a sales and marketing team of 120 employees strategically located in our various ports, as well as in seven regional offices across the continental U.S., from our headquarters in Charlotte, North Carolina. Senior sales and marketing professionals in Charlotte are responsible for developing sales and marketing strategies and are closely involved in servicing our largest customers. All pricing activities are also centrally coordinated from Charlotte and from Tacoma, Washington, enabling us to manage our customer relationships. The marketing team located in Charlotte is responsible for providing appropriate market intelligence and direction to the Puerto Rico sales organization. The marketing team located in Tacoma is responsible for providing appropriate market intelligence and direction to the members of the team who focus on the Hawaii, Guam and Alaska markets.

 

Our regional sales and marketing presence ensures close and direct interaction with customers on a daily basis. Many of our regional sales professionals have been servicing the same customers for over ten years. We have the largest sales force of all container shipping and logistics companies active in the major non-contiguous Jones Act markets. Unlike our competitors, our sales force cross-sells our shipping and logistics services across all of these markets. We believe that the breadth and depth of our relationships with our customers is the principal driver of repeat business from our customers. We further believe that our long-standing customer relationships and our cross-selling efforts enable us to forge customer relationships which provide us with a distinct competitive advantage.

 

Customers

 

We serve a diverse base of long-standing, established customers consisting of many of the world’s largest consumer and industrial products companies. Such customers include Costco Wholesale Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Lowe’s Companies, Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Safeway, Inc., Toyota Motor Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. In addition, we serve several agencies of the U.S. government, including the Department of Defense and the Postal Service.

 

We believe that we are uniquely positioned to serve these and other large national customers due to our position as the only shipping and logistics company serving all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam. Approximately 59% of our revenue in 2004 was derived from customers shipping with us in more than one of our markets and approximately 29% of our revenue in 2004 was derived from customers shipping with us in all three markets.

 

We generate most of our revenue through customer contracts with pre-specified rates and volumes and with durations ranging from one to six years, providing stable revenue streams. In addition, our relationships with our customers extend far beyond the length of any given contract. For example, some of our customer relationships extend back over 40 years and our top 10 customer relationships average 20 years.

 

We serve customers in numerous industries and carry a wide variety of cargos, mitigating our dependence upon any single customer or single type of cargo. Our customer base is broad with no significant concentration by customer or type of cargo shipped. For 2004, our top ten largest customers represented approximately 33% of total revenue, with the largest customer accounting for approximately 7% of total revenue.

 

77


Table of Contents

Competition

 

The Jones Act markets are not as fragmented as international shipping markets. In particular, the three major non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam are currently served predominantly by four shipping companies, Horizon Lines, Matson Navigation Company, Inc., Crowley Maritime Corporation, and Totem Ocean Trailer Express, Inc., or TOTE. Horizon Lines and Matson serve the Hawaii and Guam markets, and Horizon Lines and TOTE serve the Alaska market. The Puerto Rico market is currently served by two containership companies, Horizon Lines and Sea Star Lines, which is an independently operated company majority owned by an affiliate of TOTE. Two barge operators, Crowley and Trailer Bridge, Inc., also currently serve this market.

 

Business Operations

 

Operations Overview

 

We oversee our operations in all three non-contiguous Jones Act markets and Guam from our headquarters in Charlotte, North Carolina. Our operations in these markets share corporate and administrative functions such as finance, information technology and sales and marketing. Centralized functions are performed primarily at our headquarters and at our administrative facility in Dallas, Texas.

 

In a typical transaction, our customers go on-line to make a booking or call, fax or e-mail our customer service department. Once applicable shipping information is input into the booking system, a booking number is generated. The booking information then downloads into other systems used by our dispatch team, terminal personnel, vessel planners, documentation team, logistics team and other teams and personnel who work together to produce a seamless transaction for our customers.

 

Our dispatch team coordinates truck and/or rail shipping from inland locations to the port on intermodal bookings. Our terminal personnel schedule equipment availability for containers picked up at the port. Our vessel planners develop stowage plans and our documentation teams process the cargo bill. Our logistics team reviews space availability and informs our other teams and personnel when additional bookings are needed and when bookings need to be changed or pushed to the next vessel. After containers arrive at the port of loading, they are loaded on board the vessel. Once the containers are loaded and are at sea, our destination terminal staff initiate their process of receiving and releasing containers to our customers. Customers accessing HITS via our Internet portal have the option to receive e-mail alerts as specific events take place throughout this process. All of our customers have the option to call our customer service department or to access HITS via our Internet portal, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to track and trace shipments. Customers may also view their payment histories and make payments on-line.

 

Operational Excellence

 

As the leading Jones Act shipping and logistics company, we pride ourselves on our operational excellence and ability to provide high-quality service. Highlights of our operational excellence and high-quality service include:

 

Effective Vessel Maintenance Strategy.    Our management team adheres to an effective strategy for the maintenance of our vessels. Early in our nearly 50-year operating history, when we pioneered Jones Act container shipping, we recognized the vital importance of maintaining our valuable Jones Act qualified vessels. Led by a retired Coast Guard senior officer, our on-shore vessel management team carefully manages all of our ongoing regular maintenance and drydocking activity. We maintain our vessels according to our own strict maintenance procedures, which meet or exceed U.S. government requirements. All of our vessels are regulated pursuant to rigorous standards promulgated by the U.S. Coast Guard and subject to periodic inspection and certification, for compliance with these standards, by the American Bureau of Shipping, on behalf of the U.S. Coast Guard. Our procedures protect and preserve our fleet to the highest standards in our industry and enable us to preserve the usefulness of our ships.

 

78


Table of Contents

Vessel Maintenance and Operating Expertise.    The quality and performance of our vessels is driven by the expertise of our on-shore vessel management team and vessel crews. The 22 senior members of our on-shore vessel management team responsible for all of our ongoing regular vessel maintenance and drydocking activity have an average of over 10 years of experience with us or our predecessors and have an average of 28 years of experience in the marine industry. Thirteen members of this team are licensed chief engineers, and, of the six members of this team who are responsible for assessing the severity of a vessel problem, four are retired U.S. Coast Guard officers who spent their earlier careers in commercial shipping safety and three are members of the American Bureau of Shipping. The senior officers on our vessels (masters and chief engineers) have an average tenure of over 16 years and we actively share best practices among our vessel crews to ensure consistently high standards throughout our organization. During each of the last four years, our vessels have been in operational condition, ready to sail, over 99% of the time when they were required to be ready to sail.

 

Terminal Operation Efficiency.    We have substantial terminal management expertise, as reflected by our rapid turn-around time for the drop-off and/or pick-up of containers by truckers, at the terminals which we operate. This efficient terminal management results in lower costs per container load. Rapid turn-around also results in higher customer satisfaction by ensuring timely pick-up and delivery of cargo. We operate our own terminals in Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico and contract for terminal services in our seven continental U.S. ports and in Guam.

 

Inland Shipping Expertise.    We have extensive capabilities for the dispatch of empty containers to customer sites and the movement of loaded containers by rail or truck between customer locations and terminals. This expertise enables us to cost-effectively fulfill customer expectations with regard to equipment availability, transit time and cargo pick-up and delivery. In addition to inland rail and trucking, we offer comprehensive warehousing and logistics services through our proprietary trucking operations in Long Beach/Los Angeles, Oakland and Tacoma and our relationships with third-party truckers and railroads.

 

Information Technology Capabilities.    All of our shipping and logistics services are booked, tracked and traced through our proprietary Horizon IT system, or HITS, our industry-leading ocean shipping and logistics information technology system with cargo booking, tracking and tracing capabilities significantly beyond those of the systems employed by our competitors. HITS has its roots in a global shipping and logistics information technology system developed in the late 1990s to support the global shipping and logistics operations of Sea-Land, which, until the sale by CSX Corporation of its international ocean shipping business, was a global leader in the shipping industry. Following that sale, we focused on the further refinement and development of the portions of this technology that were integral to our Jones Act shipping and logistics services. HITS is the product of these efforts.

 

HITS is a client/server based application accessible through the Internet that is designed to capture detailed cargo information at the time of booking through the creation of a detailed tracking and tracing plan which is established based on cargo movement identified at the time of booking. Through multi-carrier/operator connectivity, operational shipment data is then updated into the tracking tool on a real-time basis. This provides 100% visibility to comprehensive cargo information thereby enabling decision-making related to a shipment. HITS has a built-in alert engine that is used by shippers and internal associates to alert users of deviations from the original trip plan to allow for proactive correction to ensure timely shipment deliverables. HITS leverages best-in-class technology and supports global standards. HITS is fully scalable to handle current business plus volumes much greater than we manage today. HITS can accommodate all major channels of communication, (i.e. telephone, Internet, voice response, radio frequency identification devices (referred to as RFID), electronic data interchange (referred to as EDI), wireless, etc). We have also made available to our customers, through HITS, automated cargo booking, tracking and tracing so our customers can reduce their labor time and costs with respect to these activities. Our competitors do not have a comparable cargo booking, tracking and tracing system for their customers.

 

79


Table of Contents

Customer Recognition and Awards.    Our track record of service and operational excellence has been widely recognized by some of the most demanding customers in the world. For example, we have received the “Outstanding Ocean Service Provider Award” from Lowe’s Companies, Inc. for the last four years for which this award has been announced. We have also received the “Logistics Partners Excellence Award” from Toyota Motor Corporation, for on-time performance where we were judged against all of Toyota’s global shippers, for the last five years for which this award has been announced and the “Carrier of the Year Award” by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. for three of the last four years for which this award has been announced. These and numerous other accolades reflect our commitment to serving customers in a professional and timely fashion.

 

Vessel Fleet

 

The table below lists our vessel fleet, which is the largest containership fleet within the Jones Act markets, as of December 26, 2004. Our vessel fleet consists of 16 vessels of varying classes and specification, 15 of which are actively deployed, with one spare vessel typically available for dry-dock relief.

 

Vessel Name


  Market

   Year
Built


   TEU(1)

   Reefer
Capacity(2)


   Max.
Speed


   Owned/
Chartered


   Charter
Expiration


Horizon Anchorage

  Alaska    1987    1,668    280    20.0 kts    Chartered    2-Jan-15

Horizon Tacoma

  Alaska    1987    1,668    280    20.0 kts    Chartered    2-Jan-15

Horizon Kodiak

  Alaska    1987    1,668    280    20.0 kts    Chartered    2-Jan-15

Horizon Expedition(3)

  Hawaii & Guam    1973    1,476    140    22.5 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Navigator

  Hawaii & Guam    1972    2,386    100    21.0 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Trader

  Hawaii & Guam    1972    2,386    100    21.0 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Pacific

  Hawaii & Guam    1980    2,407    100    21.0 kts    Chartered    1-Jul-07

Horizon Enterprise

  Hawaii & Guam    1980    2,407    150    21.0 kts    Chartered    1-Jul-07

Horizon Consumer

  Hawaii & Guam    1973    1,751    170    22.0 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Spirit

  Hawaii & Guam    1980    2,653    100    22.0 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Reliance

  Hawaii & Guam    1980    2,653    100    22.0 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Producer

  Puerto Rico    1974    1,751    170    22.0 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Challenger

  Puerto Rico    1968    1,424    71    21.2 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Discovery

  Puerto Rico    1968    1,442    70    21.2 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Crusader

  Puerto Rico    1969    1,376    70    21.2 kts    Owned    —  

Horizon Hawaii

  Puerto Rico    1973    1,420    170    22.5 kts    Owned    —  

(1) Twenty-foot equivalent unit, or TEU, is a standard measure of cargo volume correlated to the volume of a standard 20-foot dry cargo container.
(2) Reefer capacity, or refrigerated container capacity, refers to the total number of 40-foot equivalent units, or FEUs, which the vessel can hold. The FEU is a standard measure of refrigerated cargo volume correlated to the volume of a standard 40-foot reefer, or refrigerated cargo container.
(3) Typically serves as a spare vessel available for deployment in any of our markets.

 

Our Vessel Charters

 

Five of our vessels are leased, or chartered, by certain of our subsidiaries. These chartered vessels have charter termination dates in 2007 and 2015. Under the charter for each chartered vessel, these subsidiaries generally have the following options in connection with the expiration of the charter: purchase the vessel for its fair market value; extend the charter for an agreed upon period of time at a fair market value charter rate; or return the vessel to its owner.

 

The obligations of the subsidiaries under the existing charters for our chartered vessels are guaranteed by our former parent, CSX Corporation, and certain of its affiliates. In turn, certain of our subsidiaries are parties to the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement, referred

 

80


Table of Contents

to herein as the GIA, with CSX Corporation and certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which these subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify these CSX entities if any of them should be called upon by any owner of the chartered vessels to make payments to such owner under the guarantees referred to above. For further information regarding the GIA, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement.”

 

Our Container Fleet

 

As summarized in the table below, our container fleet consists of owned and leased containers of different types and sizes as of December 26, 2004:

 

Container Type


   Owned

   Leased

   Combined

20’ Standard Dry

   57    692    749

20’ Flat Rack

   2    —      2

20’ Standard Opentop

   1    —      1

20’ Miscellaneous

   93    —      93

20’ Tank

   2    —      2

40’ Standard Dry

   188    3,151    3,339

40’ Flat Rack

   390    275    665

40’ High-Cube Dry

   73    5,907    5,980

40’ Standard Insulated

   53    —      53

40’ High-Cube Insulated

   420    —      420

40’ Standard Opentop

   1    99    100

40’ Miscellaneous

   87    —      87

40’ Tank

   5    —      5

40’ Car Carrier

   167    —      167

40’ Standard Reefer

   55    —      55

40’ High-Cube Reefer

   3,085    3,065    6,150

45’ High-Cube Dry

   479    3,565    4,044

45’ High-Cube Insulated

   475    —      475

45’ High-Cube Reefer

   2    —      2
    
  
  

Total

   5,635    16,754    22,389
    
  
  

 

All of our container leases are operating leases. As our container leases expire, we typically will enter into new operating leases for new containers.

 

Maersk Arrangements

 

In connection with the sale of the international marine container operations of Sea-Land by our former parent, CSX Corporation, to Maersk, in December 1999, our predecessor, CSX Lines, LLC entered into a number of commercial agreements with Maersk that encompass terminal services, equipment sharing, sales agency services, trucking services and cargo space charters. These agreements, which were renewed and amended in May 2004, generally are now scheduled to expire at the end of 2007. Maersk is our terminal service provider in the continental U.S., at our ports in Elizabeth, New Jersey, Jacksonville, Florida, Houston, Texas, New Orleans, Louisiana, Tacoma, Washington, and Oakland and Los Angeles, California. We are Maersk’s terminal operator in Hawaii, Guam, Alaska and Puerto Rico. We share containers with Maersk and also pool chassis and generator sets with Maersk. We are Maersk’s sales agent in Alaska, Hawaii, Guam and Puerto Rico, and Maersk serves as our sales agent in Canada. On the U.S. west coast, we provide trucking services for Maersk.

 

Under our cargo space charter agreement with Maersk, we operate 5 U.S.-flagged vessels that sail from the U.S. west coast to Hawaii, continuing from Hawaii on to Guam, and then from Guam on to two ports in Asia, with a return trip to Tacoma, Washington, and Oakland, California. We utilize Maersk containers to carry a portion of our cargo westbound to Hawaii and Guam, where the contents of these

 

81


Table of Contents

containers are then unloaded. We then ship the empty Maersk containers onwards to the two ports in Asia. When these vessels arrive in Asia, Maersk unloads these empty containers and replaces them with loaded containers on our vessels for the return trip to the U.S. west coast. We use Maersk equipment on our service to Hawaii from our U.S. west coast ports as well as from select U.S. inland locations. We achieve significantly greater vessel capacity utilization and revenue on this route as a result of this arrangement.

 

Security

 

Heightened awareness of maritime security needs, brought about by the events of September 11, 2001 and several maritime attacks around the globe, have caused the United Nations through its International Maritime Organization (referred to herein as the IMO), the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, through its Coast Guard arm, and the states and local ports to adopt a more stringent set of security procedures relating to the interface between port facilities and vessels. In addition, the U.S. Congress and the current administration have enacted legislation requiring the implementation of Coast Guard approved vessel and facility security plans. We were one of the first Jones Act companies to develop and obtain Coast Guard approval for our vessel and terminal security plans in advance of the July 1, 2004 effective date for this requirement.

 

Certain aspects of our security plans require our investing in infrastructure upgrades to ensure compliance. We have applied in the past and continue to apply going forward for federal grants to offset the incremental expense of these security investments. While we were successful through two rounds of funding to secure substantial grants for specific security projects, the 2006 federal budget proposal, currently pending before Congress, would eliminate the port security grant program as it currently exists and replace it with a grant program where U.S. ports compete for funding alongside other transportation infrastructure needs. In addition, the current administration is reviewing the criteria for awarding such grants. Such changes could have a negative impact on our ability to win grant funding in the future.

 

IT Systems

 

HITS, our proprietary ocean shipping and logistics information technology system, is substantially more advanced than the cargo booking, tracking and tracing systems employed by our competitors. HITS provides a platform to accomplish a shipping transaction from start to finish in a cost-effective, streamlined manner. HITS provides an extensive database of information relevant to the shipment of containerized cargo and captures all critical aspects of every shipment booked with us. In addition, HITS produces bills of lading, customs documents and invoices. Finally, customers can book shipments, provide shipping instructions and access all information available within HITS through an advanced Internet portal. Our portal implementation strategy is to link customers into our systems. Customers utilizing the portal, also called a traffic management system, have access and real-time visibility similar to our own customer service teams and can choose to automate their booking, tracking and tracing of cargo. Over 60% of our bookings are currently performed by customers on-line through HITS.

 

We believe that HITS is highly valued by customers with just-in-time logistical needs and provides us with a strong point of differentiation relative to competitors. In addition, as customers adopt HITS, they in turn can reduce their in-house staffing needs as they migrate from developing documentation to an automated and electronic alternative such as HITS. We expect that such continued adoption of HITS will enhance our long-standing customer relationships.

 

Capital Construction Fund

 

The Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended, permits the limited deferral of U.S. federal income taxes on earnings from eligible U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels if the earnings are deposited into a Capital Construction Fund, or CCF, pursuant to an agreement with the U.S. Maritime Administration, or

 

82


Table of Contents

MARAD. The amounts on deposit in a CCF can be withdrawn and used for the acquisition, construction or reconstruction of U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels or U.S.-built containers, in both cases, for operation only on trade routes between ports in the continental U.S. and ports in Alaska, Hawaii or Puerto Rico, on trade routes between ports in Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico, on trade routes on the Great Lakes, and on trade routes between U.S. ports and foreign ports.

 

Horizon Lines, LLC, a subsidiary of the issuer, has a CCF agreement with MARAD under which it deposits into the CCF earnings attributable to the operation of our sixteen vessels and makes withdrawals of funds from the CCF to acquire U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels and U.S.-built 40-foot high-cube refrigeration units. Four used U.S.-built and U.S.-flagged vessels (Horizon Hawaii, Horizon Expedition, Horizon Navigator and Horizon Trader) were acquired by Horizon Lines in 2003 and 2004 for $25.2 million through the exercise of purchase options under the charters for these vessels. Over the next several years, we expect to consider a number of other vessel and container refrigeration unit acquisition options under Horizon Lines’ CCF agreement.

 

Horizon Lines’ CCF agreement may be modified by it with the agreement of MARAD when we make decisions on the specifics of our future acquisitions under the CCF agreement. Amounts on deposit in Horizon Lines’ CCF cannot be withdrawn for other than the qualified purposes specified in the CCF agreement. Any non-qualified withdrawals are subject to federal income tax at the highest marginal rate. In addition, such tax is subject to an interest charge based upon the number of years the funds have been on deposit. If Horizon Lines’ CCF agreement were terminated, funds then on deposit in the CCF would be treated as non-qualified withdrawals for that taxable year. In addition, if a vessel built, acquired, or reconstructed with CCF funds is operated in a prohibited trade, the owner must repay a proportionate amount of the tax benefits. Vessels built with CCF funds are restricted from operating in the contiguous Jones Act trade for 20 years after delivery, and vessels acquired or reconstructed with CCF funds are restricted for a period of ten years. $25.2 million of our taxable income attributable to the operation of our vessels has been, in accordance with Horizon Lines’ CCF agreement, deposited into the CCF and then withdrawn in qualified withdrawals and applied to the purchase price of the four vessels purchased by Horizon Lines in 2003 and 2004. Our consolidated balance sheets at December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004 include liabilities of approximately $4.2 million and $7.9 million, respectively, for deferred taxes on deposits in our CCF.

 

Construction-Differential Subsidy

 

Thirteen of our vessels were built with construction differential subsidies provided by the U.S. Department of Transportation under Title V of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936. The grant of these subsidies was subject to the imposition of certain operating restrictions which generally limit the operation of the vessels to foreign trade routes, provided that these vessels may carry cargo between U.S. ports in the course of foreign voyages if portions of the related subsidies are repaid in connection therewith. Three of our vessels are still subject to these operating restrictions. We currently operate these three vessels on trade routes between the U.S. west coast and Asia, with stops in Hawaii and Guam, and make subsidy repayments in respect of the portions of these voyages between Hawaii and the U.S. west coast. For the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, we made subsidy repayments of $2.0 million. None of our vessels will be subject to these restrictions a year from now.

 

Employees

 

As of December 26, 2004, we had 1,742 employees, of which approximately 1,172 were represented by seven labor unions.

 

83


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the unions which represent our employees, the number of employees represented by these unions and the expiration dates of the related collective bargaining agreements.

 

Union


   Collective Bargaining
Agreement(s)
Expiration Date


  Number of Our
Employees
Represented (as of
December 26, 2004)


 

International Brotherhood of Teamsters

   March 31, 2008   257  

International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Alaska

   June 30, 2005   149  

International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Puerto Rico

   October 31, 2010   1  

International Longshore & Warehouseman’s Union (ILWU)

   July 1, 2008   91  

International Longshore and Warehouseman’s Union, Alaska (ILWU-Alaska)

   June 30, 2007   60  

International Longshoremen’s Association, AFL-CIO (ILA)

   September 30, 2010      (1)

International Longshoremen’s Association, AFL-CIO, Puerto Rico

   October 31, 2010(2)   86  

Marine Engineers Beneficial Association (MEBA)

   June 15, 2012   87  

International Organization of Masters, Mates & Pilots, AFL-CIO (MMP)

   June 15, 2012   69  

Office & Professional Employees International Union, AFL-CIO

   November 9, 2007   67  

Seafarers International Union (SIU)

   June 15, 2006   305  

(1) Multi-employer arrangement representing workers in the industry, including workers who may perform services for us but are not our employees.
(2) Collective bargaining agreement is subject to a pending ratification vote by the active members of the local union in Puerto Rico.

 

The table below provides a breakdown of headcount by non-contiguous Jones Act market and function for our non-union employees as of December 26, 2004.

 

     Corporate

   Alaska
Market


   Hawaii
and
Guam
Market


   Puerto
Rico
Market


   Total

     Charlotte

   Dallas/
Other


           

Senior Management

   8    3    1    2    1    15

Operations

   2    54    33    78    52    219

Sales and Marketing

   3    6    24    31    56    120

Customer Service / Documentation

   —      62    2    12    —      76

Administration

   34    71    6    19    10    140
    
  
  
  
  
  

Total Headcount

   47    196    66    142    119    570
    
  
  
  
  
  

 

Insurance

 

We maintain insurance policies to cover risks related to physical damage to our vessels and vessel equipment, other equipment (including containers, chassis, terminal equipment and trucks) and property, as well as with respect to third-party liabilities arising from the carriage of goods and the operation of vessels and shore-side equipment and general liabilities which may arise through the course of our normal business operations. We also maintain limited business interruption insurance and directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

 

We have arranged for marine insurance covering our vessels in line with currently prevailing industry practice for fleets comparable to ours. Our marine insurance policies include:

 

Hull and Machinery.    We maintain marine hull and machinery insurance providing coverage for damage to, or total or constructive loss of, a vessel. We also maintain war risk insurance, which insures the risk of damage and total or constructive total loss of an insured vessel directly caused by

 

84


Table of Contents

certain warlike situations such as military use of weapons or terrorist activities. A further portion of the declared value of each vessel is also covered under an “increased value” insurance policy, in order to meet additional expenses that might arise from the total loss of the vessel. In addition, we maintain mortgagees’ interest and lessors’ interest insurance policies to provide cover to the mortgagees or lessors of our vessels in the event of our breach of our marine hull and machinery insurance. We also maintain certificates of financial responsibility for our vessels that act as guarantees of the satisfaction of any liabilities arising under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance.    We maintain protection and indemnity insurance, referred to herein as P&I, that provides cover for third-party claims arising from the carriage of goods including loss or damage to cargo; claims arising from the operation of owned and chartered vessels including injury or death to crew or third parties; claims arising from collisions with other vessels; damage to other third-party property; pollution arising from oil and other substances; and salvage and other related costs. Currently the available amount of coverage under our P&I insurance for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. Our P&I cover is provided by the UK Club, a mutual P&I club which is a member of the International Group Association of P&I Clubs, or International Group. Member clubs of the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each club’s liabilities. Each member club of the International Group has capped its exposure to each of its members at approximately $4.25 billion. As a member of a club, which in turn is a member of the International Group, we may be subject to additional premiums. Our total premium is based on our own claims record, the total claims record of the other members of our club, and the aggregate claims record of all other clubs that are members of the International Group and the clubs’ costs for reinsurance. In addition, we maintain contingent P&I insurance to provide cover to the mortgagees or lessors of our vessels in the event of our breach of our P&I insurance policy.

 

We also maintain additional insurance policies to cover a number of other risks including workers compensation, third-party property damage and personal injury claims, cargo claims, employment, fiduciary, crime and directors’ and officers’ liability.

 

We believe that our current insurance coverage provides adequate protection against the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. However, there can be no assurance that all risks are adequately insured against, that any particular claim will be paid or that we will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. Consistent with industry practice, our insurance policies are subject to commercially reasonable deductibles or self-retention amounts.

 

Environmental Regulation

 

Our operations are subject to a wide variety of international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations and international agreements governing maritime operations and environmental protection, including limiting discharges into the environment, imposing operating requirements, and establishing standards for the handling, generation, emission, release, discharge, treatment, storage and disposal of certain materials, substances and wastes and requirements for clean up of contaminated waterways, soil and groundwater. These laws are often complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time.

 

In jurisdictions such as the United States, such obligations, including but not limited to those under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act, may be strict and joint and several and may apply to conditions at properties presently or formerly owned or operated by an entity or its predecessors, as well as to conditions at properties at which waste or other contamination attributable to an entity or its predecessors have been sent or otherwise come to be located. These laws may also impose liability for personal injury, property damage and

 

85


Table of Contents

damages to natural resources due to the presence of, or exposure to, oil or hazardous substances. In addition, many of these laws provide for substantial fines, orders (including orders to cease operations) and criminal sanctions for violations. In the case of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, each responsible party for a vessel or facility from which oil is discharged will be strictly liable, jointly and severally, for all oil spill removal costs and certain other damages arising from the discharge up to its limits of liability, which can be broken if the incident was caused by the responsible party’s gross negligence, the violation of an applicable federal safety, construction, or operating regulation, or if the responsible party fails to report the incident or cooperate in the response. Liability for discharges of oil, hazardous substances, and other pollutants may also be imposed under the Refuse Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act. All of our operations and properties must comply with these laws and, in some cases, we are required to obtain and maintain permits in connection with our operations and activities. Although we believe that we are in material compliance with these permits and the applicable environmental laws, non-compliance may occur and, if so, can result in additional costs and possible penalties. Moreover, it is difficult to predict the future development of or enforcement policies applied for such laws and regulations or their impact on our business or results of operations.

 

We are required by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act to establish and maintain for each of our vessels evidence of financial responsibility to meet the maximum liability to which we can be subject under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act, and to adopt procedures for oil and hazardous substance spill prevention, response, and clean up. We have established and maintain evidence of financial responsibility by our filing of an insurance guaranty form, in accordance with 33 CFR 138, to meet liability under Section 1002 of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, and under Section 107 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act, which may result from the operation of our vessels. Although we have insurance coverage for these environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any such claims will not have a material adverse affect on our business, operations and financial condition. In addition, we are subject to, among other laws, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships as amended and as implemented in the United States by the Act to Prevent Pollution from Ships, which requires specific pollution prevention equipment and operating and record keeping procedures, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Refuse Act, all of which provide for substantial administrative and civil fines, as well as criminal sanctions for violations.

 

Our operations occasionally generate and require the transportation, treatment and disposal of both hazardous and non-hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and comparable state and local requirements. In the course of our vessel and terminal operations, from time to time we engage contractors to remove and dispose of hazardous waste at offsite disposal facilities. If such materials are disposed of by third parties in violation of applicable law, we could still be jointly and severally liable with the disposal contractor for the clean-up costs and any resulting damages under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation & Liability Act or the equivalent state laws. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has determined not to classify most common types of used oil as a hazardous waste, provided that certain recycling standards are met. Some states in which we operate, however, have classified used oil as hazardous.

 

The Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. In December 1999, the EPA issued a final rule regarding emissions standards for marine diesel engines. The final rule applies emissions standards to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. In the preamble to the final rule, the EPA noted that it may revisit the application of emissions standards to rebuilt or remanufactured engines, if the industry does not take steps to

 

86


Table of Contents

introduce new pollution control technologies. Finally, the EPA recently entered into a settlement that will expand this rulemaking to include certain large diesel engines not previously addressed in the final rule. Adoption of such standards could require modifications to some existing marine diesel engines and may result in material expenditures.

 

The Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2004 amended the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 to require all self-propelled non-tank vessels of 400 gross tons or greater that carry oil of any kind as fuel for main propulsion and that are either U.S.- or foreign-flag vessels operating on U.S. navigable waters to prepare and submit to the U.S. Coast Guard for approval a vessel response plan by August 8, 2005. This new requirement applies to our vessels. The U.S. Coast Guard has issued interim guidelines for the development and review of vessel response plans, which are plans for responding to a discharge, or threat of a discharge, of oil from non-tank vessels. The U.S. Coast Guard is in the process of issuing regulations, but noted that until the regulations are in effect, non-tank vessels must have a valid interim authorization letter or valid authorization letter in order to operate on or after August 9, 2005. If vessels do not obtain such authorization, their operations may be subject to suspension or other enforcement action.

 

In addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway or seacoast have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance, along with imposing contingency, response planning, and financial responsibility requirements separate and distinct from those required by federal law. These state laws may be more stringent than federal law and in some cases have no statutory limits of liability.

 

We have incurred and expect to incur costs for our operations to comply with the requirements under applicable environmental laws, and these costs could increase in the future. While these costs have not been significant, we cannot guarantee they will not be material in the future.

 

There are no existing material environmental claims against us. We are conducting limited remediation at our facility located in Anchorage, Alaska, arising out of historical facility operations. We do not anticipate incurring any material costs associated with this matter, but there can be no assurance future costs will not be material if new conditions are discovered or there is a change in the regulatory requirements.

 

Regulatory

 

As a shipping and logistics company, we are subject to all of the ordinary and usual federal, state and local employment, environmental and other regulatory regimes including the National Labor Relations Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act, various state and local anti-discrimination laws, federal and state anti-pollution and waste disposal laws, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and other worker protection laws.

 

In addition, we must comply with laws and regulations related to vessel operations administered by the U.S. Coast Guard, the U.S. Maritime Administration, the U.S. Bureau of Customs and Border Protection and the U.S. Department of Labor. Also, to the extent not subject to exemption, our rates, rules and practices in dealing with our customers are subject to regulation by the STB. We are also subject to various additional regulations as a contractor engaged by the U.S. government.

 

The International Maritime Organization, referred to as the “IMO”, which operates under the auspices of the United Nations, has adopted stringent safety standards as part of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, sometimes referred to as “SOLAS,” which is applicable to our vessels. Among other things, SOLAS establishes vessel design, structural features, materials, construction, life saving equipment, safe management and operation, and security requirements to improve vessel safety and security. The SOLAS requirements are revised from time to time, with the most recent modifications being phased-in through 2010.

 

87


Table of Contents

In 1993, SOLAS was amended to incorporate the International Safety Management Code, referred to as the “ISM Code.” The ISM Code provides an international standard for the safe management and operation of ships and for pollution prevention. The ISM Code became mandatory for container vessel operators in 2002. All of our operations and vessels have obtained the required certificates demonstrating compliance with the ISM Code and are regularly inspected by the U.S. Coast Guard, as well as the international authorities acting under the provisions of their international agreements related to port state control authority, the process by which a nation exercises authority over foreign vessels when the vessels are in the waters subject to its jurisdiction.

 

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations, including SOLAS and the ISM Code, affecting our operations.

 

Facilities

 

We lease all of our facilities, including our terminal and office facilities located at each of the ports upon which our vessels call as well as our central sales and administrative offices and regional sales offices. The following table sets forth the locations, descriptions, and square footage of our significant facilities as of December 26, 2004:

 

Location


  

Description of Facility


   Square Footage(1)

 

Anchorage, Alaska

   Stevedoring building and various terminal and related property    1,356,313  

Atlanta, Georgia

   Regional sales office    911  

Charlotte, North Carolina

   Corporate Headquarters    25,592  

Chicago, Illinois

   Regional sales office    1,533  

Dallas, Texas

   Operations center    42,511  

Dutch Harbor, Alaska

   Office and various terminal and related property    558,616  

Elizabeth, New Jersey

   Terminal supervision and sales office    2,400  

Honolulu, Hawaii

   Terminal property    29,108 (2)

Houston, Texas

   Terminal supervision and sales office    497  

Jacksonville, Florida

   Terminal supervision and sales office    3,848  

Kenilworth, New Jersey

   Ocean shipping services office    10,000  

Kodiak, Alaska

   Office and various terminal and related property    208,677  

Long Beach, California

   Terminal supervision office    843,011  

Oakland, California

   Office and various terminal and related property    325,305  

Piti, Guam

   Office and various terminal and related property    24,837  

Renton, Washington

   Regional sales office    9,010  

San Juan, Puerto Rico

   Office and various terminal and related property    3,346,540  

Tacoma, Washington

   Office and various terminal and related property    794,314  

(1) Square footage for marine terminal facilities excludes common use areas used by other terminal customers and us.
(2) Excludes 1,647,952 square feet of terminal property which we have the option to use and pay for on an as-needed basis.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of our business, from time to time, we become involved in various legal proceedings. These relate primarily to claims for loss or damage to cargo, employee’s personal injury claims, and claims for loss or damage to the person or property of third parties. We generally maintain insurance, subject to customary deductibles or self-retention amounts, and/or reserves to cover these types of claims. We also, from time to time, become involved in routine employment-related disputes and disputes with parties with which we have contracts.

 

88


Table of Contents

Except as described below, we are not aware of any material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, to which we are a party or of which our property is the subject.

 

There are two actions currently pending before the STB involving Horizon Lines. The first action, brought by the Government of Guam in 1998 on behalf of itself and its citizens against Horizon Lines and Matson Navigation Co., seeks a ruling from the STB that Horizon Lines’ Guam shipping rates during 1996-1998 were “unreasonable” under the ICC Termination Act of 1995, or ICCTA, and an order awarding reparations to Guam and its citizens. The STB has asked the parties to brief the threshold issue of what methodology should be applied in determining “rate reasonableness” under the ICCTA. This issue was fully briefed in June 2002 and the parties are awaiting a ruling. An adverse ruling could result in significant damages and could affect Horizon Lines’ current and future rate structure for its Guam shipping. An adverse STB decision could also affect the rates that Horizon Lines would be permitted to charge on its other routes.

 

The second action currently pending before the STB involving Horizon Lines, brought by DHX, Inc. in 1999 against Horizon Lines and Matson, challenges the reasonableness of certain rates and practices of Horizon Lines and Matson. DHX is a major freight forwarder in the domestic Hawaii trade. Freight forwarders typically accept less than full container loads of cargo, consolidate these loads into full container loads, and offer the full container load to the ocean carriers. Some freight forwarders, including DHX, also solicit full container loads from shippers. Among other things, DHX charged that Horizon Lines and Matson took actions that were intended to prevent all freight forwarders in the Hawaii trade from competing with the carriers for the full container load business. DHX is seeking $11.0 million in damages. In addition to the award of damages, an adverse ruling could affect Horizon Lines’ current and future rate structure for its Hawaii shipping. An adverse STB decision could also affect the rates that Horizon Lines would be permitted to charge on its other routes. On December 13, 2004, the STB (i) dismissed all of the allegations of unlawful activity contained in DHX’s complaint; (ii) found that Horizon Lines met all of its tariff filing obligations; and (iii) reaffirmed the STB’s earlier holdings that the anti-discrimination provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act, which was repealed by the ICCTA, are no longer applicable to Horizon’s business. However, DHX has filed a motion for reconsideration of the STB’s order. We have filed an opposition to this motion. No assurance can be given that the final decision of the STB with respect to this matter will be favorable to us.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We own or have rights to use all material or significant trademarks, trade names, tag lines or logos used in our business. We have a registered U.S. trademark for Horizon Services Group®, as well as for the “Captain” suite of shipping programs that we have developed and currently comprise a portion of HITS. We also have or have applied for copyright and trademark or service mark protection for various other names, lines and pictures we use in connection with our sales and promotional activity including Horizon Lines®, Sea-Logix, Horizon Global Ocean Management System®, Horizon Services Group Transportation Solutions® and What’s On Your Horizon?®. We have received from Maersk a perpetual, exclusive, royalty-free license to use SL in block letters or in any logo format, in either case as a stand-alone mark or as part of a broader mark, in connection with the conduct of our Jones Act business. In addition, we have received from Maersk a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to make, use or sell products in connection with the conduct of our Jones Act business that utilize various patents held by Maersk for shipping-related equipment, devices and methods. The duration of this license is based on the lives of these patents.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers and the members of our board of directors as of December 26, 2004:

 

Name


  Age

  

Position


Charles G. Raymond

  61    President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

John V. Keenan

  47    Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

M. Mark Urbania

  41    Senior Vice President-Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary

Karen H. Richards

  51    Vice President, Sales and Marketing, of Horizon Lines

Kenneth L. Privratsky

  58    Vice President and General Manager, Alaska, of Horizon Lines

Robert S. Zuckerman

  60    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Brian W. Taylor

  46    Vice President and General Manager, Hawaii and Guam, of Horizon Lines

Gabriel M. Serra

  45    Vice President and General Manager, Puerto Rico, of Horizon Lines

John K. Castle

  64    Director

Marcel Fournier

  50    Director

Admiral James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.)

  83    Director

James G. Cameron

  58    Director

Ernie L. Danner

  50    Director

 

Charles G. Raymond has served as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer since July 2004. Mr. Raymond has held various senior management positions during his 39-year transportation career, including Group Vice President—Operations and Senior Vice President and Chief Transportation Officer of Sea-Land Service, Inc. from 1994 through 1999. He was an Executive Officer of CSX Corporation from 1994 to 2003. From 1999 until 2003, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sea-Land Service Domestic Shipping and CSX Lines, L.L.C. From May 2000 to May 2003, he served as Chairman of the Marine Transportation National Advisory Council (MTSNAC), which was established by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation. He is a graduate of the United States Merchant Marine Academy (1965) and the Harvard Business School Advanced Management program (1993).

 

John V. Keenan has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since July 2004. He is responsible for the integrity of Horizon Lines’ operational network and oversees vessel operations, terminal operations, inland operations and equipment utilization. Mr. Keenan moved to Sea-Land in 1983 where he held numerous leadership positions. He most recently served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing for Horizon Lines from December 2000 to July 2003. A 23-year veteran of the transportation industry, he began his career in 1979 with the Marine Engineers Benevolent Association, sailing in the capacity of vessel engineer. He holds a BE in Marine Engineering from the State University of New York at Fort Schuyler and an MBA from the University of Tennessee.

 

M. Mark Urbania has served as Senior Vice President—Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary since July 2004. He is responsible for accounting, finance, treasury management, human resources, information technology, law and procurement for Horizon Lines and its business units. Mr. Urbania joined Horizon Lines from Piedmont / Hawthorne Holdings, Inc., a $300 million general aviation holding company, where he held the position of Senior Vice President, Treasurer and CFO from July 2000 to November 2003. Previously, he was CFO at I360, a high-tech start-up, from 1999 to 2000, and before that he was an executive at TK Holdings, a privately held manufacturer of automotive safety systems. Mr. Urbania has an accounting degree from Walsh University in Canton, Ohio. He is a Certified Public Accountant and began his career in public accounting with Peat Marwick Main & Company.

 

90


Table of Contents

Karen H. Richards has served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing, of Horizon Lines since July 1, 2003. She is responsible for the entire North America sales organization and manages Horizon Lines’ corporate marketing initiatives. Ms. Richards joined Sea-Land in 1988 and held various management positions, including Marketing Manager, Director of Refrigerated Cargo and General Manager titles in the Northeast, Mid-West and for national strategic accounts. Most recently, she served as General Manager of Sales for Horizon Lines in Puerto Rico from April 2001 to June 2003. Prior to that, she was Vice President Sales for Aqua-Gulf International from October 1999 until March 2001. Her 20-year career in transportation began with Biehl & Company in New Orleans.

 

Kenneth L. Privratsky has served as Vice President and General Manager, Alaska, of Horizon Lines since December 2002. He joined Horizon Lines following a 33-year career in the U.S. Army and retirement as a Major General. From July 1999 to October 2002, he was the Commanding General of the Military Traffic Management Command, Alexandria, Virginia. Mr. Privratsky received an MBA from Adelphi University and an MA in English from Purdue University.

 

Robert S. Zuckerman has served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2004. Prior to serving in his current positions, Mr. Zuckerman was Deputy General Counsel and Secretary of Sea-Land Service from 1990 to 2000. He has been with Horizon Lines and its predecessors for 27 years. Prior to his employment with Horizon Lines, Mr. Zuckerman served as Assistant Chief with the U.S. Department of Justice, Antitrust Division, where he worked on the President’s Deregulation Task Force. Mr. Zuckerman is a former Chairman of the Transportation and Industry Regulation Committees of the Antitrust Section of the American Bar Association. Mr. Zuckerman is a graduate of Brandeis University and received his law degree from Brooklyn Law School.

 

Brian W. Taylor has served as Vice President and General Manager, Hawaii and Guam, of Horizon Lines since June 2000. He is responsible for the operational, sales and strategic activities of the Hawaii and Guam markets. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Taylor was Vice President and General Manager for the Puerto Rico market from July 1998 to June 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Taylor held management positions in sales and marketing both in North America and in Asia, including General Manager, Buyers and Shippers Consolidated BSE, Hong Kong, an affiliate of Sea-Land. He joined Sea-Land in 1984 as a sales representative in Montreal, Canada. Mr. Taylor received his BA and MBA in Business and Financial Management from Concordia College.

 

Gabriel M. Serra has served as Vice President and General Manager, Puerto Rico, of Horizon Lines since June 2000. He is responsible for the operational, sales and strategic activities of the Puerto Rico market. Prior to assuming his present position, Mr. Serra had been developing Horizon Lines’ agency operations in Puerto Rico as Director, Business Development from January 2000 to June 2000. From 1995 until December 1999, he was General Manager, East Coast South America at Sea-Land. A 22-year veteran of the transportation industry, Mr. Serra joined Sea-Land as Pricing Manager for the Caribbean in 1990. During his tenure with Sea-Land, he has held numerous management positions in Central and South America, including General Manager, Honduras and Nicaragua and Costa Rica / Panama. Mr. Serra began his career in transportation with Concorde Shipping in New Orleans, rising to the position of Vice President of Marketing and Pricing. Prior to being employed by Sea-Land, he was Vice President of Pricing and Traffic for Sea-Barge, Inc.

 

John K. Castle has served as a Director since July 2004. Mr. Castle is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Castle Harlan. Prior to forming Castle Harlan in 1987, Mr. Castle was President and Chief Executive Officer of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc., one of the nation’s leading investment banking firms. At that time, he also served as a director of the Equitable Life Assurance Society of the U.S. Mr. Castle is a board member of Adobe Air Holdings, Inc., Advanced Accessory Systems, LLC, Wilshire Restaurant Group, Inc., Morton’s Restaurant Group, Inc. and various private

 

91


Table of Contents

equity companies. Mr. Castle has also been elected to serve as a life member of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has served for twenty-two years as a trustee of New York Medical College, including eleven of those years as Chairman of the Board. He is a member of the Board of the Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, and was Founding Chairman of the Whitehead Board of Associates. He is also a member of The New York Presbyterian Hospital Board of Trustees and Chairman of the Columbia-Presbyterian Health Sciences Advisory Council. Mr. Castle received his bachelors degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, his MBA as a Baker Scholar with High Distinction from Harvard, and two Honorary Doctorate degrees of Humane Letters.

 

Marcel Fournier has served as a Director since July 2004. Mr. Fournier is a Senior Managing Director of Castle Harlan, Inc. He is also a board member of Advanced Accessory Systems, Associated Packaging Corporation and Gravograph Industrie International. Prior to joining Castle Harlan in 1995, Mr. Fournier held various positions, including Managing Director, at the investment banking group of Lepercq, de Neuflize & Co., Inc. from 1981 to 1995. From 1979 to 1981, Mr. Fournier was Assistant Director of the United States office of the agency of the French Prime Minister.

 

Admiral James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.) has served as a Director since July 2004. He is a retired Naval Officer who served as Chief of Naval Operations and as a member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff from 1974 to 1978. After his retirement from 1981 to 1989 he was President of the Council of American Flag Ship Operators, a national trade association representing the owners and operators of U.S.-flagged vessels in foreign trade. In 1995, he served as Executive Director of the Presidential Task Force on combating terrorism. From 1985 to 1989, he was a member of the President’s Blue Ribbon Integrated Defense Strategy. In 1986, Admiral Holloway was appointed Special Envoy of the Vice President to the Middle East and from 1990 to 1992, he served in a presidential appointment as U.S. Representative to the South Pacific Commission. Admiral Holloway is Chairman Emeritus of the Historic Annapolis Foundation, the Naval Academy Foundation, and the Board of Trustees of Saint James School. He is currently Chairman of the Naval Historical Foundation.

 

James G. Cameron has served as a Director since July 2004. Mr. Cameron is President of Omega Management, LLC, a management consulting firm specializing in the petrochemical services industry. Mr. Cameron previously served as a director of Statia Terminals Group N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation, from February 6, 1997, until the liquidation of the corporation following its sale of all of its operations on February 28, 2002. Mr. Cameron joined a predecessor of Statia Terminals Group in 1981, and held various positions with predecessors and subsidiaries of Statia Terminals Group, including President and Chairman of the Board of Statia Terminals, Inc., the principal management and administrative subsidiary of Statia Terminals Group, from 1993 until June 30, 2002. He has been a director of Statia Terminals Cayman, Inc. since April 20, 1999, and has been a director of Petroterminal de Panama, S.A. since April 23, 2003. His prior experience in the petroleum industry dates back to 1969 when he joined Cities Service Company as a marine engineer. Mr. Cameron subsequently joined Pakhoed USA, Inc., where he served in a variety of management positions. Mr. Cameron is a 1969 graduate of the United States Merchant Marine Academy. Statia Terminals is a former portfolio company of The Castle Harlan Group.

 

Ernie L. Danner has served as a Director since November 2004. He is President, Latin American Division, of Universal Compression, Inc. Mr. Danner was Executive Vice President of Universal Compression Holdings, Inc., from April 1999 until November 2002. From 1998 until April 1999, Mr. Danner served as Chief Financial Officer of Universal Compression Holdings, Inc. From May 1997 until 1998, Mr. Danner served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of INDSPEC Chemical Company and he also served as a director. Mr. Danner also serves on the Board of Directors of Verdugt Holdings, LLC, a manufacturer of organic salts, Tide-Air Inc., a distributor of Atlas Copco air compressors, and Copano Energy, LLC, a natural gas gathering and treating company. Universal Compression, INDSPEC Chemical and Verdugt are former portfolio companies of The Castle Harlan Group.

 

92


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other four highest paid executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 26, 2004, for the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 and December 21, 2003, and for the year ended December 27, 2002. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers.”

 

        Annual Compensation

  Long-Term Compensation

Name and Principal Position


  Year(1)

  Salary

  Bonus(2)

  Other Annual
Compensation(3)


 

Horizon Lines

Holding Corp.

Securities
Underlying
Options(4)


  All Other
Compensation(5)


Charles G. Raymond

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

  2004
2003
2002
  $
 
 
525,000
436,583
305,000
  $
 
 
600,000
450,000
441,600
  $
 
 
48,157
30,290
64,593
  4,455
35,555

N/A
  $
 
 
23,000
14,479
9,150

M. Mark Urbania(6)

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  2004
2003
2002
   
 
 
257,500
20,833
N/A
   
 
 
220,344
15,250
N/A
   
 
 
68,860
600
N/A
  8,888
N/A
N/A
   
 
 
3,799
—  
N/A

John V. Keenan

Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

  2004
2003
2002
   
 
 
205,825
197,067
170,250
   
 
 
168,580
139,080
163,000
   
 
 
21,804
13,646
21,906
  N/A
11,111
N/A
   
 
 
12,683
10,674
5,475

Gabriel M. Serra

Vice President and General Manager, Puerto Rico of Horizon Lines, LLC

  2004
2003
2002
   
 
 
163,933
170,667
153,000
   
 
 
117,975
91,805
123,000
   
 
 
137,917
279,787
341,646
  N/A
6,667
N/A
   
 
 
9,836
7,930
—  

Brian W. Taylor

Vice President and General Manager, Hawaii and Guam, of Horizon Lines, LLC

  2004
2003
2002
   
 
 
163,892
160,765
153,396
   
 
 
107,250
96,746
123,000
   
 
 
175,950
156,916
109,132
  N/A
6,667
N/A
   
 
 
10,892
8,689
5,169

(1) Solely for purposes of this table, Year 2004 refers to the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, Year 2003 refers to the twelve months ended December 21, 2003 and Year 2002 refers to the year ended December 27, 2002.
(2) Bonus amounts presented represent employee performance bonuses earned under our cash incentive plan and are reported for the year in which they were earned, though they may have been paid in the following year.
(3) Reflects primarily the amounts of country club dues, car allowances, housing and utility allowances, cost of living allowances and related tax equalization payments.
(4)

All option grants were made by Horizon Lines Holding, formerly known as Carlyle-Horizon Holdings, pursuant to the Carlyle-Horizon Holdings Corp. Stock Option Plan, as amended, which is referred to in this prospectus as the “Horizon Lines Holding Stock Option Plan,” and occurred in Year 2003, or in Year 2004 prior to the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004. All of these options were options to purchase shares of the common stock of Horizon Lines Holding. All options outstanding under this option plan on July 7, 2004 vested in full upon the closing on such date of the acquisition. On July 7, 2004, under the terms of the merger agreement, each named executive officer (i) converted, via the merger, a portion of his options into the right to receive cash payments upon, and as post-closing purchase price adjustments or escrow disbursements following, the consummation of the merger, and (ii) retained a portion of such options following the consummation of the merger, subject to his entry into certain agreements. On December 16, 2004, each named executive officer exercised a portion of his options. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Reinvestment Agreements.” Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each named executive officer will enter into a reinvestment agreement with Horizon Lines, Inc. under which such individual will be required to exercise the remainder of all of his or her options and exchange the resulting common shares of Horizon Lines

 

93


Table of Contents
 

Holding for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. For further information see, “Historical Transactions Summary,” on page      of this prospectus.

(5) Reflects the aggregate amount of pre- and post-tax matching contributions made by Horizon Lines, LLC and its subsidiaries under a defined-contribution 401(k) plan and a flexible spending account program.
(6) M. Mark Urbania commenced his employment with Horizon Lines, LLC in November 2003 at an annual base salary of $250,000, which increased to $280,000 during Year 2004. In connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Urbania was granted an option exercisable for 8,888 shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding in Year 2004 but before December 31, 2003.

 

Stock Option Grants in 2004

 

The following table shows grants of stock options to the named executive officers during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004. All options shown below are options granted under the Horizon Lines Holding Stock Option Plan prior to July 7, 2004 to purchase shares of the common stock of Horizon Lines Holding.

 

Name


  

Number of

Horizon Lines
Holding Corp.
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted(1)


   Percent of
Total
Options
Granted to
Employees
in Year
2004


    Exercise
Price per
Share


   Expiration
Date


   Potential Realizable Value
at Assumed Annual Rates
of Stock Price Appreciation
for Option Term(2)


              5%

   10%

Charles G Raymond

   4,455    33 %   $ 100    2014          

M. Mark Urbania

   8,888    67 %     100    2014          

John V. Keenan

   0    0 %     —      —      —      —  

Gabriel M. Serra

   0    0 %     —      —      —      —  

Brian W. Taylor

   0    0 %     —      —      —      —  

(1) These options were subject to time- and performance-based vesting and vested in full upon the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004. Each named executive officer converted a portion of the total options held by him into the right to receive a portion of the cash merger consideration upon the occurrence of the merger on July 7, 2004. Each named executive officer exercised a portion of his options on December 16, 2004 and, upon his entry into an agreement with us immediately before the consummation of this offering, will be required thereunder to exercise the remainder of his options immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issued upon the post-merger exercise of the options have been, and will be, pursuant to the put/call agreement exchanged for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. For information regarding the put/call agreement and the related exchange provisions, see “Historical Transactions Summary.”
(2) Potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but before taxes associated with exercise. We are required to use a 5% and 10% assumed rate of appreciation over the ten-year option terms. This does not represent our projection of the future common stock price.

 

Subsequent to the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004, no stock options have been granted, and no awards of stock have been made, by us or any of our subsidiaries. For information regarding the issuance and sale of common shares of our common stock to our management subsequent to July 7, 2004, see “Management—Restricted Stock Issuance and Sale.”

 

94


Table of Contents

Stock Option Exercises and Holdings

 

The following table sets forth information about stock option exercises by our named executive officers during the twelve months ended December 26, 2004 and the value of their unexercised stock options as of December 26, 2004. All options reflected below are options granted under the Horizon Lines Holding Stock Option Plan prior to July 7, 2004 to purchase shares of the common stock of Horizon Lines Holding.

 

Name


  

Number of

Horizon Lines

Holding Corp.

Underlying
Securities
Acquired
Upon

Exercise(1)


   Value
Realized(2)


  

Number of

Horizon Lines

Holding Corp.

Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options

at December 26, 2004
Exercisable/Unexercisable(3)


   Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options
at December 26, 2004
Exercisable /
Unexercisable(4)


Charles G Raymond(5)

   35,367.61    $                 5,891.93/—    $             

M. Mark Urbania

   7,294.33           1,593.67/—       

John V. Keenan

   8,854.89           2,256.11/—       

Gabriel M. Serra

   4,975.27           1,691.73/—       

Brian W. Taylor

   5,022.22           1,744.78/—       

(1) Represents the sum of (i) the number of options converted by such named executive officer, via the merger, into the right to receive certain cash payments (the “Option Merger Consideration Payments”) upon, and as post-closing purchase price adjustments or escrow disbursements following, the consummation of the merger on July 7, 2004 pursuant to the merger agreement, and (ii) the number of shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding for which such individual exercised a portion of his then-remaining options on December 16, 2004. The shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issued upon the exercise of the options on December 16, 2004 were exchanged for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. pursuant to the put/call agreement. For further information concerning the merger agreement, the exercise of options on December 16, 2004 and the exchange provisions of the put/call agreement, see “Historical Transactions Summary.”
(2) Represents the sum of (i) the Option Merger Consideration Payments for such named executive officer and (ii) the aggregate value of the common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. received by such individual upon his exchange, pursuant to the put/call agreement, of the shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding received upon his exercise of a portion of his then-outstanding options on December 16, 2004.
(3) Represents number of shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issuable to the named executive officer upon the exercise of his remaining outstanding options as of December 26, 2004, after giving effect to his cashless exercise of options on December 16, 2004. Upon his entering into an agreement with us immediately before the consummation of this offering, such named executive officer will be required, under the terms of such agreement, to exercise all of his remaining outstanding options immediately prior the consummation of this offering and to exchange the shares of common stock acquired thereby for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. under the put/call agreement of Horizon Lines Holding.
(4) Represents (i) the number of shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding Corp. issuable to the named executive officer in respect of the outstanding options previously granted to such individual, multiplied by (ii) the excess of (x) the fair market value of each such share over (y) the exercise price of the option.
(5) Includes quantities or values attributable to options held by family members to whom such options were transferred.

 

95


Table of Contents

Benefit Plans

 

Cash Incentive Plan

 

Our cash incentive plan is designed, through awards of annual bonuses, to reinforce the importance of both teamwork and individual initiative and effort for our success and to incentivize our employees to achieve and surpass our targeted performance and goals. All of our regular full-time salaried employees, including our named executive officers, participate in this plan. The annual bonus amount for each participant in the plan is based on the extent to which we achieve company-wide performance targets set for the year and each participant’s achievement of personal performance objectives in support of our company-wide performance targets, with a weighting for each of these components. Our company-wide performance targets are determined annually by our board or our compensation committee. For our twelve months ended December 26, 2004, these targets were based on EBITDA and cash flow generation. For our current fiscal year, these targets are also based on these criteria. The target bonus amounts which participants in the plan can be awarded are specified percentages of their annual base salaries, with these percentages tied to the compensation bands in which their jobs are classified by us. These specified percentages are consistent with the salary ranges of the underlying compensation bands, the responsibilities of the participants, and the ability of the participants to favorably impact our performance. A committee of our senior management team is responsible for the administration of the plan.

 

401(k) Savings Plan

 

We provide a 401(k) savings plan covering substantially all of our employees who are not part of collective bargaining agreements. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, so that the contributions to the 401(k) plan by eligible employees, and the investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes when made. Under the 401(k) plan, participating employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. Under the plan, we are required to match the pre-tax and post-tax contributions of participating employees up to 6% of their qualified compensation and participating employees are vested with respect to our contributions immediately. During the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, we contributed $1.6 million to the plan.

 

Union Plans

 

We contribute to 14 multi-employer pension plans for employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. The amounts of these contributions, absent a termination, withdrawal or determination by the Internal Revenue Service, are determined in accordance with these agreements. These pension plans provide defined benefits to retired participants. For the twelve months ended December 26, 2004, we contributed $10.2 million to such plans. None of our executive officers benefit from such plans. In addition, we have a defined benefit pension plan that covered 19 union employees as of December 26, 2004. Benefits under this plan are determined based solely upon years of service. None of our executive officers benefit from such plan.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Each of our directors who is neither a member of our management team nor a member of The Castle Harlan Group receives an annual board fee of $25,000. Members of our board are reimbursed for actual expenses incurred in connection with attendance at board meetings and committee meetings.

 

96


Table of Contents

Board Composition

 

 

Our Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to divide the members of our board into                  classes of directors of              members each. Each of                                  and                  will be designated a Class                  director who will hold office until the 2006 annual meeting of our stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified. Each of                                  and                  will be designated a Class                  director who will hold office until the 2007 annual meeting of our stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified. Each of                                   and                  will be designated a Class                  director who will hold office until the 2008 annual meeting of our stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified.

 

In order to ensure compliance with the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, the composition of our board of directors may change prior to and following the consummation of this offering. It is our intention to be in full and timely compliance with all applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange and applicable law, including with respect to the independence of our directors. We intend to avail ourselves of the transition periods provided for under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange for issuers listing in conjunction with their initial public offering. We also intend to avail ourselves, so long as permissible, of the New York Stock Exchange “controlled company exception,” which, so long as CHP IV and its affiliates continue to hold a majority of our common stock, eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors (and on our executive committee) and that our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be comprised entirely of independent directors. Even though we may not maintain a majority of independent directors on our board of directors (or on our executive committee) or maintain compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees comprised entirely of independent directors, we intend to establish and maintain an audit committee comprised entirely of independent directors consistent with the transition periods of the New York Stock Exchange rules.

 

Our board of directors has determined that                  and                  satisfy the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

In addition, in order for us to be permitted under the Jones Act to provide our shipping and logistics services in markets in which the marine trade is subject to such statute, our bylaws provide that not more than a minority of the members of our board of directors necessary to constitute a quorum of the board may be non-U.S. citizens.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Our board currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee, and an executive committee, and intends to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee upon the consummation of this offering. The composition of the board committees will comply, when required, with the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

In addition, in order for us to be permitted under the Jones Act to provide our shipping and logistics services in markets in which the marine trade is subject to such statute, our bylaws provide that not more than a minority of the members of any committee of our board of directors necessary to constitute a quorum of such committee may be non-U.S. citizens.

 

97


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee selects, on behalf of our board of directors, an independent registered public accounting firm to be engaged to audit our financial statements, pre-approves all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors, reviews our relationship with our independent auditors and discusses with our independent auditors their independence, reviews and discusses the audited financial statements with the independent auditors and management and recommends to our board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC.

 

Mr. Danner is the chairman of our audit committee, and the other members of our audit committee are Messrs. Fournier and Cameron and Admiral Holloway. Our board of directors has determined that                  and                  are independent directors and that                          is an “audit committee financial expert” under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. We intend to avail ourselves of the transition periods provided for under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange for issuers listing in conjunction with their initial public offering, such that Mr. Fournier may resign from this committee or be replaced on this committee with an independent director within one year after consummation of the offering. Following these actions, the audit committee will consist of at least three members, all of whom will be independent directors. During the transition period, our audit committee will include one non-independent director. The existence of a non-independent director could cause potential conflicts of interest. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Our audit committee initially will not be comprised entirely of independent directors, which may create conflicts of interest.”

 

Compensation Committee

 

The compensation committee reviews and either approves, on behalf of our board of directors, or recommends to our board of directors for approval (1) the annual salaries and other compensation of our executive officers and (2) following the consummation of this offering, equity incentive grants and other equity or equity-based awards. The compensation committee also evaluates the performance of our executive officers in light of organizational goals, provides assistance and recommendations with respect to our compensation policies and practices, and assists with the administration of our compensation plans, including our employee stock purchase plans.

 

Mr. John K. Castle is the chairman of our compensation committee, and the other members of our compensation committee are Mr. Fournier and Mr. Cameron. We intend to avail ourselves, so long as permissible, of the New York Stock Exchange “controlled company exception,” such that the requirement under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange that this committee be comprised entirely of independent directors is eliminated.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our compensation committee members and none of our executive officers have a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity or insider participation in compensation decisions. Charles G. Raymond, our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors, participated in deliberations of our board concerning executive officer compensation, other than with respect to himself, prior to the formation of our compensation committee in December 2004.

 

Executive Committee

 

The executive committee, on behalf of our board of directors, exercises the full powers and prerogatives of our board, to the extent permitted by applicable law as well by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, between board meetings.

 

98


Table of Contents

Mr. John K. Castle is the chairman of our executive committee, and the other members of our executive committee are Messrs. Raymond, Fournier, and Cameron. Our board of directors has determined that                  is an independent director. We intend to avail ourselves, so long as permissible, of the New York Stock Exchange “controlled company exception,” such that the requirement under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange that this committee be comprised of a majority of independent directors is eliminated.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Upon its formation at the consummation of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will assist our board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities by identifying and approving individuals qualified to serve as members of our board, selecting director nominees for our annual meetings of stockholders, evaluating the performance of our board and developing and recommending to our board corporate governance guidelines and oversight with respect to corporate governance and ethical conduct.

 

Upon the formation of the committee,              will be the initial chairman of the committee, and the other initial member of the committee will be             . We intend to avail ourselves, so long as permissible, of the New York Stock Exchange “controlled company exception,” such that the requirement under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange that this committee be comprised entirely of independent directors is eliminated.

 

Employment Agreements

 

General

 

Two of our named executive officers, Chuck G. Raymond and M. Mark Urbania, are parties to employment agreements with Horizon Lines, LLC, our principal operating subsidiary. These agreements were entered into in connection with the consummation of the acquisition on July 7, 2004 and are dated and effective as of such date.

 

The initial term of Mr. Raymond’s agreement is effective for three years, unless earlier terminated as described below, and automatically extends for successive one-year terms unless either party provides notice of non-extension at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the term. Mr. Raymond’s agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $500,000, subject to increase if Horizon Lines, LLC achieves certain performance targets and as otherwise determined by the board of Horizon Lines, LLC or Horizon Lines, Inc., and an annual discretionary bonus of not less than 55% of the base salary. In July 2004, Mr. Raymond’s annual base salary was increased to $550,000 as a result of Horizon Lines, LLC achieving its performance targets, and, in January 2005, his annual base salary was increased to $575,000 as a result of Horizon Lines, LLC again achieving its performance targets.

 

Mr. Raymond’s agreement also provides for the purchase by Mr. Raymond of 43,038 shares of common stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of $344,304, subject to the restrictions, vesting schedule and repurchase rights set forth in a restricted stock agreement. In addition, under his agreement, Mr. Raymond has the option, not earlier than January 7, 2009 and so long as his employment with Horizon Lines, LLC has not been terminated for “cause,” as defined in his agreement, to require the purchase by Horizon Lines, LLC of his shares of common stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. acquired by him through his exercise of his roll-over options, as described in “Historical Transactions Summary.” The purchase price for such shares shall be the fair market value thereof based on a formula specified in the agreement. If the purchase would cause Horizon Lines, LLC to violate or breach the terms of its financing agreements or indentures, Horizon Lines, LLC shall not be required to consummate the purchase but shall be required to use its commercially reasonable efforts

 

99


Table of Contents

to seek a waiver of any such violation or breach in order to consummate the purchase (provided that the aggregate amount of any fees or consideration paid to obtain such waiver shall not exceed $250,000).

 

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Raymond is also entitled to participate in employee benefit plans applicable to the senior officers of Horizon Lines, LLC and to receive an annual automobile allowance and automobile insurance, subject to upward adjustments, reimbursement for all reasonable travel and other business expenses, reimbursement for the payment of monthly membership dues for a luncheon club and two country clubs, and a term life insurance policy.

 

Mr. Urbania’s employment agreement expires on December 15, 2005, unless earlier terminated as described below, and automatically extends for successive one-year terms unless either party provides notice of non-extension at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the term. Mr. Urbania’s agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $250,000, subject to increase as determined by the board of Horizon Lines, LLC or Horizon Lines, Inc., and an annual discretionary bonus of up to 60% of the annual base salary. In 2004, Mr. Urbania’s salary was increased to $280,000 pursuant to action taken by the board of Horizon Lines, Inc. Mr. Urbania’s employment agreement also provides for the purchase by Mr. Urbania of 16,139 shares of common stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of $29,112, subject to the restrictions, vesting schedule and repurchase rights set forth in a restricted stock agreement. Mr. Urbania is also entitled to participate in employee benefit plans applicable to the senior officers of Horizon Lines, LLC and reimbursement for all reasonable travel and other business expenses.

 

On January 14, 2005, Horizon Lines, Inc. issued and sold to Mr. Raymond 30,379 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $243,032 and issued and sold to Mr. Urbania 11,392 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $91,136. Messrs. Raymond and Urbania entered into restricted stock agreements in connection with such purchases. These purchases were in satisfaction of the equity issuance provisions of Messrs. Raymond and Urbania’s employment agreements. In each case, a portion of the purchase price paid was funded through the issuance of a secured recourse promissory note, as discussed in “—Restricted Stock Issuance and Sale” below.

 

Termination Provisions

 

In addition to accrued amounts owed to Mr. Raymond at the date of termination, upon a termination without “cause,” as defined in his employment agreement, by reason of non-extension of the employment term by Horizon Lines or by him for “good reason,” as defined in the agreement, Mr. Raymond would be entitled to the following:

 

  Ÿ   an amount equal to two times his annual base salary;

 

  Ÿ   a pro-rated bonus based on the year of termination;

 

  Ÿ   an amount equal to two times Mr. Raymond’s annual bonus, based on the fiscal year in which Mr. Raymond is terminated; and

 

  Ÿ   continuation of health coverage for two years after termination.

 

In addition to accrued amounts owed to Mr. Raymond at the date of termination, (i) if Mr. Raymond dies, his estate would receive a pro-rated bonus based on the year of Mr. Raymond’s death and (ii) if Mr. Raymond is terminated as a result of a “disability” (as defined under his employment agreement), he would continue to receive 6 months of annual base salary and a pro-rated bonus based on the year of Mr. Raymond’s disability. Upon a termination for cause, without good reason or non-extension of the employment term by Mr. Raymond, he would only receive the accrued amounts owed to him at the date of termination.

 

100


Table of Contents

For 24 months after the date of termination, Mr. Raymond shall be subject to customary non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

 

In addition to the accrued amounts owed to Mr. Urbania at the date of termination, upon a termination without “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Urbania would be entitled to receive continuation of his annual base salary for one year and continuation of health coverage for one year. For all types of termination other than without cause, Mr. Urbania would only receive the accrued amounts owed to him at the date of termination.

 

For 12 months after the date of termination, Mr. Urbania shall be subject to customary non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

 

Management’s Roll-Over Equity

 

In connection with the consummation of the acquisition on July 7, 2004, certain members of our management team (or their family members) exercised their right, under the terms of the related merger agreement, in lieu of their receipt of the applicable portion of the cash consideration payable upon the merger, to (i) convert, via the merger, a portion of their shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding into newly issued shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. and/or (ii) retain a portion of their outstanding options to purchase common stock of Horizon Lines Holding. These elections are collectively referred to as the “roll-over” in this prospectus. Under a related put/call agreement, the shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issuable upon the exercise of any such retained option, referred to in this prospectus as a “rollover option,” were made subject to exchange, at the option of Horizon Lines, Inc. (or the holder of such shares), with Horizon Lines, Inc. for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. The members of our management team (and their family members) who made roll-over elections also entered into a stockholders agreement and one or more voting trust agreements with respect to the equity securities that they acquired upon the roll-over or thereafter.

 

Through their roll-over elections, our management team (and their family members) elected to forgo the receipt of aggregate cash consideration of $13.0 million at the closing of the acquisition as payment for their pre-acquisition equity of Horizon Lines Holding Corp. in favor of their receipt, upon the consummation of the acquisition, of ownership, directly or indirectly, of equity of Horizon Lines Holding of equal value as of the date of the acquisition.

 

A portion of the rollover options remain outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Upon their entry into reinvestment agreements with Horizon Lines, Inc. immediately before the consummation of this offering, the members of our management (and their family members) who hold rollover options will be required, under the terms of such agreements, to exercise all of their remaining outstanding rollover options immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and exchange the shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding acquired thereby for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. under the put/call agreement.

 

Restricted Stock Issuance and Sale

 

On January 14, 2005, 14 members of our management team (including Messrs. Raymond and Urbania) purchased an aggregate of 75,946 shares of our common stock (including the shares of stock issuable to Messrs. Raymond and Urbania in satisfaction of the equity-issuance provisions of their respective employment agreements). These shares of common stock are referred to as “restricted shares” in this prospectus and were first disclosed as being intended to be issued and sold to these 14 members in the offering circular dated June 30, 2004 for the 9% senior discount notes issued on July 7, 2004. The purchase price for each restricted share was $8. Each participating member of our

 

101


Table of Contents

management team paid half of the aggregate purchase price for his or her restricted shares in cash and the remainder through his or her issuance to us of a full-recourse promissory note, secured by all of the restricted shares that he or she purchased. Eight of these notes were issued by members of our management team who are our executive officers. On February 28, 2005, we sold all 14 of these notes, together with the right to receive the accrued but unpaid interest thereon, to our principal stockholder, CHP IV, for an aggregate purchase price equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of these notes, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

Each member of our management team who has purchased restricted shares from us concurrently entered into a restricted stock agreement with us that set forth certain restrictions, vesting schedules and repurchase rights with respect to these shares.

 

Mr. Raymond’s restricted stock agreement provides that the restricted shares covered thereby are initially unvested and are subject to vesting as follows: (i) with respect to 40% of the restricted shares, one-third (1/3) of such shares shall vest on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of July 7, 2004, and (ii) with respect to the remaining 60% of the restricted shares, 1/3 of such shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of July 31, 2004 if CHP VI achieves a specified annual internal rate of return for the preceding twelve-month period. If CHP IV’s specified annual internal rate of return is not achieved for one twelve-month period, but is achieved on a cumulative basis in a subsequent twelve-month period, all restricted shares not yet vested for the previous twelve-month period and all restricted shares subject to vesting for the current twelve-month period shall be considered vested. However, no vesting shall occur after July 31, 2007.

 

The restricted stock agreements to which the other 13 members of the management team are parties provide that the restricted shares covered thereby are initially unvested and are subject to vesting as follows: 1/3 of such shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of July 31, 2004 if CHP VI achieves a specified annual internal rate of return for the preceding twelve-month period. If CHP IV’s specified annual internal rate of return is not achieved for one twelve-month period, but is achieved on a cumulative basis in a subsequent twelve-month period, all restricted shares not yet vested for the previous twelve-month period and all restricted shares subject to vesting for the current twelve-month period shall be considered vested. However, no vesting shall occur after July 31, 2007.

 

Each restricted stock agreement, including Mr. Raymond’s agreement, also provides that if there is a change in control (as defined in such agreement) by the third anniversary of July 7, 2004, the restricted shares covered thereby that have not yet vested will be accelerated to the extent that The Castle Harlan Group has achieved, after giving effect to such vesting, its specified annualized internal rate of return on its total equity investment in Horizon Lines, Inc. based on the proceeds that The Castle Harlan Group actually receives in the transaction resulting in the change in control. In addition, each such agreement requires us to repurchase, at the lower of cost or fair market value, without interest, any outstanding restricted shares that remain unvested following the consummation of a change of control.

 

Upon a termination of the employment of an employee in respect of whom restricted shares were issued, including Mr. Raymond, Horizon Lines, Inc. will have the right, but not the obligation, under the related restricted stock agreement, to repurchase upon notice within 45 days of the date of termination (i) the unvested portion of such restricted shares at the cost initially paid by the employee for such shares, without interest, and (ii) the vested portion of such restricted shares at fair market value, as defined in such restricted stock agreement. If termination of such employee’s employment is for “cause” or without “employee good reason,” in each case as defined in the restricted stock agreement, then all of such restricted shares shall be deemed to be unvested and subject to repurchase at cost and without interest.

 

102


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized capitalization consists of 18,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which is designated Series A redeemable preferred stock, of which 5,483,964 shares are issued and outstanding, and 2,000,000 shares of common stock par value $0.01 per share, of which 802,205 shares are issued and outstanding. The preferred stock has no voting rights except as expressly required by applicable law.

 

Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, our authorized capitalization will consist of          million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which          shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding (or, assuming the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares,          shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding), and          million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares shall be designated as any series of preferred stock or be issued or outstanding.

 

Certain members of our management team (or their family members) hold roll-over options for shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding. Upon the exercise of any roll-over option, the holder of such roll-over option and Horizon Lines, Inc. each is contractually entitled, pursuant to the put/call agreement, to require the exchange of the shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issued upon such exercise for shares of Series A preferred stock and common stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. For further information, see the “Historical Transactions Summary” on page      of this prospectus.

 

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the members of our management team (or their family members) will enter into agreements with us under which they will be required, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, to exercise the remainder of their roll-over options (if any) and exchange the resulting shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding for shares of our common stock and shares of our Series A preferred stock pursuant to the provisions of the put/call agreement, as well as reinvest, immediately after the payment of the Special Class B Dividend, an aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 million in shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share.

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of each class or series of capital stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. based upon currently available information, and as adjusted to reflect the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions (assuming both that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, and that such option is not exercised at all), by:

 

  Ÿ   each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of each class or series of our capital stock;

 

  Ÿ   each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ   each of our named executive officers; and

 

  Ÿ   all of our directors and the executive officers as a group.

 

To our knowledge, each of the holders of shares of our capital stock listed below has sole voting and investment power as to the shares owned by such holder, unless otherwise noted.

 

103


Table of Contents

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner


 

Shares Beneficially Owned

Prior to this Offering


   

Shares Beneficially Owned

Upon Consummation of the
Offering-Related Transactions


 

Shares Beneficially Owned

Upon Consummation of the
Offering-Related Transactions

(Assuming the Underwriters’

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

is Exercised in Full)(1)


  Number of
Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock


  Percentage
of Total
Series A
Preferred
Stock (%)


    Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock


  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock (%)


    Number of
Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock


 

Percentage
of Total

Series A
Preferred

Stock (%)


  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock


  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock (%)


  Number of
Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock


  Percentage
of Total
Series A
Preferred
Stock (%)


  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock


  Percentage
of Total
Common
Stock (%)


Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P.(2)

  3,829,556   69.83 %   482,922   60.20 %                                

Castle Harlan Offshore Partners IV, L.P.(2)

  365,659   6.67     46,111   5.75                                  

John K. Castle(2)(3)

  6,068,154   100.00     841,151   100.00                                  

Marcel Fournier(2)

  3,862   *     487   *                                  

Stockwell Fund, L.P(4)

  1,003,792   18.30     126,582   15.78                                  

Admiral James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.)

  9,080   *     1,145   *                                  

James G. Cameron

  18,168   *     2,291   *                                  

Ernie L. Danner

  18,168   *     2,291   *                                  

Charles G. Raymond(5)

  145,740   2.59     41,163   5.07                                  

John V. Keenan(5)

  85,035   1.53     22,114   2.74                                  

M. Mark Urbania(5)

  60,060   1.08     18,964   2.35                                  

Brian W. Taylor(5)

  65,760   1.18     12,089   1.50                                  

Gabriel M. Serra(5)

  63,765   1.15     11,838   1.47                                  

All directors and executive officers as a group (including those listed above)(3)(4)(5)

  6,068,154   100.00 %   841,151   100.00 %                                

 * Denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1% applicable class or series of capital stock.
(1) Also assumes that the reinvestment amount of the existing stockholders who are members of our management team (or their family members) is adjusted accordingly, as discussed in “Use of Proceeds,” on page      and in “Dividend Policy,” on page     .
(2) The address for such beneficial owner is c/o Castle Harlan, Inc., 150 East 58th Street, New York, New York 10155. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.
(3) John K. Castle, a member of the board of directors of Horizon Lines, Inc., is the controlling stockholder of Castle Harlan Partners IV, G.P., Inc., which is the general partner of the general partner of Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., or CHP IV, which is the direct parent of Horizon Lines, Inc. Mr. Castle is also the controlling stockholder of the general partners of the other limited partnerships of The Castle Harlan Group that own shares of the capital stock of Horizon Lines, Inc., including, but not limited to, Castle Harlan Offshore Partners IV, L.P. In addition, Mr. Castle, through a voting trust agreement, may direct the voting of all of the shares of the capital stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. that are either (i) held by the existing stockholders of Horizon Lines, Inc. not referred to in the prior sentence or (ii) issuable in exchange for any shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding that are issued upon the exercise from time to time of any roll-over options, in the event the holder thereof or Horizon Lines, Inc. elects to require such exchange pursuant to the put/call agreement. All such shares of the capital stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. are included in the share numbers and percentages attributable to Mr. Castle in the beneficial ownership table above. Mr. Castle disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of the capital stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. in excess of his proportionate partnership share of CHP IV and certain other members of The Castle Harlan Group.
(4) The address for Stockwell Fund, L.P. is c/o Glencoe Capital, 222 West Adams Street, Suite 1000, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
(5) Includes shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock of Horizon Lines, Inc. that are issuable by Horizon Lines, Inc. in exchange for shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issued upon the exercise of any roll-over options in the event that such holder elects to require such exchange pursuant to the put/call agreement.

 

104


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL TRANSACTIONS SUMMARY

 

Acquisition-Related Transactions

 

Our current ownership and corporate structure relates to the acquisition by the issuer, Horizon Lines, Inc. of Horizon Lines Holding, Corp. on July 7, 2004. The foregoing acquisition, referred to in this prospectus as the “acquisition,” included a merger, referred to in this prospectus as the “merger,” whereby Horizon Lines Holding became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the issuer. The issuer was formed at the direction of Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P., or CHP IV, a private equity investment fund managed by Castle Harlan, Inc., or Castle Harlan, which provided a substantial portion of the equity financing and bridge financing in connection with the acquisition. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Equity Sponsor, The Castle Harlan Group” on page          of this prospectus.

 

The consideration that was paid in the acquisition consisted of approximately $663.3 million in cash, net of purchase price adjustments, but including transaction expenses. This consideration was used to repay certain indebtedness of Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries, to pay, via the merger, the equity holders of Horizon Lines Holding for their equity interests in Horizon Lines Holding, to pay CSX Corporation and/or its affiliates for their minority equity interests in Horizon Lines, LLC, the principal operating subsidiary of Horizon Lines Holding, and to pay transaction expenses. This consideration included a deferred purchase price payment of $6.1 million by Horizon Lines Holding to the pre-merger equity holders of Horizon Lines Holding in October 2004.

 

The merger agreement governing the merger provided for two escrow accounts funded at closing, one of which remains outstanding. At the closing of the merger, $4.8 million was deposited into an escrow account to be available to fund any purchase price adjustment in favor of the issuer attributable to a post-closing final determination of the working capital and net debt of Horizon Lines Holding at the closing of the merger. This determination has occurred and this escrow account has been disbursed in full. At the closing of the merger, approximately $38.6 million was deposited into a second escrow account for the purpose of satisfying indemnification claims made by the issuer. The funds in this escrow account that have not been applied to satisfy indemnification claims are scheduled to be released to the pre-merger equity holders in two steps, with the first disbursement to occur on April 30, 2005 in the amount of up to $13.7 million and the remainder to be disbursed on January 7, 2006. Horizon Lines Holding has made one indemnification claim in respect of the settlement of a lawsuit pending at the time of the merger, for which it has received from this escrow the requested sum of approximately $0.8 million.

 

Under the terms of the merger agreement, except as set forth in the following sentence, each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding, and each option to purchase shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding, was converted into the right to receive a portion of the aggregate cash consideration paid in the merger. In lieu of receipt of all or a portion of such consideration, subject to the entry into certain agreements, 19 members of our management who held such shares exercised their rights under the merger agreement to convert, via the merger on July 7, 2004, all or some of such shares into common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. and 11 members of our management who held such options exercised their rights under the merger agreement to retain all or some of such options following the merger on July 7, 2004. The members of our management who retained such options, or “roll-over options,” entered into a certain put/call agreement with Horizon Lines, Inc. as a condition of their retention of such options, which vested in connection with the merger and are exercisable at the price of $100 per share of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding.

 

The put/call agreement provides that the shares of common stock issued by Horizon Lines Holding upon the exercise of any roll-over option are subject to exchange, at the option of Horizon Lines, Inc. (or the holder of such shares), with Horizon Lines, Inc. for common shares and Series A

 

105


Table of Contents

preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. The exchange is to be made in the ratio of (i) one common share and fifteen Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. for (ii) that number of fractional shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding having a value of $158, assuming that each whole share of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding had a value of $497.03. In the event that a dividend is declared on, or a distribution made in respect of, the common shares or Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc., Horizon Lines, Inc. is required to make a payment, based on the per share amount of such dividend or distribution, to the holders of the roll-over options upon their exchange with Horizon Lines, Inc. of the shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding issued upon the exercise of such options for common shares and Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. Horizon Lines, Inc. is not required to reserve, or hold in escrow, any funds for such future payments. As of December 26, 2004, roll-over options exercisable for a total of 15,501.23 shares of the common stock of Horizon Lines Holding remained outstanding. Assuming a cashless exercise of these options based on a fair value of $497.03 per share, the net quantity of shares issuable would be 12,382.43 shares. Under the put/call agreement, these shares would be exchangeable for 38,946 common shares and 584,190 Series A preferred shares of Horizon Lines, Inc. Upon the consummation of this offering, no shares of our common stock or Series A preferred shares will be issuable pursuant to the put/call agreement.

 

The sources of funding for the acquisition were as follows:

 

  Ÿ   a cash investment by CHP IV and its affiliates and associates of approximately $157.0 million in Horizon Lines, Inc., of which approximately $87.0 million was in the form of common shares and Series A redeemable preferred shares, or Series A preferred shares, of Horizon Lines, Inc. and $70.0 million was in the form of 13% promissory notes of Horizon Lines, Inc., which were convertible into common shares and Series A preferred shares,

 

  Ÿ   the borrowing by Horizon Lines and Horizon Lines Holding of (i) $250.0 million under a term loan made pursuant to a new senior credit facility, referred to as the “senior credit facility” in this prospectus and (ii) $6.0 million under a revolving credit facility included as part of the senior credit facility, referred to as the “revolving credit facility” in this prospectus, and

 

  Ÿ   the issuance by Horizon Lines Holding and its subsidiaries of the 9% senior notes due 2012 in the original principal amount of $250.0 million, referred to as the “9% senior notes” in this prospectus.

 

As used in this prospectus, except as indicated herein, we refer to the “Acquisition-Related Transactions” collectively as (i) the consummation of the acquisition and the related transactions, (ii) the borrowings under the senior credit facility in connection therewith, (iii) the issuance of the 9% senior notes, (iv) the issuance of shares of common stock and Series A preferred stock of the issuer in connection therewith and (v) the issuance of the 13% convertible notes in connection therewith.

 

Post-Acquisition Transactions

 

In October 2004, we issued and sold 126,582 shares of our common stock and 1,003,792 shares of our Series A preferred stock for an aggregate price of $20 million, plus $0.7 million accrued interest thereon, and used the proceeds therefrom to repay $20.0 million of the outstanding principal on our 13% convertible notes and approximately $0.7 million of the accrued interest thereon. As used in this prospectus, we refer to the transactions described in this paragraph as the “October 2004 Transactions.”

 

In December 2004, the following transactions occurred: first, we formed H-Lines Finance Holding Corp., or H-Lines Finance, and contributed all of the outstanding capital stock of Horizon Lines Holding to H-Lines Finance in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of H-Lines Finance; second, H-Lines Finance issued $160.0 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11% senior discount notes due 2013, or senior discount notes, for gross proceeds of approximately $112.8 million and used

 

106


Table of Contents

a portion of such proceeds to pay a cash dividend to us in the amount of approximately $107.4 million; third, our current and former employees who held roll-over options exercised a portion of their roll-over options and exchanged the resulting shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding for common shares and Series A preferred shares of the issuer pursuant to the put/call agreement; fourth, we contributed such shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding to the capital of H-Lines Finance; fifth, we used approximately $52.9 million of this dividend to pay in full the outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest on our 13% convertible notes; and sixth, we applied the balance of this dividend (a) for the repurchase of a portion of our outstanding Series A preferred shares having an aggregate original stated value of approximately $53.6 million, (b) to pay fees and expenses related to the offer and sale of the senior discount notes, including a financial advisory fee of $0.5 million to Castle Harlan, Inc., (c) for the January 2005 Transactions (as described below), and (d) for working capital and general corporate purposes. As used in this prospectus, we refer to the transactions described in this paragraph as the “December 2004 Transactions” and to the “October 2004 Transactions” and the “December 2004 Transactions” collectively as the “Fourth Quarter 2004 Transactions.”

 

In January 2005, the following transactions occurred: first, we used a portion of the dividend referred to above to repurchase outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock with an aggregate original stated value of $0.5 million; second, we sold 75,946 shares of our common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $0.6 million to members of our management; and third, we sold 5,727 shares of our common stock and 45,146 shares of our Series A preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.5 million to our non-executive directors. For further information, see “Management-Restricted Stock Issuance and Sale” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Stock Issuance and Sale to Non-Executive Directors.” As used in this prospectus, we refer to the transactions described in this paragraph as the “January 2005 Transactions.”

 

In February 2005, the following transactions occurred: first, a former employee exercised all of his remaining roll-over options and exchanged the resulting shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding for our common shares and Series A preferred shares pursuant to the put/call agreement; second, we contributed all of such shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding to the capital of H-Lines Finance; and third, we sold the full-recourse promissory notes issued to us by 14 members of our management team, having an aggregate original principal balance of $303,784, together with the right to receive the accrued but unpaid interest thereon, to our principal stockholder, CHP IV, for an aggregate purchase price equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of these notes, plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon. As used in this prospectus, we refer to the January 2005 Transactions and the transactions described in this paragraph as the “2005 Transactions.”

 

As used in this prospectus, except as indicated herein, we refer to the Fourth Quarter 2004 Transactions and the 2005 Transactions collectively as the “Post-Acquisition Transactions.”

 

107


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Management Agreement

 

At the closing of the acquisition, the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC entered into a management agreement with Castle Harlan, pursuant to which Castle Harlan on July 7, 2004 agreed to provide business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management, advisory, merchant and investment banking services to the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC upon the terms and conditions set forth in the management agreement. As consideration for its financial advisory services, including planning and negotiating the acquisition, the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC paid Castle Harlan, on the terms set forth in the management agreement, a one-time $2 million transaction fee upon the closing of the acquisition. Furthermore, the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC agreed to pay an ongoing annual fee equal to 3% of the equity investments made by CHP IV and its affiliates at the closing of the acquisition as consideration for business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management, advisory and merchant and investment banking services provided by Castle Harlan. The annual fee for the first year of the term of the management agreement was paid at the closing of the acquisition. In addition, if at any time after the closing of the acquisition, CHP IV or its affiliates (including their limited partners) make any additional equity contributions to any of the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding Corp. or Horizon Lines or any of their subsidiaries, Horizon Lines, Inc., Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC, will pay Castle Harlan an annual management fee equal to 3% of each such equity contribution as consideration for business and organizational strategy, financial and investment management, advisory and merchant and investment banking services provided by Castle Harlan. The issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC will also pay or reimburse Castle Harlan for all out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Castle Harlan and any advisors, consultants, legal counsel and other professionals engaged by Castle Harlan to assist in the provision of services under the management agreement.

 

The initial term of the management agreement expires on December 31, 2009, but is automatically renewed from year to year thereafter unless terminated by Castle Harlan or the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC upon 90 days’ notice prior to the expiration of the then-current term. Under the management agreement, the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC will indemnify Castle Harlan from and against all liabilities, costs, charges and expenses related to its performance of its duties under the management agreement, other than those of the foregoing that result from Castle Harlan’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The payment of the annual management fee to Castle Harlan by the issuer, Horizon Lines Holding and Horizon Lines, LLC is subject to the terms of the senior credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes.

 

Following the consummation of this offering, the management agreement will terminate.

 

Severance Agreements

 

Mr. Zuckerman has entered into a severance agreement with Horizon Lines, LLC dated March 1, 2004. The agreement provides that if he is terminated by Horizon Lines without cause, as defined below, within twenty four (24) months following a Liquidity Event, as defined below, Horizon Lines, LLC will pay him his annual base salary for one year after the termination date, in accordance with its regular payroll practices, and provide him with the continuation of any medical benefits during the severance period, to run concurrently with coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (referred to as COBRA). During the 24-month period following the termination date, Mr. Zuckerman may not directly or indirectly engage in, have an equity interest in, or manage or operate any entity engaging in any containerized shipping business in the Jones Act trade which competes with (i) any business of Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines Holding, their related entities, or

 

108


Table of Contents

their subsidiaries, or (ii) any entity owned by Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines Holding, their related entities, or their subsidiaries, anywhere in the world. Mr. Zuckerman may, however, acquire a passive stock or equity interest in such a business provided that the stock or equity interest acquired is not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding interest in the business. During this period, he may not recruit or otherwise solicit any employee, customer, subscriber or supplier of Horizon Lines, LLC to change its relationship with Horizon Lines, LLC or to establish any relationship with him for any competitive purpose. Upon termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Zuckerman is required not to disclose or disseminate any important, material and confidential proprietary information or trade secrets of the businesses of Horizon Lines, LLC.

 

A “Liquidity Event” is defined as the first occurrence after March 1, 2004 of any of the following: consummation of the sale, transfer or other disposition of the equity securities of Horizon Lines, LLC held by its indirect stockholder, Horizon Lines Holding, in exchange for cash such that immediately following such transaction (or transactions), (i) any entity and/or its affiliates, other than Horizon Lines Holding, acquires more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of Horizon Lines, LLC or (ii) Horizon Lines Holding ceases to hold at least 30% of the outstanding voting securities of Horizon Lines and any entity and its affiliates hold more voting securities of Horizon Lines, LLC than Horizon Lines Holding.

 

In general, Horizon Lines, LLC will have “Cause” to terminate Mr. Zuckerman’s employment upon the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the determination by the board of directors of Horizon Lines, LLC that he failed to substantially perform his duties or comply in any material respect with any reasonable directive of such board, (ii) his conviction, plea of no contest, or plea of nolo contendere of any crime involving moral turpitude, (iii) his use of illegal drugs while performing his duties, or (iv) his commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against Horizon Lines, LLC.

 

Stockholders Agreement

 

All of our existing stockholders are parties to a stockholders agreement, referred to in this prospectus as the “stockholders agreement.”

 

Transfer Restrictions

 

In the event that any existing stockholder (other than members of The Castle Harlan Group) desires to sell its shares of our Series A preferred stock or common stock or receives an unsolicited purchase offer for such shares, we, and, if we fail to exercise our rights, CHP IV, shall have the right to offer to purchase such shares prior to any such sale. If our offer or CHP IV’s offer to purchase the shares is rejected, the existing stockholder may not sell the shares on terms less favorable to such person than the terms set forth in our offer or CHP IV’s offer.

 

Subject to certain limited exceptions, the stockholders agreement grants each existing stockholder the right to participate in sales by any other existing stockholder of shares of our Series A preferred stock or common stock in an amount that exceeds 25% of such other existing stockholder’s share holdings at the time of the acquisition on July 7, 2004 and requires each existing stockholder (other than members of The Castle Harlan Group) to participate, at the direction of CHP IV, in change of control transactions where more than 50% of our preferred stock or common stock is sold to one or more independent third parties.

 

Preemptive Rights

 

Under the stockholders agreement, our existing stockholders have been granted the right to participate on a pro rata basis in the issuance and sale by us of shares of our capital stock or equity securities. This right, which does not apply to this offering, will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

 

109


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

 

Under the stockholders agreement, we have granted our existing stockholders incidental, or “piggyback,” registration rights with respect to their shares of our common stock whenever we propose to register any shares of our common stock (whether for our own account or for any existing stockholder who is a party to the stockholders agreement) with the SEC under the Securities Act in connection with an underwritten public offering of such shares and CHP IV or its affiliates are selling stockholders in such offering.

 

Amendment

 

Subject to certain further limitations, the stockholders agreement may be amended only with the written consent of a majority in interest of the members of The Castle Harlan Group that hold shares of our stock and the holders of 55% of the shares of our common stock and preferred stock held by the other existing stockholders.

 

Termination

 

Upon the consummation of this offering, the stockholders agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Following the consummation of this offering, the stockholders agreement (except for the registration rights and indemnity provisions, which shall remain in full force and effect) will terminate in accordance with its terms upon the first to occur of (i) the failure of the members of The Castle Harlan Group to maintain ownership of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and (ii) the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering.

 

Voting Trust Agreements

 

All of our existing stockholders, other than CHP IV and certain affiliated funds, are parties to a voting trust agreement, referred to in this prospectus as the voting trust agreement,” with us and Mr. John K. Castle under which all shares of our stock held by these stockholders, whether now held or hereafter acquired by them, must be deposited and held in a voting trust arising thereunder of which Mr. Castle, who is the indirect controlling stockholder of CHP IV, is the voting trustee. Under the terms of this voting trust, Mr. Castle, in his capacity as the voting trustee, may, in his discretion but subject to compliance with his fiduciary duties under applicable law, vote, or abstain from voting, all or any of the shares of our stock held by the voting trust on any matter on which holders of shares of such class or series of our stock are entitled to vote, including, but not limited to, the election of directors to our board of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, changes in our capitalization, the declaration of a payment or dividend, a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets, and a liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Under the voting trust agreement, Mr. Castle has agreed, in his capacity as voting trustee, not to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or to change our capitalization, in any manner that would materially and disproportionately adversely affect the rights of any particular existing stockholder who is a party to the voting trust agreement, in its, his or her capacity as a stockholder, in relation to all of our other stockholders in respect of the shares held by them of the same, class, series or type as held by the adversely affected stockholder, in their capacities as holders of such shares, without the prior consent of such adversely affected stockholder.

 

The voting trust agreement provides that such agreement shall have the maximum term permitted under applicable law, subject to early termination if the stockholders agreement has terminated or in certain other limited circumstances. Any transferee of shares of our stock that are subject to the agreement is required, as a condition to the transfer of such shares, to agree that such transferee and the transferred shares shall be bound by the voting trust agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, 300,332 shares of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis, or 35.70%

 

110


Table of Contents

thereof, and 1,779,475 shares of our outstanding Series A preferred stock on a fully diluted basis, or 29.32% thereof, are subject to the voting trust agreement. Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, the voting trust agreement will remain in effect and all of the outstanding shares of our stock then held by our existing stockholders, other than CHP IV and certain affiliated funds, will continue to be subject to such agreement.

 

In addition, all of the holders of roll-over options are parties to a second voting trust agreement with our subsidiary Horizon Lines Holding and Mr. Castle under which all shares of the common stock acquired by these individuals upon the exercise of their roll-over options must be deposited and held in a voting trust arising thereunder of which Mr. Castle is the voting trustee. The terms of this agreement are substantially similar to those of the voting trust agreement discussed in the foregoing paragraph. Upon the complete exercise of the roll-over options and after giving effect to the provisions of the put/call agreement, this voting trust agreement shall cease to be applicable.

 

Stock Issuance and Sale to Non-Executive Directors

 

On January 28, 2005, we issued and sold 1,145 common shares and 9,080 Series A preferred shares to Admiral Holloway for an aggregate purchase price of $99,960, and 2,291 common shares and 18,168 Series A preferred shares for an aggregate purchase price of $200,008 to each of Messrs. Danner and Cameron.

 

Stock Issuance and Sale to Executive Officers

 

On January 14, 2005, we issued and sold (i) 30,379 restricted shares to Charles G. Raymond, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director, for an aggregate purchase price of $243,032; (ii) 11,392 restricted shares to John V. Keenan, our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, for an aggregate purchase price of $91,136; and (iii) 11,392 restricted shares to M. Mark Urbania, our Senior Vice President—Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary, for an aggregate purchase price of $91,136. Mr. Raymond paid $121,516 of the aggregate purchase price for his restricted shares in cash and $121,516 through the issuance to us of a full-recourse promissory note, secured by all of the restricted shares that he purchased. Each of Messrs. Keenan and Urbania paid $45,568 of the aggregate purchase price for his restricted shares in cash and $45,568 through the issuance to us of a full-recourse promissory note, secured by all of the restricted shares that he purchased. Interest on each of these promissory notes accrues at a rate of 6% per annum.

 

On February 28, 2005, we sold each of these promissory notes, together with the right to receive the accrued but unpaid interest thereon to our principal stockholder, CHP IV, for an aggregate purchase price equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of these notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. See “Management—Restricted Stock Issuance and Sale.”

 

Reinvestment Agreements

 

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the members of our management team (or their family members) will enter into agreements with us under which they will be required, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, to exercise the remainder of their roll-over options (if any) and exchange the resulting shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding for shares of our common stock and shares of our Series A preferred stock pursuant to the provisions of the put/call agreement, as well as reinvest, from the proceeds of the Special Class B Dividend, an aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 million in shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price per share.

 

111


Table of Contents

Relationships Existing Prior to the Acquisition

 

Prior to the acquisition, Horizon Lines Holding, and three of its subsidiaries, Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and HLH, LLC, were parties to the following agreements with Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P., our then-parent and an affiliate of The Carlyle Group: (i) a board representation agreement, pursuant to which Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P. was entitled to nominate one member of the board of directors of each of Horizon Lines Holding, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and Horizon Lines, LLC and (ii) a review agreement, pursuant to which each of Horizon Lines Holding, Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and HLH, LLC was required to keep proper books and records. In addition, Horizon Lines, LLC was party to a management agreement with an affiliate of Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P. pursuant to which Horizon Lines, LLC was provided advisory and consulting services. Each of these agreements has been terminated effective as of the consummation of the acquisition on July 7, 2004, and neither The Carlyle Group, nor any of its affiliates or associates, currently owns any of our equity.

 

Horizon Lines, LLC leases vessels and containers pursuant to sublease agreements with affiliates of CSX Corporation, our parent prior to the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction. Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc and Horizon Lines of Alaska, LLC are parties to an International Intermodal Agreement with an affiliate of CSX Corporation pursuant to which we are provided certain transportation and administrative services. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are parties to a guarantee and indemnity agreement with CSX Corporation and certain of its affiliates. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement.” Neither CSX Corporation, nor any of its affiliates or associates, currently owns any of our equity.

 

Additional Transactions

 

We have entered into transactions with certain of our directors, officers and stockholders, including transactions in connection with our initial capitalization and the acquisition, the repayment of our 13% convertible notes, the repurchase of our Series A preferred stock, and the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock and/or Series A preferred stock. See “Management—Restricted Stock Issuance and Sale” beginning on page      of this prospectus and “Historical Transactions Summary,” beginning on page      of this prospectus.

 

In addition, from time to time, we may provide shipping and logistics services for portfolio companies or affiliates of The Castle Harlan Group. Such activities are immaterial to our operations and revenues and are performed on an arms-length basis.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material provisions of our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws as they will be in effect as of the consummation of this offering. We expect to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation immediately before the consummation of this offering to establish certain of these materials provisions and terms. Copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

General

 

As of the date hereof, our authorized capital stock consists of 2.0 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 802,205 shares are issued and outstanding, and 18.0 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of the date hereof, of the amount of authorized preferred stock, 18.0 million shares of our preferred stock are designated Series A preferred stock, of which 5,483,964 shares are issued and outstanding. Such outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock have an aggregate stated value upon liquidation of approximately $54.8 million.

 

Upon the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, our authorized capital stock shall consist of              million shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which              shares of Class A common stock will be issued and outstanding (or, assuming the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares,              shares of Class A common stock will be issued and outstanding), and              million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares shall be designated as any series of preferred stock or be issued or outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters with respect to which the holders of our common stock are entitled to vote. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class on all matters with respect to which the holders of our common stock are entitled to vote, except as otherwise required by law and except that, in addition to any other vote of stockholders required by law, the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, voting as a separate class, is also required to approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, which would adversely affect the rights of the holders of our Class B common stock.

 

The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, and, consequently the holders of a majority or, in the absence thereof, a plurality of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock voting for the election of those of our directors subject to election at any annual meeting of our stockholders, can elect all of such directors. In such event, the holders of the remaining issued and outstanding shares of our common stock will not be able to elect any directors.

 

The outstanding shares of our common stock held by certain of our existing stockholders are subject to a voting trust, of which John K. Castle is the voting trustee, arising under the voting trust agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Voting Trust Agreements.” Immediately following the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, these shares will continue to be subject to such voting trust, unless such requirement is waived. As a result, John K. Castle, through this voting trust and his control of the members of The Castle Harlan Group that are

 

113


Table of Contents

our stockholders, will have voting control of up to         % of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

 

Dividend Rights

 

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will declare a dividend payable, out of funds legally available therefor, on July 8, 2005 to the holders of record of our Class B common stock on such date, in the amount of $         per share (subject to increase as discussed below), referred to in this prospectus as the “Special Class B Dividend.” The amount of the Special Class B Dividend payable on July 8, 2005 will be increased, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by the amount of the net proceeds of the exercise, in full or in part, by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The existing stockholders will be the only holders of our Class B common stock as of July 8, 2005, and, therefore, the only persons entitled to receive the payment of the Special Class B Dividend on such date. We expect to pay this dividend from the net proceeds of our initial public offering of the Class A common shares offered hereby. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, we will be obligated to take all actions required or permitted under applicable Delaware law to permit the payment of the Special Class B Dividend and to pay this dividend to the extent there are funds legally available therefor.

 

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall also be entitled to receive dividends if, as and when dividends are declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, after payment of dividends required to be paid on outstanding preferred stock, as described below. Except for the Special Class B Dividend, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same dividend rights. The senior credit facility and the indentures governing the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes impose restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to upstream cash to fund our payment of dividends with respect to our common stock. With the exception of the Special Class B Dividend (which will be declared and paid on July 8, 2005 subject only to the availability of funds legally available therefor), any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend, among other things, on various factors and considerations. See “Dividend Policy,” on page      of this prospectus, and see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—We may elect not pay dividends on our common stock,” on page     , “—We may not have the necessary funds to pay dividends on our common stock,” on page     , “—Rising interest rates may adversely affect the market price of our common stock,” on page     , and “—Our dividend policy may limited our ability to pursue growth opportunities,” on page     .

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to our stockholders after payment of liabilities and accrued but unpaid dividends and liquidation preferences on any outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

 

Conversion Rights

 

The Class B common stock will automatically convert into the same number of shares of Class A common stock following the payment of the Special Class B Dividend, and may also be converted into Class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder. The Class A common stock has no conversion rights.

 

Other Matters

 

The common stock has no preemptive rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to such stock. All shares of our common stock that

 

114


Table of Contents

will be outstanding at the time of the consummation of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of our Class A common stock offered in this offering, upon payment and delivery in accordance with the underwriting agreement, as described in “Underwriting” on page      of this prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

In addition, all of the outstanding shares of our common stock held by our existing stockholders are subject to certain restrictions on transfer and other provisions set forth in the stockholders agreement, including rights of first offer in favor of the issuer and CHP IV and co-sale rights in favor of our existing stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” Immediately following the consummation of this offering, these shares will continue to be subject to such transfer restrictions, unless such restrictions are waived.

 

Preferred Stock

 

General

 

Our board of directors has the authority, by adopting resolutions, to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with the designations and preferences for each series set forth in the adopting resolutions. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine, among other things, the rights, preferences and limitations pertaining to each series of preferred stock.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

Redemption

 

The Series A preferred stock is subject to redemption by us at our option at any time, or from time to time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price in cash equal to $10 per share. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to redeem, at the stated value thereof, on July 8, 2005, all of the remaining shares of our Series A preferred stock then outstanding. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of shares of the Series A preferred stock are not entitled to vote on any matter except as expressly required by applicable law.

 

The outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock held by certain of our existing stockholders are subject to a voting trust, of which John K. Castle is the voting trustee, arising under the voting trust agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Voting Trust Agreements.” Immediately following the consummation of this offering, these shares will continue to be subject to such voting trust, unless such requirement is waved.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Subject to any rights of any then-outstanding shares of any other series of preferred stock ranking pari passu or senior to the Series A preferred stock with respect to dividends, the holders of our Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive such dividends (if any) as may be declared thereon from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive, out of the assets available for distribution to our stockholders, before any

 

115


Table of Contents

payment shall be made in respect of any then-outstanding shares of common stock or any then-outstanding shares of any series of preferred stock that ranks junior to the Series A preferred stock upon the occurrence of any such event, and subject to the rights of holders of any then-outstanding shares of any series of preferred stock that ranks senior to the Series A preferred stock upon the occurrence of any such event, for each share of Series A preferred stock held by such holders of Series A preferred stock, an amount equal to $10.

 

Other Matters

 

The Series A preferred stock has no preemptive rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to such series. All shares of our Series A preferred stock that will be outstanding at the time of the consummation of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

In addition, all of the outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock held by our existing stockholders are subject to certain restrictions on transfer and other provisions set forth in the stockholders agreement, including rights of first offer in favor of the issuer and CHP IV and co-sale rights in favor of our existing stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” Immediately following the consummation of this offering, these shares will continue to be subject to such restrictions, unless such restrictions are waived.

 

Foreign Ownership

 

In order for us to be permitted to operate our vessels in markets in which the marine trade is subject to the Jones Act, we must maintain U.S. citizenship for U.S. coastwise trade purposes as defined in the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, as amended, the Shipping Act, 1916, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Under these statutes and regulations, to maintain U.S. citizenship and, therefore, be qualified to engage in the U.S. coastwise trade:

 

  Ÿ   we must be incorporated under the laws of the United States or a state;

 

  Ÿ   at least 75.0% of the ownership and voting power of the shares of each class or series of our capital stock must be owned and controlled by U.S. citizens (within the meaning of the statutes and regulations referred to above), free from any trust, or fiduciary obligations in favor of, or any agreement, arrangement or understanding whereby voting power or control may be exercised directly or indirectly by non-U.S. citizens, as defined in the statutes and regulations referred to above; and

 

  Ÿ   our chief executive officer, by whatever title, the president, the chairman of our board of directors and all persons authorized to act in the absence or disability of such persons must be U.S. citizens, and not more than a minority of the number of our directors necessary to constitute a quorum of our board of directors are permitted to be non-U.S. citizens.

 

In order to protect our ability to register our vessels under federal law and operate our vessels in markets in which the marine trade is subject to the Jones Act, our certificate of incorporation, from and after the consummation of this offering, will restrict foreign ownership of the shares of each class or series of our capital stock to a percentage equal to not more than 24.99%. We refer in this prospectus to such percentage limitation on foreign ownership as the “permitted percentage.”

 

Our certificate of incorporation, from and after the consummation of this offering, will provide, that:

 

  Ÿ  

any transfer, or attempted transfer, of any shares of any class or series of our capital stock that would result in the ownership or control, in each case, in excess of the permitted percentage by one or more persons who is not a U.S. citizen (as defined in the statutes and regulations referred to above) for purposes of the U.S. coastwise trade will be ineffective as against us,

 

116


Table of Contents
 

and neither we nor our transfer agent will register any such transfer or purported transfer in our records or recognize any such transferee or purported transferee as our stockholder for any purpose (including for purposes of voting, dividends and distributions) except to the extent necessary to effect the remedies available to us under our certificate of incorporation; and

 

  Ÿ   if, at any time, persons other than U.S. citizens own shares or possess voting power or control over shares of any class or series of our capital stock, in each case (either of record or beneficially), in excess of the permitted percentage, the voting, dividend and distribution rights of such persons with respect to such excess shares will be suspended and we may redeem such shares pursuant to a specified formula.

 

Certificates representing shares of any class or series of our capital stock will bear legends concerning the restrictions on ownership by persons other than U.S. citizens. In addition, our certificate of incorporation, from and after the consummation of this offering, will:

 

  Ÿ   permit us to require, as a condition precedent to the transfer of shares on our records or those of our transfer agent, representations and other proof as to the identity and citizenship of existing or prospective stockholders (including the beneficial owners); and

 

  Ÿ   permit us to establish and maintain a dual stock certificate system under which different forms of certificates may be used to reflect whether or not the owner thereof is a U.S. citizen.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock that are outstanding, or             % of our outstanding common stock, are owned (beneficially and of record) by U.S. citizens within the meaning of the statutes and regulations referred to above.

 

Horizon Lines Holding Stock Option Plan

 

On June 29, 2003, the board of directors of Horizon Lines Holding Corp., formerly known as Carlyle-Horizon Holdings Corp., adopted the Carlyle-Horizon Holdings Corp. Stock Option Plan, which, as amended, is referred to in this prospectus as the “Horizon Lines Holding Stock Option Plan.” Options to purchase an aggregate of 90,138 shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding were granted under this plan prior to the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004. Subsequent to the closing of the acquisition on July 7, 2004, no options have been granted under this plan.

 

As of the date hereof, options granted under the Horizon Lines Holding Stock Option Plan to purchase an aggregate of 15,501.23 shares of common stock of Horizon Lines Holding remained outstanding. All of these outstanding options are vested in full and subject to the provisions of the put/call agreement, which is described in the “Historical Transactions Summary.” Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, these options will be completely exercised by members of our management team (or their family members) in accordance with their respective reinvestment agreements resulting, after giving effect to the provisions of the put/call agreement, in the issuance to them of 38,946 shares of our common stock and 584,190 shares of our Series A preferred stock.

 

Limitations on Directors’ Liability

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, from and after the consummation of this offering, will indemnify, our directors, and limit their liability, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL also permits a corporation to limit or eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of fiduciary duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of our company and our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director

 

117


Table of Contents

(including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock is             .

 

Listing

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “HRZ.”

 

Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law That May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.    Certain provisions, which are summarized below, in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, in each case as in effect from and after the consummation of this offering, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, from and after the consummation of this offering, will contain provisions that:

 

  Ÿ   permit us to issue, without any further vote or action by our stockholders up to              million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each series, fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the preferences and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of the series;

 

  Ÿ   limit the ability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;

 

 

  Ÿ   establish a classified board of directors with staggered             -year terms;

 

  Ÿ   impose advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for stockholder proposals;

 

  Ÿ   limit to incumbent members of our board the right to elect or appoint individuals to fill the remaining terms of vacant seats on our board of directors; and

 

The foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change of control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit increases in the market price of the common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management. See “Risk Factors—Risks related to this Offering—Certain provisions of our charter documents and agreements and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.”

 

118


Table of Contents

Delaware Takeover Statute.    We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” (as defined below) with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 of the DGCL defines “business combination” to include: (i) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation in a transaction involving the interested stockholder; (iii) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (iv) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (v) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Based on the number of shares outstanding at December 26, 2004, and after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions, upon consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters also exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis. All of the shares that we sell in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144, which is summarized below. The remaining              shares of our common stock that are outstanding after the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions, or approximately             % of our common stock, assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering, will be restricted shares under the terms of the Securities Act. Certain of these shares will be subject to lock-up agreements as described in “Underwriting.” Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

 

Sales of Restricted Securities

 

Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below.

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year and has complied with the requirements described below would be entitled to sell a specified number of shares within any three-month period. That number of shares cannot exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after giving effect to this offering, and (ii) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 reporting the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also restricted by manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that our affiliates who are selling shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares with the exception of the holding period requirement.

 

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

Rule 701 provides that the shares of common stock acquired pursuant to written compensation contracts established by the issuer for the participation of the officers, directors and employees of the issuer and its subsidiaries may be resold, to the extent not restricted by the terms of any applicable lock-up agreements or other contracts, by persons, other than affiliates of the issuer, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, and

 

120


Table of Contents

by affiliates of the issuer under Rule 144, without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period. As of December 26, 2004, and after giving effect to the 2005 Transactions, a total of              shares of common stock were outstanding that were subject to Rule 701, certain of which are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters, as described in “Underwriting” and some of which are subject to the contractual restrictions set forth in the stockholders agreement and the voting trust agreement, as described in “Certain Contractual Restrictions on Sales of Restricted Securities.”

 

As a result of the lock-up agreements and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701,              million additional shares may be available for sale in the public market after the expiration of the lock-up periods provided for in such lock-up agreements, subject, in some cases, to volume limits.

 

Certain Contractual Restrictions on Sales of Restricted Securities

 

Assuming that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, immediately after the consummation of the Offering-Related Transactions,              of our restricted shares that are outstanding, or approximately             % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis, will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the stockholders agreement, and              of these restricted shares, or approximately             % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis, will continue to be subject to a voting trust, of which John K. Castle is the voting trustee, under a voting trust agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement;” and “—Voting Trust Agreements.”

 

Registration Rights

 

Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, we have granted to our existing stockholders certain incidental, or “piggyback,” registration rights with respect to the shares of our common stock held by them whenever we propose to register any shares of our common stock (whether for our own account or for any existing stockholder who is a party to the stockholders agreement) with the SEC under the Securities Act and CHP IV or its affiliates elect to act as a selling stockholder in connection with such registration. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

 

Effects of Sales of Shares

 

No predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares of our common stock from time to time, or the availability of shares of our common stock for future sale, may have on the market price for shares of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to obtain capital through an offering of equity securities.

 

121


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

 

The following summary of certain provisions of the agreements or instruments evidencing our material indebtedness does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of such agreements or instruments, including the definitions of certain terms therein that are not otherwise defined in this prospectus.

 

Senior Credit Facility

 

On July 7, 2004, Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding entered into a $275.0 million senior credit facility with various financial lenders.

 

The Facility.    The senior credit facility consists of (i) a $25.0 million revolving credit facility and (ii) a $250.0 million term loan facility. The revolving credit facility includes a letter of credit subfacility.

 

Availability.    One drawing, in the amount of $250.0 million, was made under the term loan facility on July 7, 2004. Amounts available under the revolving credit facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until the maturity date thereof.

 

Maturity.    The term loan facility matures on July 7, 2011 and our revolving credit facility matures on July 7, 2009.

 

Amortization.    One percent of the term loan facility will amortize during each of the first six years after July 7, 2004 in equal consecutive quarterly installments. The remaining portion of the term loan facility will amortize during the seventh year of the term loan facility in equal consecutive quarterly installments.

 

Mandatory Prepayments.    Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding are required to make mandatory prepayments of amounts under the credit facility with (a) 100% of the net proceeds of certain asset sales and events of loss (subject to customary reinvestment rights and exceptions), (b) 100% of the net proceeds of certain debt issuances (subject to certain exceptions), (c) 50% of the net proceeds of certain equity issuances (excluding equity capital used to fund capital expenditures or permitted acquisitions) and (d) 75% (reducing to 50% at times when the leverage ratio is less than 3.75 to 1.00) of their excess cash flow for each year. The mandatory prepayments will first be applied to the outstanding term loans and, after all of the term loans are paid in full, then be applied to reduce the loans under the revolving credit facility.

 

Incremental Term Loans.    At the request of Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding, subject to customary conditions (including no default, pro forma compliance with financial covenants and obtaining commitments from lenders), one or additional term loans (in an aggregate amount for all of such additional term loans not to exceed $50.0 million) may be made under the senior credit facility until the term loan facility matures.

 

Guarantees and Security.    The senior credit facility is (a) secured by a first priority security interest in (i) subject to certain exceptions, substantially all of the assets of Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiary of Horizon Lines Holding (each such subsidiary (other than Horizon Lines, LLC), the “Guarantors”), (ii) 100% of the stock of each domestic subsidiary of Horizon Lines Holding (other than Horizon Lines, LLC), (iii) 65% of the stock of each first-tier foreign subsidiary of Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines Holding or any Guarantor and (iv) all intercompany debt, and (b) guaranteed by each Guarantor.

 

Interest.    Borrowings under the senior credit facility are made as base rate loans or LIBOR loans at the election of Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding. The interest rates payable under the

 

122


Table of Contents

senior credit facility are based upon the base rate or LIBOR, depending on the type of loan chosen by Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding, plus an applicable margin. The margin applicable to the term loan facility is equal to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.75% for LIBOR loans. The applicable margins for borrowings under the revolving credit facility are variable based upon a leverage ratio determined as follows:

 

Leverage Ratio


   Base Rate

    LIBOR

 

Greater than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00

   1.50 %   2.50 %

Less than 3.75 to 1.00

   1.25 %   2.25 %

 

Interest is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year (365/366 day year with respect to base rate loans) and is payable quarterly for base rate loans and at the end of each interest period for LIBOR loans (but not less frequently than quarterly).

 

Fees.    The senior credit facility contains certain customary fees, including letter of credit fees and an unused facility fee for the revolving credit facility based upon non-use of available funds.

 

Covenants.    The senior credit facility contains various covenants customary for similar credit facilities, including, but not limited to covenants pertaining to:

 

  Ÿ   sales of assets;

 

  Ÿ   granting of liens;

 

  Ÿ   guarantees;

 

  Ÿ   incurrence of indebtedness;

 

  Ÿ   voluntary prepayment of certain indebtedness;

 

  Ÿ   payment of dividends;

 

  Ÿ   investments, mergers and acquisitions;

 

  Ÿ   transactions with affiliates; and

 

  Ÿ   sales and lease-backs.

 

The senior credit facility also requires Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding to achieve and maintain certain financial covenants, and ratios and tests, including minimum interest coverage and maximum total leverage ratios and maximum capital expenditures. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the senior credit facility prohibits prepayment of principal under the 9% senior notes whether upon acceleration or otherwise.

 

Events of Default.    The senior credit facility contains customary events of default, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ   failure to make payments when due;

 

  Ÿ   noncompliance with covenants;

 

  Ÿ   change of control;

 

  Ÿ   certain bankruptcy related events;

 

  Ÿ   breaches of representations and warranties;

 

  Ÿ   judgments in excess of specified amounts;

 

  Ÿ   ERISA events which result in a material adverse effect;

 

123


Table of Contents
  Ÿ   impairment of security interests in collateral;

 

  Ÿ   invalidity of guarantees; and

 

  Ÿ   defaults under certain other agreements or instruments of indebtedness.

 

Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement

 

As part of the February 27, 2003 purchase transaction, the then-parent of Horizon Lines, LLC, CSX Corporation, and certain of its affiliates, referred to herein as the CSX Beneficiaries, agreed to continue as guarantors of the obligations of Horizon Lines, LLC and certain of its subsidiaries under the then-existing charters for certain vessels chartered by Horizon Lines, LLC or certain of its subsidiaries and, in connection therewith, we entered into an Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement, referred to herein as the GIA, was executed with the CSX Beneficiaries. Under the GIA, certain of the issuer’s subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify the CSX Beneficiaries and certain related parties if any of them should be called upon by any owner of certain chartered vessels to make payments to the owner under the guarantees referred to above. The GIA requires certain of the issuer’s subsidiaries to comply with various negative covenants including limitations on dividends and other distributions, share repurchases, transactions with affiliates, dispositions of assets and change of control transactions, unless, in certain instances and subject to additional requirements, the interest coverage ratio for certain of the issuer’s subsidiaries for the last four completed consecutive quarters immediately before the transaction, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transaction, will not be less than 1.90 to 1.00. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are required to furnish the CSX Beneficiaries with certain financial statements and other information from time to time. By its terms, the GIA shall remain in effect so long as our obligations under our existing vessel charters remain in effect.

 

9% Senior Notes

 

On July 7, 2004, Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding completed an offering of the 9% senior notes.

 

Set forth below is a description of the principal terms of the 9% senior notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions.

 

Principal, Maturity and Interest

 

Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding have issued and outstanding $250.0 million principal amount of the 9% senior notes. Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding may issue additional notes subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the indenture governing the 9% senior notes. The 9% senior notes mature on November 1, 2012. Interest on the 9% senior notes accrues at the rate of 9% per annum and is payable in cash semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year.

 

Rankings and Guarantees

 

The 9% senior notes are the general unsecured obligations of Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding and rank equally with the existing and future unsecured indebtedness and other obligations of Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 9% senior notes, and senior in right to any future subordinated debt. The guarantees of the 9% senior notes rank equally with all the existing and future unsecured indebtedness of the domestic, restricted subsidiaries of Horizon Lines Holding that guaranteed the 9% senior notes and other obligations of such entities that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees of the 9% senior notes. The 9% senior notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding’s or the guarantors’ secured debt, if applicable, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

 

124


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

 

On or after November 1, 2008, Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding may redeem the 9% senior notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Special Interest (as defined in the applicable registration rights agreement), if any, on the 9% senior notes redeemed, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing November 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Year


   Percentage

 

2008

   104.500 %

2009

   102.250 %

2010 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

Additionally, at any time prior to November 1, 2008, Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding will be entitled, at their option, to redeem all or part of the notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 9% senior notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a 9% senior note at any redemption date, the greater of:

 

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note; and

 

(2) the excess of:

 

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of such note on November 1, 2008 set forth in the second paragraph of this “—Optional Redemption” section exclusive of any accrued interest plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such note through November 1, 2008, other than accrued interest to such redemption date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, discounted on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis, over

 

(b) the principal amount of such note on such redemption date.

 

Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by Horizon Lines and Horizon Lines Holding or on their behalf by such Person as such entities shall designate; provided, however, that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the trustee.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar, market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2008; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2008 is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

125


Table of Contents

Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding may acquire 9% senior notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase, negotiated transaction or otherwise, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the indenture.

 

Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings

 

At any time (which may be more than once) before November 1, 2007, Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding may, at their option, use net cash proceeds of one or more qualified equity offerings to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the 9% senior notes issued under the indenture governing the 9% senior notes at a redemption price of 109% of the principal amount of the 9% senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that:

 

  Ÿ   at least 65% of the principal amount of 9% senior notes issued under the indenture governing the 9% senior notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

  Ÿ   Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding make such redemption not more than 180 days of the date of any such qualified equity offering.

 

Covenants

 

The indenture governing the 9% senior notes restricts, among other things, Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines Holding, and Horizon Lines Holding’s restricted subsidiaries, ability to incur additional debt, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, consolidate or merge, and sell assets. There are a number of important qualifications and limitations to these covenants.

 

Change of Control Offer

 

If a change of control occurs, Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding must give holders of the 9% senior notes the opportunity to sell to Horizon Lines, LLC and Horizon Lines Holding all or any part of their 9% senior notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9% senior notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on such notes, to the date of purchase.

 

Events of Default

 

The indenture governing the 9% senior notes contains customary events of default, including, but not limited to, (i) defaults in the payment of principal or interest, (ii) defaults in compliance with covenants contained in the indenture governing the 9% senior notes, (iii) cross defaults at maturity or cross acceleration with respect to other indebtedness of more than $15 million, (iv) failure to pay more than $15 million on judgments that have not been stayed by appeal or otherwise, (v) certain events of bankruptcy or (vi) any guarantee of a significant subsidiary of Horizon Lines Holding ceasing to be in full force and effect or being declared to be null and unenforceable or being found to be invalid.

 

11% Senior Discount Notes

 

On December 10, 2004, H-Lines Finance completed an offering of the 11% senior discount notes.

 

Set forth below is a description of the principal terms of the 11% senior discount notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions.

 

Principal, Maturity and Interest

 

H-Lines Finance has issued and outstanding $160.0 million principal amount at maturity of the 11% senior discount notes. The notes were issued at a discount from their principal amount at maturity

 

126


Table of Contents

to generate gross proceeds of approximately $112.8 million. H-Lines Finance may issue additional notes subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes. The 11% senior discount notes mature on April 1, 2013.

 

Until April 1, 2008, the notes will accrete at the rate of 11% per annum, compounded semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning October 1, 2005, to but not including April 1, 2008 (the “Full Accretion Date”), using a 360-day year comprised of 30-day months, from an initial Accreted Value of $701.69 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity on December 10, 2004 to $1,000 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity on the Full Accretion Date, as reflected in the definition of Accreted Value. No cash interest will accrue on the 11% senior discount notes prior to the full Accretion Date. Beginning on the Full Accretion Date, cash interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 11% per annum and will be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on each April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 2008.

 

Accreted Value” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (1) the initial Accreted Value (which is $701.69 per $1,000 in principal amount at maturity of the 11% senior discount notes) and (2) the portion of the excess of the principal amount at maturity of each 11% senior discount note over such initial Accreted Value which shall have been amortized through such date, such amount to be amortized on a daily basis and compounded semi-annually on April 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2005, at the rate of 11% per annum from the date of the original issuance of the 11% senior discount notes through the date of determination, increased by the rate of any Special Interest accruing during a registration default (in each case as defined in the registration rights agreement applicable to the 11% senior discount notes), computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Accreted Value of any senior discount note on or after April 1, 2008 shall be equal to 100% of its stated principal amount at maturity; it being understood that if Special Interest accrued each senior discount note will accrete to 100% of its stated principal amount at maturity on an earlier date and the final Accreted Value will exceed 100%.

 

Rankings and Guarantees

 

The 11% senior discount notes are the general unsecured obligations of H-Lines Finance and rank equally with the existing and future unsecured indebtedness and other obligations of H-Lines Finance that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 11% senior discount notes, and senior in right to any future subordinated debt. The 11% senior discount notes are effectively subordinated to any of H-Lines Finance’s secured debt, if applicable, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

 

Optional Redemption

 

On or after April 1, 2008, H-Lines Finance may redeem the 11% senior discount notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the 11% senior discount notes redeemed, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing April 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Year


   Percentage

 

2008

   105.500 %

2009

   102.750 %

2010 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

Additionally, at any time prior to April 1, 2008, H-Lines Finance will be entitled, at its option, to redeem all or part of the 11% senior discount notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the

 

127


Table of Contents

Accreted Value thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid Special Interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a senior discount note at any redemption date, the greater of:

 

(1) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such note; and

 

(2) the excess of:

 

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of such note on April 1, 2008 set forth in the second paragraph of this “—Optional Redemption” section exclusive of any accrued interest, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, discounted on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis, over

 

(b) the Accreted Value of such note on such redemption date.

 

Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by H-Lines Finance or on behalf of H-Lines Finance by such Person as H-Lines Finance shall designate; provided, however, that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the trustee.

 

Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar, market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to April 1, 2008; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to April 1, 2008 is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that If the period from such redemption date to April 1, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

H-Lines Finance may acquire 11% senior discount notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase, negotiated transaction or otherwise, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the indenture.

 

Redemption with Proceeds of Equity Offerings

 

At any time (which may be more than once) before October 1, 2007, H-Lines Finance may, at its option, use net cash proceeds of one or more qualified equity offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the 11% senior discount notes issued under the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes at a redemption price of 111% of the Accreted Value thereof on the date of redemption, plus accrued and unpaid Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that:

 

  Ÿ   at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the 11% senior discount notes issued under the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

  Ÿ   the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such qualified equity offering.

 

128


Table of Contents

Mandatory Redemption

 

On April 1, 2010, H-Lines Finance will be required to redeem a portion of each senior discount note outstanding on such date equal to the AHYDO Amount on such date.

 

The redemption price for each portion of a senior discount note so redeemed will equal 100% of the Accreted Value of such portion as of the date of redemption.

 

“AHYDO Amount” means the amount sufficient, but not in excess of the amount necessary, to ensure that a senior discount note will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such amount will be approximately equal to (i) the excess of the Accreted Value of a note on April 1, 2010 over the original issue price thereof less (ii) an amount equal to one year’s simple uncompounded interest on the original issue price of such note at a rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity on such note.

 

Covenants

 

The indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes restricts, among other things, H-Lines Finance’s ability to incur additional debt, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, consolidate or merge, and sell assets. There are a number of important qualifications and limitations to these covenants.

 

Change of Control Offer

 

If a change of control occurs, H-Lines Finance must give holders of the 11% senior discount notes the opportunity to sell to H-Lines Finance all or any part of their 11% senior discount notes at 101% of the Accreted Value thereof as of the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Special Interest, if any, on the notes repurchased, to the date of purchase.

 

Events of Default

 

The indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes contains customary events of default, including, but not limited to, (i) defaults in the payment of Accrued Value of the 11% senior discount notes, or interest on, or Special Interest, if any, with respect to the 11% senior discount notes, (ii) defaults compliance with covenants contained in the indenture governing the 11% senior discount notes, (iii) cross defaults at maturity or cross acceleration with respect to other indebtedness of more than $15 million, (iv) failure to pay more than $15 million on judgments that have not been stayed by appeal or otherwise, or (v) certain events of bankruptcy.

 

129


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following summary describes the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) as of the date hereof. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state and local consequences that may be relevant to such Non-U.S. Holders in light of their personal circumstances. Special rules may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders, such as United States expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. The following discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income and estate tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

 

If a partnership holds the common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons who are partners of partnerships holding the common stock are urged to consult their tax advisors.

 

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” of common stock means a holder that is for United States federal income tax purposes (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if it (x) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a holder that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes a nonresident alien individual or a corporation trust or estate that is not a U.S. Holder.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of common stock, to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates. A Non-U.S. Holder must satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements for its effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding (including the provision of a properly executed Form W-8ECI (or successor form)). Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

130


Table of Contents

A Non-U.S. Holder of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and avoid backup withholding as discussed below) for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that such holder is not a United States person or (b) if the common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals.

 

A Non-U.S. Holder of common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States, and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual and holds the common stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the company is or has been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (i) above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (ii) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States). If a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation falls under clause (i) above, it will be subject to tax on its gain under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

The company believes it is not, has not been and does not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. If our current view is incorrect or if we become a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future, and our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a Non-U.S. Holder who (actually or constructively (applying certain ownership attribution rules)) holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than five percent of the common stock would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a disposition of the common stock but other non-U.S. holders generally would not be. If the common stock is not so traded, all non-U.S. holders would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on disposition of the common stock.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

The issuer must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

A Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.

 

131


Table of Contents

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, will apply to the proceeds of a sale (including a redemption) of common stock within the United States or conducted through United States related financial intermediaries unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. Holder or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

132


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters


   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

    

UBS Securities LLC

    

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 

    

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

    

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

 

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the company to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company


   No Exercise

   Full Exercise

Per Share

   $                 $             

Total

   $      $  

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

 

We and our officers, directors and principal stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives or as contemplated by the transactions specified in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted

 

133


Table of Contents

period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

An application has been made to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HRZ.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the company in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that: (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their

 

134


Table of Contents

businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company; and (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

The shares may not be offered or sold, transferred or delivered, as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to any individual or legal entity in the Netherlands other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade, which includes banks, securities intermediaries, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which, as an ancillary activity, regularly trade or invest in securities.

 

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation or subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than under circumstances in which such offer, sale or invitation does not constitute an offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares to the public in Singapore.

 

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

We currently anticipate that we will undertake a directed share program, pursuant to which we will direct the underwriters to reserve up to              shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to directors, officers, employees and friends through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase any reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby.

 

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

 

135


Table of Contents

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

 

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or certain brokers or dealers may distribute this prospectus electronically.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for the company and Castle Harlan, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Goldman, Sachs & Co. acted as financial advisor to Horizon Lines in connection with the acquisition. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC acted as initial purchasers in connection with the offering of the 9% senior notes and the 11% senior discount notes. Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., acted as syndication agent, joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner of, and is a lender under, our senior credit facility. UBS AG, Stamford Branch, an affiliate of UBS Securities LLC, acts as administrative agent, as collateral agent and as mortgage trustee under the senior credit facility. UBS Loan Finance LLC, an affiliate of UBS Securities LLC, is a lender under the senior credit facility. UBS Securities LLC acted as joint lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner under the senior credit facility.

 

136


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York and for the underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, have audited our consolidated and combined financial statements and schedule as of December 26, 2004 and Predecessor-A as of December 21, 2003 and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, cash flows, and changes in stockholders’ equity for the period from July 7, 2004 to December 26, 2004, and of Predecessor-A for the period from February 27, 2003 to December 21, 2003 and for the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and of Predecessor-B for the period from December 23, 2002 to February 26, 2003 and the period from December 24, 2001 to December 22, 2002, as set forth in their report included herein. We have included our financial statements and schedule in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE CAN YOU FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register the common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information about us and the common stock being offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Upon consummation of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings and the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains our SEC filings. Our website address is http://www.horizonlines.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

137


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Index to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

    

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

   F-5

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes In Stockholders’ Equity

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors

H-Lines Holding Corp.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of H-Lines Holding Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 26, 2004 and Predecessor-A as of December 21, 2003 and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, cash flows, and changes in stockholders’ equity of H-Lines Holding Corp. for the period from July 7, 2004 to December 26, 2004, and of Predecessor-A for the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and for the period from February 27, 2003 to December 21, 2003 and of Predecessor-B for the period from December 23, 2002 to February 26, 2003 and the period from December 24, 2001 to December 22, 2002. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of H-Lines Holding Corp. and subsidiaries and Predecessor-A and Predecessor-B listed in the index on page F-1. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of H-Lines Holding Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 26, 2004 and Predecessor-A as of December 21, 2003, and the consolidated and combined results of their operations and cash flows of H-Lines Holding Corp. for the period from July 7, 2004 to December 26, 2004, and of Predecessor-A for the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and for the period from February 27, 2003 to December 21, 2003 and of Predecessor-B for the period from December 23, 2002 to February 26, 2003 and the period from December 24, 2001 to December 22, 2002, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

 

Greensboro, North Carolina

February 15, 2005

 

F-2


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Company

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands, except share amounts)

     Predecessor - A

   

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


 
     December 21, 2003

    December 26, 2004

 

Assets

                

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 41,811     $ 56,766  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

     106,428       110,801  

Income tax receivable

     —         9,354  

Deferred tax asset

     —         5,680  

Materials and supplies

     19,179       21,680  

Other current assets

     4,688       7,019  
    


 


Total current assets

     172,106       211,300  

Property and equipment, net

     179,713       190,123  

Customer contracts, net

     47,929       130,319  

Trademarks, net

     —         61,710  

Goodwill

     66,401       306,680  

Deferred financing costs, net

     5,248       23,703  

Deferred tax asset

     —         80,499  

Other long term assets

     21,157       15,640  
    


 


     $ 492,554     $ 1,019,974  
    


 


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 22,921     $ 25,275  

Income taxes payable

     1,145       —    

Related party rolling stock rent

     16,996       —    

Current portion of deferred tax liability

     —         1,683  

Current portion of long term debt

     —         2,500  

Other accrued liabilities

     84,852       114,590  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     125,914       144,048  
 

Long term debt, net of current

     164,750       609,694  

Preferred units of subsidiary

     49,552       —    

Deferred tax liability

     4,201       136,538  

Deferred rent

     49,508       44,949  

Other long-term liabilities

     1,769       2,429  
    


 


Total liabilities

     395,694       937,658  
    


 


Preferred stock

             56,708  

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Common Stock, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 and 2,000,000 shares authorized and 800,000 and 719,793 shares issued and outstanding at December 21, 2003 and December 26, 2004, respectively

     8       8  

Additional paid in capital

     79,992       26,685  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (302 )     71  

Retained earnings (loss)

     17,162       (1,156 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     96,860       25,608  
    


 


     $ 492,554     $ 1,019,974  
    


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

($ in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Predecessor - B

    Predecessor - A

  

H-Lines

Holding

Corp.


 
    

For the period

December 24,

2001 through

December 22,

2002


   

For the period

December 23,

2002 through

February 26,

2003


   

For the period

February 27,

2003 through

December 21,

2003


  

For the period

December 22,

2003 through

July 06,

2004


  

For the period

July 07, 2004

through

December 26,

2004


 

Operating revenue

   $ 804,424     $ 138,411     $ 747,567    $ 498,430    $ 481,898  
 

Operating expenses:

                                      

Operating expense

     658,053       121,862       596,369      402,875      377,468  

Depreciation and amortization

     17,977       3,053       26,901      20,937      24,633  

Amortization of vessel drydocking

     14,988       3,221       13,122      8,743      7,118  

Selling, general and administrative

     75,174       11,861       68,203      43,323      41,482  

Miscellaneous expense (income), net

     824       935       2,238      1,891      269  
    


 


 

  

  


Total operating expenses

     767,016       140,932       706,833      477,769      450,970  
    


 


 

  

  


Operating income (loss)

     37,408       (2,521 )     40,734      20,661      30,928  
 

Other expense (income):

                                      

Interest expense

     7,133       467       8,519      5,111      21,770  

Interest expense—preferred units of subsidiary

     —         —         4,477      2,686      —    

Other expense (income), net

     (5,183 )     22       —        7      15  
    


 


 

  

  


Income (loss) before income taxes

     35,458       (3,010 )     27,738      12,857      9,143  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     13,707       (961 )     10,576      4,896      3,543  
    


 


 

  

  


Net income (loss)

   $ 21,751     $ (2,049 )   $ 17,162    $ 7,961      5,600  
    


 


 

  

        

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

                                   6,756  
                                  


Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

                                 $ (1,156 )
                                  


Net income (loss) per share:

                                      

Basic

     *       *     $ 21.45    $ 9.95    $ (1.68 )

Diluted

     *       *     $ 19.57    $ 8.94    $ (1.68 )
 

Number of shares used in calculations:

                                      

Basic

     *       *       800,000      800,000      686,321  

Diluted

     *       *       876,805      890,138      686,321  

* For periods ending February 26, 2003 and prior, owner’s equity consisted of parent’s net investment, and thus no income (loss) per share has been calculated.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

($ in thousands)

    Predecessor B

    Predecessor A

   

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


 
   

For the period

December 24,

2001 through

December 22,

2002


   

For the period

December 23,

2002 through

February 26,

2003


   

For the period

February 27,

2003 through

December 21,

2003


   

For the period

December 22,

2003 through

July 06,

2004


   

For the period

July 07,

2004 through

December 26,

2004


 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 21,751     $ (2,049 )   $ 17,162     $ 7,961     $ 5,600  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                                       

Depreciation

    17,977       3,053       24,255       19,385       15,187  

Amortization

    —         —         2,646       1,552       9,446  

Amortization of vessel drydocking

    14,988       3,221       13,122       8,743       7,118  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    —         —         438       550       1,303  

Deferred income taxes

    (16,969 )     (12 )     3,701       6,935       9,338  

Gain on equipment disposals

    (2,049 )     —         (74 )     24       (140 )

Other operating activities

    (91 )     —         —         1,765       113  

Accretion of preferred units of subsidiary

    —         —         4,477       2,686       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                                       

Accounts receivable

    (11,550 )     (2,989 )     14,678       (17,645 )     8,633  

Due to/from affiliates

    (241 )     —         —         —         —    

Materials and supplies

    (4,438 )     (1,634 )     384       (3,020 )     (161 )

Other current assets

    2,778       (127 )     (1,786 )     (6,152 )     5,764  

Accounts payable

    (8,091 )     3,041       1,762       200       (3,203 )

Accrued liabilities

    —         (22,815 )     12,159       (13,152 )     26,079  

Income taxes receivable

    —         —         —         —         (9,354 )

Other assets/liabilities

    —         (12,509 )     480       (2,562 )     (851 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    14,065       (32,820 )     93,404       7,270       74,872  
   


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                                       

Purchases of equipment

    (19,298 )     (18,470 )     (16,680 )     (21,889 )     (11,000 )

Acquisition of company

    —         —         (296,172 )     —         (663,031 )

Payment of transaction costs in

                                       

connection with acquisition

    —         —         (18,828 )     —         (246 )

Proceeds from the sale of equipment

    17,173       —         74       1,399       354  

Maturity of FNMA notes

    23,100       —         —         —         —    

Purchase of short term investments

    (26,009 )     —         —         —         —    

Vessel drydocking payments

    (15,905 )     (4,507 )     (12,029 )     (10,198 )     (2,075 )

Other investing activities

    129       —         (590 )     (150 )     —    
   


 


 


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

    (20,810 )     (22,977 )     (344,225 )     (30,838 )     (675,998 )
   


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                                       

Initial capitalization of Company

    —         —         80,000       —         87,027  

Borrowing under 13% convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         70,000  

Borrowing on term loans

    —         —         235,000       —         250,000  

Issuance of senior notes

    —         —         —         —         362,819  

Borrowing under line of credit

    —         —         —         —         6,000  

Payment of financing costs

    —         —         —         —         (4,800 )

Payment on line of credit

    —         —         —         —         (6,000 )

Principal payments on long-term debt

    —         —         (10,250 )     —         (70,625 )

Payment of accreted interest on convertible debt

    —         —         —         —         (3,506 )

Distribution to holders of preferred stock of subsidiary

    —         —         (15,000 )     —         —    

Distribution to holders of preferred stock

    —         —         —         —         (53,613 )

Sale of stock

    —         —         —         —         20,655  

Capital contribution

    —         15,967       —         —         —    

Payments on capital lease obligation

    —         —         (30 )     (87 )     (65 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    —         15,967       289,720       (87 )     657,892  
   


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (6,745 )     (39,830 )     38,899       (23,655 )     56,766  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    47,087       40,342       2,912       41,811       —    
   


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 40,342     $ 512     $ 41,811     $ 18,156     $ 56,766  
   


 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

($ in thousands, except share amounts)

 

H-Lines Holding Corp.


  Common
Shares


  Common Stock

   

Additional

Paid

In Capital


  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


    Retained
Earnings
(Loss)


    Stockholders’
Equity


 

Stockholders' equity at July 07, 2004

  —     $ —       $ —     $ —       $ —       $ —    

Initial capitalization

  559,412     6       13,687     —         —         13,693  

Sale of stock

  126,582     2       3,391     —         —         3,393  

Tax benefit from stock option deduction

  —       —         9,494     —         —         9,494  

Other

  33,799     —         113     —         —         113  

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

  —       —         —       —         (6,756 )     (6,756 )

Net income for the period July 07, 2004 through December 26, 2004

  —       —         —       —         5,600       5,600  

Change in fair value of fuel fixed priced contract

  —       —         —       129       —         129  

Unrealized gain (loss) on pension

  —       —         —       (58 )     —         (58 )
                                     


Comprehensive income

  —       —         —       —         —         5,671  
   
 


 

 


 


 


Stockholders' equity at December 26, 2004

  719,793   $ 8     $ 26,685   $ 71     $ (1,156 )   $ 25,608  
   
 


 

 


 


 


Predecessor - A


  Common
Shares


  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Loss


    Common
Stock


  Additional Paid
In Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Stockholders'
Equity


 

Stockholders' equity at February 27, 2003

  800,000   $ —       $ —     $ —       $ —       $ —    

Initial capitalization

  —       —         8     79,992       —         80,000  

Change in fair value of interest rate contract

  —       (302 )     —       —         —         (302 )

Net income for the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003

  —       —         —       —         17,162       17,162  
                                     


Comprehensive income

  —       —         —       —         —         16,860  
   
 


 

 


 


 


Stockholders' equity at December 21, 2003

  800,000   $ (302 )   $ 8   $ 79,992     $ 17,162     $ 96,860  

Change in fair value of interest rate contract

  —       286       —       —         —         286  

Net income for the period December 22, 2003 through July 06, 2004

  —       —         —       —         7,961       7,961  
                                     


Comprehensive income

  —       —         —       —         —         8,247  

Grant of stock options

  —       —         —       1,765       —         1,765  
   
 


 

 


 


 


Stockholders' equity at July 06, 2004

  800,000   $ (16 )   $ 8   $ 81,757     $ 25,123     $ 106,872  
   
 


 

 


 


 


 

Predecessor - B


   Parent's Net
Investment


   Retained
Earnings


    Total

 

Parent's net investment at December 23, 2001

   $ 56,874    $ 13,280     $ 70,154  

Net income for the period December 24, 2001 through December 22, 2002

     —        21,751       21,751  

Contributed capital

     22,080      —         22,080  
    

  


 


Parent's net investment at December 22, 2002

     78,954      35,031       113,985  

Net loss for the period December 28, 2002 through February 26, 2003

     —        (2,049 )     (2,049 )

Contributed capital

     17,766      —         17,766  
    

  


 


Parent's net investment at February 26, 2003

   $ 96,720    $ 32,982     $ 129,702  
    

  


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

 

1. Basis of Presentation and Operations

 

On July 7, 2004, H-Lines Holding Corp. (the Company) was formed as an acquisition vehicle to acquire the equity interest in Horizon Lines Holding Corp. (HLHC). HLHC a Delaware corporation operates as a holding company for Horizon Lines, LLC (HL), a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary and Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. (HLPR) a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary. HL operates as a domestic liner business with primary service to ports within the continental United States, Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii, and Guam. HL also offers terminal services and ground transportation services. HLPR operates as an agent for HL and also provides terminal services in Puerto Rico. The Company, during the period from February 27, 2003 through July 6, 2004, is referred to as “Predecessor-A.”

 

On December 6, 2004, H-Lines Finance Holding Corp. (HLFHC) was formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. HLHFC, subsequent to its incorporation, issued 11% senior discount notes. The proceeds from these notes were distributed to the Company.

 

The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements include the consolidated accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 26, 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows commencing on July 7, 2004. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

On July 7, 2004, the Company, H-Lines Subcorp., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, Predecessor-A, a majority-owned subsidiary of Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P., and TC Group, L.L.C., an affiliate of Carlyle-Horizon Partners, L.P., amended and restated a merger agreement dated as of May 22, 2004, between the same parties, and, pursuant to such amended and restated merger agreement, H-Lines Subcorp. merged, on such date, with and into Predecessor-A, with Predecessor-A as the surviving corporation (such merger, the “Merger”). Upon the consummation of the Merger, the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of Predecessor-A and the outstanding options granted by Predecessor-A to purchase shares of its common stock were converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the aggregate merger consideration of approximately $650.0 million, whereupon the Company became the holder of all of the outstanding common stock of Predecessor-A. In lieu of receipt of all or a portion of the applicable portion of the aggregate merger consideration, certain members of the management of Horizon Lines, LLC, an indirect subsidiary of Predecessor-A, who were stockholders or option holders of Predecessor-A immediately prior to the Merger elected to receive shares of common stock and preferred stock of the Company or to retain their existing options for shares of the common stock in HLHC. Under a certain put/call agreement dated July 7, 2004 (the “Put/Call Agreement”), the shares of common stock issued by the HLHC upon the exercise of such retained options are subject to exchange, at the option of the Company (or the holders of such shares), with the HLHC for shares of common stock and preferred stock of the Company. Approximately 92.4% of the equity of Predecessor-A was purchased pursuant to the Merger. The Merger was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting; accordingly the consideration paid was allocated based on the estimated fair market values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the consideration paid over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired, including separately identifiable intangible assets, approximated $306.4 million, and was allocated to goodwill.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the preliminary estimated allocation of the purchase price in connection with the Merger ($ in thousands):

 

Working capital

   $ 66,377  

Property & equipment

     188,863  

Goodwill

     306,433  

Customer contracts and trademarks

     201,475  

Deferred financing costs

     18,991  

Long term liabilities

     (126,184 )

Other, net

     20,045  
    


Purchase price

   $ 676,000  
    


 

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations of the Company as if the Merger had taken place at the beginning of each respective period. Pro forma adjustments have been made to reflect additional interest expense from debt associated with the Merger. ($ in thousands)

 

For the Period from December 22, 2003

through July 6, 2004

(Unaudited)

 

Operating revenue

   $ 498,430  

Operating income

     20,036  

Net loss

     (2,451 )

For the Period from February 27, 2003

through December 21, 2003

(Unaudited)

 

Operating revenue

   $ 747,567  

Operating income

     38,484  

Net income

     5,221  

 

The unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the Merger occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.

 

On February 27, 2003 Predecessor-A acquired 84.5% of the outstanding capital of CSX Lines, LLC for approximately $293.2 million and 100% of the outstanding stock of CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. for $3.0 million. The acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the consideration paid was allocated based on the estimated fair market values of the net assets acquired. The excess of the consideration paid over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired including separately identifiable intangible assets approximated $55.0 million and was allocated to goodwill. The purchase prices were allocated as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Horizon Lines,
LLC


   

Horizon Lines of

Puerto Rico, Inc.


 

Working capital

   $ 20,092     $ (3,211 )

Property and equipment

     180,271       6,166  

Goodwill

     54,995       —    

Customer contracts

     50,234       —    

Unfavorable lease agreements

     (53,169 )     —    

Other, net

     40,749       45  
    


 


Purchase price

   $ 293,172     $ 3,000  
    


 


 

F-8


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Prior to the Merger on July 7, 2004 and subsequent to the purchase transaction on February 26, 2003, the consolidated accounts and the condensed and consolidated statements of operations and cash flows represents that of Predecessor-A. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Prior to the purchase transactions on February 27, 2003, the combined company CSX Lines, LLC (Predecessor-B or CSX Lines), and its wholly owned subsidiary was a stand-alone wholly owned entity of CSX Corporation (CSX). The condensed and combined statements of operations and cash flows for the period December 27, 2002 through February 26, 2003 represent the combined financial statements of those respective entities and all significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

As a result of the Merger on July 7, 2004 and the application of purchase accounting, financial information for the period after July 7, 2004 represents that of the Company, which is presented on a different basis of accounting from that of Predecessor-A. As a result of the transaction on February 26, 2003 and the application of purchase accounting, financial information for the period after February 26, 2003 through July 6, 2004 represents that of Predecessor-A, which is presented on a different basis of accounting from that of Predecessor-B.

 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents of the Company consist principally of cash held in banks and short term investments having a maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents of the Predecessor-B consist principally of balances held under a Cash Management and Credit Facility with a subsidiary of CSX and short-term investments having a maturity of three months or less.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of accounts receivable. The Company monitors its collection risk on an ongoing basis through the use of credit reporting agencies. The Company does not require collateral from its trade customers. The allowance for doubtful accounts approximated $7.9 million at December 26, 2004 and $11.0 million at December 21, 2003.

 

Materials and Supplies

 

Materials and supplies consist primarily of fuel inventory held aboard vessels and inventory held for maintenance of property and equipment. Fuel is carried at cost on the first in, first out (FIFO) basis, while all other materials and supplies are carried at average cost.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Routine maintenance, repairs, and removals are charged to expense. Expenditures that materially increase values, change capacities or extend useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or over the terms of capital leases. The estimated useful lives of buildings, chassis and cranes are 25 years and range from 3 to 18 years for other depreciable assets.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Certain costs incurred in the development of internal-use software are capitalized. Software is amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life of three years.

 

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of an asset, the asset is written down to its fair value.

 

Vessel Drydocking

 

United States Coast Guard regulations generally require that vessels be drydocked twice every five years. These costs are amortized over a 30-month period beginning with the accounting period following the vessel’s release from drydock.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of goodwill, customer contracts, trademarks, and debt issuance costs all of which are related to the Merger on July 7, 2004. The Company amortizes customer contracts on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives of 15 to 18 years. Estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years is $15.3 million. The Company also amortizes trademarks on a straight line basis over the expected life of the related trademarks of 15 years. Estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years is $4.3 million. The Company amortizes debt issue cost on a straight line basis over the term of the related debt, which approximates the interest yield method. Estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years is $1.2 million. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are no longer amortized but are subject to annual undiscounted cash flow impairment tests. At least annually, or sooner if there is an indicator of impairment, the fair value of the reporting unit would be calculated. If the calculated fair value is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss would be recognized.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Transportation revenue and a corresponding accrual for the estimated cost to complete delivery are recorded when cargo first sails from its port of origin. Terminal and other service revenue and related cost of sales are recognized as services are performed.

 

Casualty and Other Reserves

 

The Company is self-insured for a portion of its marine and non-marine exposures. Reserves are established based on the value of cargo damaged and the use of current trends and historical data for other claims. These estimates are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized in the financial statements at fair value.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company utilizes derivative instruments tied to the U.S. Gulf bunker index to hedge a portion of its quarterly exposure to bunker fuel price increases. These instruments consist of fixed price swap agreements. The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading purposes. Credit risk related to the derivative financial instruments is considered minimal and is managed by requiring high credit standards for its counterparties.

 

Predecessor-A used derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to movements in interest rates. The use of these financial instruments modified the exposure of these risks with the intent to reduce the risk to Predecessor-A. Predecessor-A did not use financial instruments for trading purposes, nor did it use leveraged financial instruments. Credit risk related to the derivative financial instruments was considered minimal and was managed by requiring high credit standards for its counterparties and periodic settlements.

 

Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments are recorded as adjustments to the assets or liabilities being hedged in the statement of operations or in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), depending on whether the derivative is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting, the type of hedge transaction represented and the effectiveness of the hedge.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects on deferred tax assets and liabilities of subsequent changes in the tax laws and rates are recognized in income during the year the changes are enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realizable.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-based Compensation” (FAS 123), Predecessor-A chose to continue to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related interpretations.” Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options was measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the Predecessor-A’s stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Had compensation costs been determined based on the fair value at the grant date consistent with provisions of FAS 123, the Predecessor-A’s pro forma net income and earnings per share would have been impacted as follows ($ in thousands):

 

    

For the Period

February 27,

2003 through

December 21,

2003


   

For the Period

December 22,

2003 though

July 6,

2004


 

Net income as reported

   $ 17,162     $ 7,961  

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method net of related tax effects

     (210 )     (2,055 )

Add: Total stock-based compensation expense recorded under APB 25

     —         1,765  
    


 


Pro forma net income

   $ 16,952     $ 7,671  
    


 


Basic net income per share:

                

As reported

   $ 21.45     $ 9.95  

Pro forma

   $ 21.19     $ 9.59  

Diluted net income per share:

                

As reported

   $ 19.57     $ 8.94  

Pro forma

   $ 19.33     $ 8.62  

 

The pro forma results reflect amortization of fair value of stock options over the vesting period. The weighted average fair value of options granted in fiscal year 2003 was estimated to be $100, as determined by Predecessor-A’s Board of Directors. The fair value of options granted was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Expected life of option

   10 Years

Risk-free interest rate

   5%

Expected volatility of stock

   0%

Expected dividend yield

   0%

 

Pension Benefits

 

The Company has a noncontributory pension plan covering certain union employees. Costs of the plan are charged to current operations and consist of several components of net periodic pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience of the plans. In addition, certain other union employees are covered by plans provided by their respective union organizations. The Company expenses amounts as paid in accordance with union agreements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Amounts recorded for the pension plan reflects estimates related to future interest rates, investment returns, and employee turnover. The Company reviews all assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis.

 

The Company records an additional minimum pension liability adjustment, when necessary, for the amount of underfunded accumulated pension obligations in excess of accrued pension costs.

 

Computation of Net Income (Loss) per Share

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted daily average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted daily average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period plus dilutive potential common shares, including stock options and warrants using the treasury-stock method and from convertible preferred stock using the “if converted” method.

 

Fiscal Period

 

The fiscal period of the Company began on July 7, 2004, the date of the Merger and closed on December 26, 2004. The fiscal period of the Company typically ends on the last Sunday of the calendar year. The fiscal period of Predecessor-A and Predecessor-B also typically ended on the last Sunday of the calendar year, December 21, 2003 for fiscal year 2003, December 22, 2002 for fiscal year 2002, and December 23, 2001 for fiscal year 2001. Due to the purchase transaction on February 26, 2003, the last fiscal period of Predecessor-B began on December 23, 2002 and ended on February 26, 2003.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that management make estimates in reporting the amounts of certain revenues and expenses for each fiscal year and certain assets and liabilities at the end of each fiscal year. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R), which replaces SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” (SFAS 123) and supercedes APB opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” FASB 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based upon their fair values beginning with the first interim or annual period after June 15, 2005, with early adoption encouraged. The proforma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition. The Company is required to adopt SFAS 123R in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Under SFAS 123R, the Company must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation costs and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption options. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123R and has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123R, and it has not determined whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current proforma disclosures under SFAS 123.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” (SFAS 153). SFAS 153 eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in paragraph 21(b) of APB Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,” and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a nonmonentary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition but does not expect it to have a material impact.

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

During the period July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004, the Company earned, through the exercise of stock options, a tax benefit totaling $9.5 million which was recorded as additional paid in capital. The initial capitalization of the Company included a $13.0 million rollover of equity of predecessor-A held by management. During the period ended December 21, 2003, Predecessor-A obtained equipment with a value of $850 through a capital lease. During the period December 23, 2002 through February 27, 2003, CSX assumed $1,799 of the Predecessor-B liabilities through a capital contribution. Cash payments for interest and taxes were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Predecessor-B

   Predecessor - A

  

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


    

December 24,

2001 through

December 22,

2002


   December 23,
2002
through
February 26,
2003


  

February 27,

2003 through
December 21,

2003


  

December 22,
2003
through
July 6,

2004


  

July 7,

2004 through
December 26,
2004


Interest

   $ 8,871    $ —      $ 6,544    $ 3,999    $ 9,778

Taxes

   $ 47,044    $ —      $ 5,730    $ 154    $ 4,070

 

3. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consist of the following ($ in thousands):

 

     Predecessor-A

   

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


 
    

December 21,

2003


   

December 26,

2004


 

Vessels

   $ 104,304     $ 106,686  

Containers

     25,097       25,366  

Chassis

     13,712       13,443  

Cranes

     12,141       13,284  

Machinery & equipment

     13,125       11,569  

Facilities & land improvement

     4,714       4,250  

Software

     25,962       29,099  

Other

     1,195       1,613  
    


 


Total property and equipment

     200,250       205,310  

Accumulated depreciation

     (20,537 )     (15,187 )
    


 


Property and equipment, net

   $ 179,713     $ 190,123  
    


 


 

F-14


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

4. Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of the following ($ in thousands):

 

     Predecessor-A

   

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


 
     December 21,
2003


   

December 26,

2004


 

Customer contracts

   $ 50,234     $ 137,675  

Trademarks

     —         63,800  

Deferred finance costs

     6,027       25,006  
    


 


Total intangibles with definite lives

     56,261       226,481  

Less: Amortization

     (3,084 )     (10,749 )
    


 


Net intangibles with definite lives

     53,177       215,732  

Goodwill

     66,401       306,680  
    


 


Total intangible assets

   $ 119,578     $ 522,412  
    


 


 

5. Other Accrued Liabilities

 

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following ($ in thousands):

 

     Predecessor-A

  

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


     December 21,
2003


  

December 26,

2004


Accrued marine operations

   $ 9,543    $ 12,301

Accrued terminal operations

     7,793      10,842

Accrued vessel and rolling stock rent

     13,094      24,024

Accrued vessel operations

     19,321      20,452

Accrued fuel

     5,027      7,537

Accrued bonus

     8,700      10,200

Accrued interest

     858      6,306

Other accrued liabilities

     20,516      22,928
    

  

Total other accrued liabilities

   $ 84,852    $ 114,590
    

  

 

6. Long Term Debt

 

In connection with the Merger dated July 7, 2004, the Company borrowed $256.0 million under a senior credit facility and $250.0 million through the issuance of 9.0% senior notes. The 9% senior notes are due in 2012. The senior secured credit facility is comprised of a $250.0 million term loan facility due in 2011 and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility due in 2009. The $6.0 million borrowed under the revolving credit facility was repaid in August 2004. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit facility at December 26, 2004.

 

Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at the Company’s choice of LIBOR or the base rate, in each case, an applicable margin, subject to adjustment based on a pricing grid. The interest rate at December 26, 2004 approximated 4.73%. The Company is also charged a commitment fee on the daily unused amount of the revolving credit facility during the availability period based upon a rate of 0.50%.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The senior credit facility requires the Company to meet a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. In addition, the senior credit facility contains restrictive covenants which will, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, capital expenditures, investments, dividends, and other restrictions customary in such agreements. The senior credit facility is secured by the assets of the Company. The 9.0% senior notes also contain restrictive covenants including, limiting incurrence of additional indebtedness, dividends and restrictions customary in such agreements.

 

Also on July 7, 2004, in connection with the Merger, the Company borrowed $70.0 million under a 13% convertible equity bridge promissory note. These notes were paid in full during December 2004. The holders of the 13% convertible notes consisted of Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P. (“CHP IV”) and certain affiliated funds, individuals employed by one or more affiliates of CHP IV, and certain entities related to such individuals.

 

During December 2004, the Company issued 11% senior discount notes with a $160.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity. These notes are due in 2008. Interest accretes semiannually on a compounding basis. No cash interest is payable on these notes until October 1, 2008.

 

The 9.0% senior notes had a yield of 107.5 at December 26, 2004. The 11% senior discount notes had a yield of 72.75 and an accreted value of $112.8 million at December 26, 2004. The fair value of the senior credit facility was not significantly different than the carrying value at December 26, 2004.

 

Amounts due under long term debt arrangements are as follows at December 26, 2004 ($ in thousands):

 

Current

   $ 2,500

2006

     2,500

2007

     2,500

2008

     2,500

2009

     2,500

2010 and thereafter

     599,694
    

     $ 612,194
    

 

On February 27, 2003, Predecessor-A entered into an agreement with a consortium of lenders to borrow $175.0 million in term debt. The borrowings incurred interest at a floating three month LIBOR rate. Principal and interest were due based upon scheduled installments as defined in the agreement with the last payment due on February 27, 2009. The agreement allowed Predecessor-A to borrow up to $25 million under a line of credit arrangement. Predecessor-A was charged a commitment fee of .5% per annum on the unused line. No amounts were outstanding under the line of credit at December 21, 2003. The assets of HL served as collateral under the agreement. At December 21, 2003, the fair value of the long term debt was not significantly different from the carrying amount. In connection with the Merger transaction on July 7, 2004, the outstanding term debt was repaid.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

7. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

In accordance with SFAS 128, “Earnings Per Share,” basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted daily average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is based upon the weighted daily average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period plus dilutive potential common shares, including stock options using the treasury-stock method and from convertible convertible stock using the “if converted” method. ($ in thousand, except shares and per share amounts)

 

     Predecessor-B

    Predecessor - A

   H-Lines
Holding Corp.


 
     Year Ended
December 22,
2002


   For the period
December 23,
2003
through
February 26,
2003


    For the period
February 27,
2003
through
December 21,
2003


  

For the period
December 22,
2003
through
July 6,

2004


  

For the period
July 7,

2004 through
December 26,
2004


 

Numerator:

                                     

Net income (loss)

   $ 21,751    $ (2,049 )   $ 17,162    $ 7,961    $ 5,600  
    

  


 

  

        

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

                                  6,756  
                                 


Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

                                $ (1,156 )
                                 


Denominator:

                                     

Denominator for basic income (loss) per common share:

                                     
    

  


 

  

  


Weighted average shares outstanding

     *      *       800,000      800,000      686,321  
    

  


 

  

  


Effect of dilutive securities:

                                     

Stock options

     *      *       76,805      90,138      —    
    

  


 

  

  


Denominator for diluted net income (loss) per common share

     *      *       876,805      890,138      686,321  
    

  


 

  

  


Basic net income (loss) per common share

     *      *     $ 21.45    $ 9.95    $ (1.68 )
    

  


 

  

  


Diluted net income (loss) per common share

     *      *     $ 19.57    $ 8.94    $ (1.68 )
    

  


 

  

  



* For the periods ending February 26, 2003 and prior, owner’s equity consisted of parent’s net investment, and thus no income (loss) per share has been calculated.

 

8. Equity

 

Non-mandatorily Redeemable Series-A Preferred Stock

 

In connection with the capitalization of the Company, 9,493,440 shares of non-voting $.01 par value Series-A Preferred Stock were issued. No dividends accrue on these shares. The Company, at the option of the Board of Directors may redeem the whole, or from time to time, any part of the

 

F-17


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

outstanding shares. The Company has recorded these shares on the books and records at their fair value in accordance with FAS No. 141 “Business Combinations.” As these shares had no coupon rate, the Company prepared a fair value analysis of these shares and determined that a 10% discount rate was appropriate. These shares accrete to their redemption value over a one year period. During October 2004, an additional 1,898,730 preferred shares were sold. During December 2004, 5,361,300 Series-A preferred shares were redeemed for $53.6 million. The total redemptive value of preferred stock at December 26, 2004 totaled $60.7 million. The Company has classified the value of these shares between liabilities and equity.

 

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Units

 

In connection with the purchase transaction, Predecessor-A issued 60,000 voting senior preferred units to CSX. The holders of the outstanding senior preferred units were entitled to receive a preferential return equal to 10% per annum, which accrued and was compounded annually, before any distributions were made with respect to any other common units. The senior preferred units and the accreted preferred return were included in the preferred units of subsidiary caption on the balance sheet at December 21, 2003.

 

Predecessor-A had the option to redeem the senior preferred units at any time after May 27, 2005, in whole at an amount equal to the unreturned capital contribution of the senior preferred units plus accrued preferential returns. The senior preferred units were mandatorily redeemable by Predecessor-A at an amount equal to the unreturned capital contribution of the senior preferred units plus accrued preferential returns at the earliest of February 27, 2010 or a change in control of Predecessor-A. After receiving appropriate approval, the Company redeemed $15.0 million of preferred units during the year ended December 21, 2003.

 

In connection with the Merger on July 7, 2004, the remaining preferred units of Predecessor-A were redeemed at an amount equal to the unreturned capital contribution plus accrued preferential returns totaling $58.9 million.

 

9. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

During 2004, the Company entered into two fuel swap contracts to fix the price of fuel purchased during the month of December and for purchases in the first quarter of 2005, respectively. The contracts were accounted for as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, the Company recorded the fair value of the hedge contracts in other current assets and accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair value of the hedges approximated $0.2 million at December 26, 2004.

 

During 2003, Predecessor-A entered into a swap agreement with a bank to fix the floating interest rates on the long-term debt up to a notional amount of approximately $40.9 million. The agreement was accounted for as a cash flow hedge. Accordingly, Predecessor-A recorded the fair value of the hedge, which approximated $0.03 million at December 21, 2003, and was recorded in other long term liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

10. Leases

 

The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating lease agreements. Non-cancelable, long term leases generally include provision for maintenance, options to purchase at fair value and to extend the terms. Rent expense under operating lease agreements totaled $35.9 for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004. Predecessor-A leased certain equipment and facilities under operating lease agreements. Non-cancelable, long-term leases generally included

 

F-18


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

provisions for maintenance, options to purchase at fair value and to extend the terms. Rent expense under operating lease agreements totaled $43.5 million and $65.0 million for the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and for the period from February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003, respectively. The Predecessor-B leased certain equipment and facilities under operating lease agreements. Rent expense for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 and rent expense for the fiscal year ending December 22, 2002, totaled $13.8 million, and $45.4 million, respectively.

 

Predecessor-B leased rolling stock under sale lease-back transactions. Rent expense under these transactions for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002 totaled $37.3 million, which was offset by the amortization of a deferred gain of $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002.

 

The Company and Predecessor-A lease certain equipment under a capital lease agreement. The net book value of this equipment totaled $0.7 million at December 26, 2004 and $0.7 million at December 21, 2003. Amortization expense for equipment under the capital lease totaled $0.1 million for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004, $0.1 million for the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004, and $0.1 million for the period ending December 21, 2003.

 

Future minimum lease obligations at December 26, 2004 are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

Period Ending

December


  

Non-Cancelable

Operating

Leases


  

Capital

Lease


2005

   $ 56,722    $ 193

2006

     39,919      193

2007

     58,631      193

2008

     29,885      162

2009

     29,769      —  

Thereafter

     147,391      —  
    

  

Total future minimum lease obligation

   $ 362,317      741
    

      

Less: Amounts representing interest

            73
           

Present value of future minimum lease obligation

            668

Current portion of capital lease obligation

            161
           

Long term portion of capital lease obligation

          $ 507
           

 

11. Related Parties

 

Predecessor-B, through its parent company SL Service, Inc., had a Cash Management and Credit Facility (Credit Facility) with CSX Business Management, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CSX, which provided financing to meet general working capital requirements. Under the agreement, borrowings and repayments were generally determined on a daily basis by the net domestic cash used or generated by the Company. Borrowings and cash reserves under the Credit Facility incurred interest at a variable rate, as defined (2.85% at December 22, 2002). Predecessor-B had a cash reserve of $45.9 million under the facility at December 22, 2002, which is included in cash and cash equivalents. Interest income from CSX related to the Cash Management and Credit Facility was $1.0 million for the fiscal year ending December 22, 2002. Interest income for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 was not material.

 

Included in Selling, General and Administrative expense are amounts related to management services fees charged by the Company’s equity sponsor in accordance with a management agreement with the equity sponsor. These fees totaled $1.5 million for the period July 7, 2004 through

 

F-19


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

December 26, 2004. Also included are management fees of $0.5 million charged by the equity sponsor in connection with the 11% senior notes financing transaction completed in December 2004. Included in the same caption are amounts related to a management services fees charged by Predecessor-A’s equity sponsor which totaled $0.25 million for the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004, and $0.30 million for the period ending December 21, 2003. At December 26, 2004, approximately $1.5 million of prepaid fees are included in other current assets.

 

Predecessor-B also incurred management fees charged by CSX and data processing related charges from CSX Technology, Inc. (CSX Technology), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CSX. The management services fee charged by CSX represents compensation for certain corporate services provided to the Company. In addition, another CSX subsidiary, CSX World Crane Services, provided labor for maintaining the Predecessor Company’s cranes in Puerto Rico which are included in Marine expense of the Predecessor Company. The net expenses relating to the above arrangements with CSX, CSX Technology and CSX World Crane Services were $3.1 million for the fiscal year ending December 22, 2002. These amounts were not material during the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003.

 

Predecessor-B maintained insurance coverage which transferred substantially all risk of loss, subject to coverage limits, related to workers compensation, automobile, and general liability except for seamen’s injury claims to CSX Insurance Company (CSX Insurance), an insurance company owned by CSX. Accordingly, loss reserve accruals for such claims were not required, except for per claim deductible amounts. The Predecessor Company paid premiums and made loss reimbursements to CSX of approximately $1.0 million for the period ended December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003, $4.6 million during the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002.

 

Predecessor-B purchased certain intermodal services from CSX Intermodal (CSXI), a wholly owned subsidiary of CSX under an operating agreement. The Predecessor Company purchased rail services from CSXI, for the geographic areas they serve, at market rates. The cost of these services totaled $24.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002. The Predecessor Company purchases rail transportation directly from rail carriers not affiliated with CSX in other geographic areas.

 

Predecessor-A was a lessee in an operating sublease agreement with CSX. Predecessor-A leased containers and vessels under these agreements. Lease expense during the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and for the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003 totaled $16.6 million and $21.8 million, respectively.

 

Predecessor-B leased vessels and equipment under various sale-leaseback transactions. Interest expense included a guarantee fee of $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002 charged by CSX under this guarantee arrangement. No fee was charged during the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003.

 

12. Employee Benefit Plans

 

Savings Plans

 

The Company provides a 401(k) Savings Plan for substantially all of its employees who are not part of collective bargaining agreements. Under provisions of the savings plan, an employee is vested with respect to Company contributions immediately. The Company matches employee contributions up to 6% of qualified compensation. The total cost for this benefit for the period July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 totaled $0.8 million. Prior to July 7, 2004 Predecessor-A maintained the plan. The total cost to Predecessor-A for the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 totaled $1.0 million and the cost for the period from February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003 totaled $1.4 million.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

CSX and its subsidiaries, including Predecessor-B, maintained savings plans for virtually all full-time salaried employees and certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Expense associated with these plans was $0.1 million for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 and $0.7 for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002.

 

Pension Plan

 

The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan for certain union employees. The plan provides for retirement benefits based only upon years of service. Contributions to the plan are based on the projected unit credit actuarial method and are limited to the amounts that are currently deductible for income tax purposes.

 

Changes in projected benefit obligation during the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

Projected benefit obligation at July 7, 2004:

   $ 1,568

Service cost

     205

Interest cost

     98

Amendments

     —  

Actuarial (gain) or loss

     95

Benefits paid

     —  

Settlements

     N/A

Curtailments

     N/A

Special or contractual termination benefits

     N/A
    

Projected benefit obligation at December 26, 2004

   $ 1,966
    

 

Changes in plan assets during the period July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

Fair value of plan assets at July 7, 2004:

     29

Actual return on plan assets

     4

Employer contribution

     16

Benefits paid

     —  

Settlements

     N/A
    

Fair value of plan assets at December 26, 2004:

   $ 49
    

 

With a measurement date of December 26, 2004, the funded status at December 26, 2004 is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 49  

Projected benefit obligation

     1,966  
    


Funded status

     (1,917 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

     —    

Unrecognized net loss or (gain)

     94  

Unrecognized net transition obligation or (asset)

     1,436  
    


Net amount recognized:

   $ (387 )
    


 

F-21


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet as of December 26, 2004 are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

Prepaid pension asset/(accrued pension liability)

   $ (1,917 )

Intangible asset

     1,436  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     94  
    


Net amount recognized

   $ (387 )
    


 

Net period pension costs for the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004 are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

Service cost

   $ 205  

Interest cost

     98  

Expected return on assets

     (3 )

Amortization of unrecognized net obligation or (asset) existing at the date of the initial application of FASB Statement No. 87 transition obligation or (asset)

     103  

Recognition of net loss or (gain) from earlier periods

     —    

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

     —    

Recognition of loss or (gain) due to settlement

     N/A  

Recognition of loss or (gain) due to curtailment

     N/A  
    


Net periodic pension cost

   $ 403  
    


 

Significant Assumptions Used at December 26, 2004 were as follows:

 

Weighted-average discount rate used in determining net periodic pension cost

   6.25 %

Weighted-average rate of compensation increase

   0.00 %

Weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets in determination of net periodic pension costs

   7.50 %

Weighted-average discount rate used in determination of projected benefit obligation

   6.00 %

 

Expected Company contributions during 2005 total $0.4 million. The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid ($ in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year End


   Pension Benefits

2005

   $ 4

2006

     4

2007

     7

2008

     30

2009

     30

2010 and thereafter

     539

 

CSX and its subsidiaries and Predecessor-B sponsored defined benefit pension plans principally for salaried employees. The plans provided eligible employees with retirement benefits based principally on years of service and compensation levels near retirement. SL Service, Inc. allocated to Predecessor-B a portion of the net pension expense for the Sea-Land Pension Plan based on the Predecessor-B’s relative level of participation in the plan, which considered the assets and personnel

 

F-22


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

included in the plan. No amounts were allocated for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003. The allocated expense from the Sea-Land Pension Plans amounted to $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002.

 

Other Post-retirement Benefit Plans

 

In addition to the CSX defined benefit pension plans, Predecessor-B participated with CSX and other affiliates in two defined benefit postretirement plans that provided medical and life insurance benefits to most full-time salaried employees upon their retirement. The postretirement medical plan was contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually. The life insurance plan was non-contributory. CSX allocated to Predecessor-B a portion of the expense for these plans based on Predecessor-B’s relative level of participation. The allocated expense from CSX for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002 was $1.1 million. The amount allocated for the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 was not material.

 

Other Plans

 

Under collective bargaining agreements, the Company, Predecessor-A and Predecessor-B participate in a number of union-sponsored, multi-employer benefit plans. Payments to these plans are made as part of aggregate assessments generally based on hours worked, tonnage moved, or a combination thereof. Expense for these plans is generally recognized as contributions are funded. The Company made contributions of $5.0 million during the period from July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004. Predecessor-A made contributions of $5.2 million during the period from December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004 and $8.8 million during the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003. Predecessor-B made contributions of $1.6 million, and $8.5 million to these plans during the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003 and for the fiscal year ended December 22, 2002, respectively. A decline in the value of assets held by these plans, caused by performance of the investments in the financial markets in recent years, may result in higher contributions to these plans. Moreover, if the Company exits these markets, it may be required to pay a potential withdrawal liability if the plans were unfunded at the time of the withdrawal. However, the Company is unable to determine the potential amount of liability at this time. Any adjustments will be recorded when it is probable that a liability exists and it is determined that markets will be exited.

 

13. Stock Options

 

Predecessor-A had a stock option plan under which options to purchase common stock were granted to officers, key employees and directors at prices equal to fair market value on the date of grant. Prior to the Merger on July 7, 2004, there were 90,138 shares of common stock reserved for options under the plan. Thirty percent of stockholder options vested over a period of five years commencing on December 31, 2003. The remaining seventy percent vested fourteen percent per year over five years, if predetermined financial targets (as defined in the agreement) were met in the respective years by the Company. Options granted and the weighted average price of those options totaled as follows prior to the Merger on July 7, 2004:

 

    

Shares

Granted


  

Weighted Average

Option Price


For the period December 22, 2003 through July 7, 2004

   13,333    $ 199

For the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003

   76,805    $ 100

 

F-23


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

14. Income Taxes

 

Income tax (expense) benefits are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

    Predecessor-B

    Predecessor-A

 

H-Lines

Holding Corp.


 
   

Year Ended

December 22,

2002


   

For the period

December 23,

2003 through

February 26,

2003


   

For the period

February 27,

2003 through

December 21,

2003


 

For the period,

December 22,

2003 through
July 6,

2004


 

For the period

July 7,

2004 through

December 26,

2004


 

Income tax expense (benefit):

                                   

Current:

                                   

Federal

  $ 28,303     $ —       $ 6,248   $ 1,587   $ (1,035 )

State/Territory

    2,373       —         627     341     (66 )
   


 


 

 

 


Total current

    30,676       —         6,875     1,928     (1,101 )

Deferred:

                                   

Federal

    (15,560 )     (856 )     3,268     2,806     4,514  

State/Territory

    (1,409 )     (105 )     433     162     130  
   


 


 

 

 


Total deferred

    (16,969 )     (961 )     3,701     2,968     4,644  
   


 


 

 

 


Net income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 13,707     $ (961 )   $ 10,576   $ 4,896   $ 3,543  
   


 


 

 

 


 

The difference between the income tax expense and the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rates to earnings before income taxes are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

    Predecessor-B

    Predecessor-A

  H-Lines
Holding Corp.


    Year Ended
December 22,
2002


 

For the period

December 23,

2003 through

February 26,

2003


   

For the period

February 27,

2003 through

December 21,

2003


   

For the period

December 22,

2003 through

July 6,

2004


 

For the period

July 7,

2004 through

December 26,

2004


Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates:

  $ 12,410   $ (1,054 )   $ 9,708     $ 4,500   $ 3,200

State/Territory, net of federal income tax benefit

    627     (53 )     607       258     199

Tax credits

    —       —         (101 )     —       —  

Other Items

    670     146       362       138     144
   

 


 


 

 

Net income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 13,707   $ (961 )   $ 10,576     $ 4,896   $ 3,543
   

 


 


 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Predecessor-A

    H-Lines
Holding Corp.


 
    

December 21,

2003


   

December 26,

2004


 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Leases

   $ 5,358     $ 22,827  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     —         2,937  

Net operating losses

     1,973       6,783  

Valuation allowances

     (1,973 )     (1,973 )

Tax basis adjustment in Horizon Lines, LLC

     —         53,130  

Other

     1,347       2,475  
    


 


Total deferred assets

     6,705       86,179  

Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Depreciation

     (3,858 )     (51,264 )

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,585 )     —    

Capital construction fund

     (4,208 )     (7,891 )

Intangibles

     —         (74,814 )

Other

     (255 )     (4,252 )
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     (10,906 )     (138,221 )
    


 


Net deferred tax liability

   $ (4,201 )   $ (52,042 )
    


 


 

The net operating loss credits generated primarily from tax losses in the territories of Guam and Puerto Rico begin to expire in 2023 and 2024, respectively.

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Agreements with Maersk Sealand

 

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company renegotiated agreements with Maersk. The agreements between the parties encompass equipment sharing, space charter, sales agency services, terminal and trucking services. The agreements have a term of two years.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

A number of legal actions are pending against the Company in which claims are made in substantial amounts. While the ultimate results of lawsuits and claims involving the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not currently expect that resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, financial position or cash flows of the Company.

 

Environmental Contingency

 

During 2001, Predecessor-B was notified by the Alaska State Department of Environmental Conservation (“Department”) concerning contaminants from underground storage tanks in Anchorage. Predecessor-B submitted an Underground Storage Tank Release Investigation Report to the Department on March 19, 2001. Predecessor-B accrued $0.9 million for future remediation. On October 8, 2004, the Company received notification from the State of Alaska that ongoing monitoring of the site would be sufficient. The Company believes that the exposure related to the underground storage tanks will not exceed the current accrual of $0.9 million. The accrual is included in other long term liabilities. The period over which the estimated accrual will be paid out cannot be determined at this time.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

H-Lines Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor Companies

 

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Standby Letters of Credit

 

The Company has standby letters of credit, primarily related to its property and casualty insurance programs. On December 26, 2004, these letters of credit totaled $6.0 million. Predecessor-A maintained similar letters of credit which totaled $6.3 million at December 21, 2003.

 

Labor Relations

 

Approximately 64.8% of the Company’s total work force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. A collective bargaining agreement, covering approximately 8.6% of the workforce will be under renegotiation during 2005.

 

16. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

Set forth below are unaudited quarterly financial data ($ in thousands):

 

    

Predecessor-A

Quarter


  

H-Lines Holding Corp.

Quarter


 

For the period from December 22, 2003

through December 26, 2004


   1

    2

   3 (a)

   3 (b)

   4

 

Operating revenue

   $ 219,994     $ 235,854    $ 42,582    $ 208,524    $ 273,374  

Operating income

     2,660       16,346      1,655      25,730      5,198  

Net income (loss)

     (536 )     7,983      514      10,816      (5,216 )

Less: Accretion of preferred stock

                           1,370      5,386  
    


 

  

  

  


Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

                         $ 9,446    $ (10,602 )
    


 

  

  

  


Basic net income (loss) per share

     (.67 )     9.98      .64      14.92      (14.58 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share

     (.60 )     8.97      .58      14.92      (14.58 )

 

     Predecessor-B
Quarter


   

Predecessor-A

Quarter


For the period from December 23, 2002

through December 21, 2003


   1 (c)

    1 (d)

   2

   3

   4

Operating revenue

   $ 138,411     $ 64,088    $ 218,853    $ 238,222    $ 226,404

Operating income

     (2,521 )     4,157      8,901      22,259      5,417

Net income (loss)

     (2,049 )     1,890      3,028      11,286      958

Basic net income (loss) per share

     *       2.36      3.79      14.11      1.20

Diluted net income (loss) per share

     *       2.16      3.45      12.87      1.09

* For the period February 26, 2003 and prior, owner’s equity consisted of parent’s net investment, and thus net income (loss) per share has been calculated.
(a) Represents the period from June 18, 2004 through July 6, 2004.
(b) Represents the period from July 7, 2004 through September 20, 2004.
(c) Represents the period from December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003.
(d) Represent the period from February 27, 2003 through March 23, 2003.

 

17. Subsequent Events

 

During January 2005, the Company entered into stock subscription agreements and restricted stock agreements with certain members of management. The subscription agreements provide for the purchase and sale of common stock to certain members of management at $8.00 per common share payable in cash and a secured promissory note. Common stock sold under the agreement of 75,946 shares totaled $0.6 million. Promissory notes totaled $0.3 million. The restricted stock agreements provide for certain vesting provisions and limitations on the shares sold under the subscription agreements. Under the restricted stock agreements, shares vest upon meeting certain financial targets. Certain other shares vest based upon the passage of time.

 

During January 2005, the Company entered into stock purchase agreements with certain directors of the Company. The agreements provided for the sale of 45,416 shares of Series A preferred stock at $10.00 per share and 5,727 shares of common stock at $8.00 per share.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Schedule II

H-Lines Holding Corp.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years Ended December 2002, 2003 and 2004

($ in thousands)

 

     Beginning
Balance


   Charged
to Cost
and
Expenses


   Deductions

    Charged
to other
Accounts


   Ending
Balance


Accounts receivable reserve:

                         

Predecessor-B

                         

For the period December 24, 2001 through December 22, 2002

   25,979    10,685    (10,841 )   9,311    35,134

For the period December 23, 2002 through February 26, 2003

   35,134    7,884    (794 )   —      42,224
                           

Predecessor-A

                         

For the period February 27, 2003 through December 21, 2003

   14,802    8,167    (11,920 )   —      11,049

For the period December 22, 2003 through July 6, 2004

   11,049    6,266    (4,885 )   —      12,430
                           

H-Lines Holding Corp.

                         

For the period July 7, 2004 through December 26, 2004

   12,430    6,087    (10,580 )   —      7,937

 

F-27


Table of Contents

 

[GRAPHIC TO BE INSERTED]


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II.

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, we will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the NASD fee are estimated.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 33,838.75

New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee

      

NASD Fee

     29,250.00

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses

      

Accounting Fees and Expenses

      

Legal Fees and Expenses

      

Printing Fees and Expenses

      

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

      

Miscellaneous

      
    

Total

   $  
    

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Indemnification under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been made to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in

 

II-1


Table of Contents

connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators; and empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under Section 145.

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation contains such a provision.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers for all losses (including expenses) incurred by such director or officer solely by reason of his or her service to us.

 

These provisions will not limit the liability of directors or officers under the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

Indemnification under the Certificate of Incorporation of Horizon Lines, Inc.

 

Article VII of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Horizon Lines, Inc. expressly eliminates the personal liability of the directors of Horizon Lines, Inc. to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL (including, without limitation, Section 102(b)(7)), as may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

 

Article VIII of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL (including, without limitation, Section 145), as may be amended and supplemented from time to time, Horizon Lines, Inc. shall indemnify and advance expenses to any and all persons that it has the power to indemnify under the DGCL. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in Horizon Lines, Inc.’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, whether as a matter of law, under any provision of Horizon Lines, Inc.’s amended and restated bylaws, by agreement, by a vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors of Horizon Lines, Inc. or otherwise.

 

Indemnification under the bylaws of Horizon Lines, Inc.

 

Article VI of the amended and restated bylaws of Horizon Lines, Inc. provides that the company shall indemnify any and all such persons whom it shall have power to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or other provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware relating to the indemnification of directors and officers. Article VI also provides that Horizon Lines, Inc. shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of Horizon Lines, Inc.) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Horizon Lines, Inc., or is or was serving at the request of Horizon Lines, Inc. as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against

 

II-2


Table of Contents

expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Horizon Lines, Inc., and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

Furthermore, Article VI provides that Horizon Lines, Inc. shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of Horizon Lines, Inc. to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Horizon Lines, Inc., or is or was serving at the request of Horizon Lines, Inc. as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Horizon Lines, Inc., except as otherwise provided by law.

 

Indemnification may be granted, and expenses may be advanced by a resolution of the stockholders, a resolution of the Board of Directors, or an agreement providing for such indemnification and advancement of expenses, provided that no indemnification may be made on behalf of any person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person establishes that such person’s acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that such person personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which such person was not legally entitled.

 

Horizon Lines, Inc.’s amended and restated bylaws provide that it is the intent of Article VI to require the company to indemnify officers and directors for judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, and to advance expenses to officers and directors, in each and every circumstance in which such indemnification and such advancement of expenses is permitted by express provision of the bylaws, and the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by Article VI of the bylaws shall not be limited by the absence of express recital of such circumstances. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Horizon Lines, Inc.’s amended and restated bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, whether as a matter of law, under any provision of Horizon Lines, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, by agreement, by a vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors of Horizon Lines, Inc. or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

The following is a list of all securities sold or issued by the issuer within the past three years:

 

(1) On May 12, 2004 and July 7, 2004, we issued an aggregate of 100 shares of our common stock to Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P. (“CHP IV”), an affiliate of Castle Harlan, Inc., for an aggregate purchase price of $800. The shares were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as the sale of the securities did not involve a public offering. The offer and sale did not involve a public offering because the shares were issued to CHP IV in connection with our formation. We were formed by CHP IV to serve as the acquisition vehicle for the purchase of all of the outstanding common stock of Horizon Lines Holding Corp. Appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transaction.

 

(2) On July 7, 2004, we issued the shares listed below to the persons listed below. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation D under the Securities Act. Appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

PURCHASER


   NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
SERIES A
PREFERRED
STOCK


   NUMBER
OF SHARES
OF VOTING
COMMON
STOCK


   AGGREGATE
CONSIDERATION


Castle Harlan Partners IV, L.P.

   7,243,830    482,822    $ 76,300,876

Castle Harlan Affiliates IV-QP, L.P.

   82,155    5,477    $ 865,366

Castle Harlan Affiliates IV-AI, L.P.

   83,145    5,543    $ 875,794

Frogmore Affiliates IV, L.P.

   11,490    766    $ 121,028

Castle Harlan Offshore Partners IV, L.P.

   691,665    46,111    $ 7,285,538

Leonard M. Harlan

   26,625    1,775    $ 280,450

David B. Pittaway

   11,955    797    $ 125,926

Howard Weiss

   6,630    442    $ 69,836

Justin B. Wender

   2,100    140    $ 22,120

Castle Harlan, Inc.

   6,645    443    $ 69,994

Sylvia F. Rosen

   1,980    132    $ 20,856

John E. Morningstar

   1,320    88    $ 13,904

Branford Castle Holdings IV, Inc.

   52,545    3,503    $ 553,474

The Weiss Group

   2,655    177    $ 27,966

Wender Associates IV

   8,520    568    $ 89,744

MZ Associates, LLC

   7,965    531    $ 83,898

WMP Irrevocable Trust

   5,310    354    $ 55,932

Marcel Fournier

   7,305    487    $ 76,946

Benjamin S. Sebel

   5,310    354    $ 55,932

Marlin Trust

   1,980    132    $ 20,856

Berman Trust

   660    44    $ 6,952

Gruman Trust

   660    44    $ 6,952

Michael T. Bohlman

   1,545    103    $ 16,274

Patricia A. Bowman

   2,820    188    $ 29,704

Charles William Brown III

   1,170    78    $ 12,324

Marvin Buchanan

   5,190    346    $ 54,668

Robert C. Burlando

   47,175    3,145    $ 496,910

Tricia A. Covais

   1,170    78    $ 12,324

Daniel R. Downes

   1,170    78    $ 12,324

Scott W. Fernandez

   2,355    157    $ 24,806

R. Kevin Gill

   1,170    78    $ 12,324

Sabrina M. Jackson

   1,650    110    $ 17,380

Ricky A. Kessler

   1,080    72    $ 11,376

Mar F. Labrador

   6,600    440    $ 69,520

Dennis R. McCarthy

   2,355    157    $ 24,806

Kathleen M. Mullen

   1,875    125    $ 19,750

John J. Quan

   6,600    440    $ 69,520

Jose G. Rodriguez

   11,790    786    $ 124,188

Richard F. Rodriguez

   4,245    283    $ 44,714

M. Mark Urbania

   23,580    1,572    $ 248,376

Philip A. Woare

   5,190    346    $ 54,668

 

(3) On October 15, 2004, we issued 126,582 shares of common stock and 1,898,730 shares of Series A preferred stock to Stockwell Fund, L.P. The shares were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as the sale of the securities did not involve a public offering. In addition, Stockwell Fund, L.P. represented to us that it was an accredited investor and was acquiring shares for investment and not distribution. Appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transaction.

 

(4) On December 16, 2004, we issued the shares listed below to the persons listed below in accordance with the Put/Call Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004. All of such shares of stock were issued pursuant to compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

PURCHASER


   NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
SERIES A
PREFERRED
STOCK


   NUMBER
OF SHARES
OF VOTING
COMMON
STOCK


   AGGREGATE
CONSIDERATION


Mark R. Blankenship

   13,305    887    $ 140,146

John V. Keenan

   75,795    5,053    $ 798,374

Neil Perlmutter

   9,870    658    $ 103,964

Kenneth L. Privratsky

   47,370    3,158    $ 498,964

Charles G. Raymond

   129,930    8,662    $ 1,368,596

Joe Raymond

   32,475    2,165    $ 342,070

Sam Raymond

   35,520    2,368    $ 374,144

Karen H. Richards

   17,310    1,154    $ 182,332

Gabriel M. Serra

   56,850    3,790    $ 598,820

Brian W. Taylor

   58,620    3,908    $ 617,464

M. Mark Urbania

   29,940    1,996    $ 315,368

 

(5) On January 14, 2005, we issued shares of common stock to the persons listed below. These shares were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as the sale of these securities did not involve a public offering. Appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transaction.

 

PURCHASER


   NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
SERIES A
PREFERRED
STOCK


  

NUMBER

OF SHARES

OF VOTING
COMMON
STOCK


   AGGREGATE
CONSIDERATION


Charles G. Raymond

      30,379    $ 243,032

John V. Keenan

      11,392    $ 91,136

M. Mark Urbania

      11,392    $ 91,136

Robert S. Zuckerman

      1,899    $ 15,192

Marvin Buchanan

      1,139    $ 9,112

Daniel R. Downes

      1,139    $ 9,112

R. Kevin Gill

      1,139    $ 9,112

Ricky A. Kessler

      1,139    $ 9,112

Mar F. Labrador

      1,139    $ 9,112

Dennis R. McCarthy

      1,899    $ 15,192

Kenneth L. Privratsky

      3,797    $ 30,376

Karen H. Richards

      1,899    $ 15,192

Gabriel M. Serra

      3,797    $ 30,376

Brian W. Taylor

      3,797    $ 30,376

 

(6) On January 28, 2005, we issued the shares listed below to the persons listed below. All of these shares of stock were issued pursuant to compensatory plans or arrangements with our directors in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

PURCHASER


   NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
SERIES A
PREFERRED
STOCK


  

NUMBER

OF SHARES

OF VOTING
COMMON
STOCK


   AGGREGATE
CONSIDERATION


Admiral James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.)

   9,080    1,145    $ 99,960

James G. Cameron

   18,168    2,291    $ 200,008

Ernie L. Danner

   18,168    2,291    $ 200,008

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(7) On February 10, 2005, we issued the shares listed below to the person listed below. Their shares were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as the sale of these securities did not involve a public offer, appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions.

 

PURCHASER


   NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
SERIES A
PREFERRED
STOCK


  

NUMBER

OF SHARES

OF VOTING
COMMON
STOCK


   AGGREGATE
CONSIDERATION


Neil Perlmutter

   11,085    739    $ 116,762

 

There were no underwriters employed in connection with the sales and issuances described in paragraphs (1) through (6).

 

For all transactions listed in this Item other exemptions from registration under the Securities Act may also have been available.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number


    

Description


1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2      Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc., Horizon Lines Holding Corp., H-Lines Subcorp. and TC Group, L.L.C.
3.1 *    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering.
3.2 *    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering.
4.1      Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
4.2      Indenture, dated as of December 10, 2004 between H-Lines Finance Holding Corp. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
4.3      Form of 9.00% Senior Notes due 2012 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.4      Form of 11% Senior Discount Note due 2013 (included in Exhibit 4.2).
4.5      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC and ABN AMRO Incorporated.
4.6      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2004, by and among H-Lines Finance Holding Corp. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC.
4.7      Form of Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1).

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    

Description


4.8 *    Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.
5 *    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP.
9.1      Voting Trust Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines Holding Corp., the stockholders party thereto and John K. Castle, as voting trustee.
9.2      Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement dated as of October 15, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc., the stockholders party thereto and John K. Castle, as voting trustee.
9.3 *    Instrument of Accession to Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement for Stockwell Fund, L.P.
10.1      Membership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among HLH, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., CSX Domestic Shipping Corporation, CSX Residual Company, CSX Corporation and CSX Alaska Vessel Company.
10.2      Credit Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines Holding Corp., the parties designated as Guarantors therein, the parties designated as Lenders therein, the parties designated as Issuing Banks therein, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and as Mortgage Trustee thereunder.
10.3        Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, LLC, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other parties thereto.
10.4        Collateral Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, among Horizon Lines, LLC, as co-borrower, the other Grantors identified therein and UBS, AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.
10.5        Management Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, among Castle Harlan, Inc., Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines, LLC, and Horizon Lines, Inc.
10.6        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2004, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Stockwell Fund, L.P.
10.7        Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc. and the other parties thereto.
10.8        First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc. and the other parties thereto.
10.9      Instrument of Accession to Stockholders Agreement, as amended, for Stockwell Fund, L.P.
10.10      Preferential Usage Agreement dated December 1, 1985, between the Municipality of Anchorage, Alaska and Sea-Land Service, Inc., and Amendments thereto.
10.11      Crane Relocation Agreement between American President Lines, Ltd., Sea-Land Service, Inc. and Port Authority of Guam, dated August 20, 1992.
10.12      Employment Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, between Horizon Lines, LLC and Charles G. Raymond.
10.13      Employment Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, between Horizon Lines, LLC and M. Mark Urbania.
10.14 *    Severance Agreement between Horizon Lines, LLC and Robert S. Zuckerman.
10.15 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Charles G. Raymond.
10.16 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and M. Mark Urbania.

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


   

Description


10.17 *   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and John V. Keenan.
10.18 *   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Robert S. Zuckerman.
10.19 *   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Gabriel M. Serra.
10.20 *   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Brian W. Taylor.
10.21 *   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Kenneth L. Privratsky.
10.22 *   Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Karen H. Richards.
10.23     Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Admiral James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.).
10.24     Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and James G. Cameron.
10.25     Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Ernie L. Danner.
10.26     Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement dated as of February 27, 2003 by and among HLH, LLC, Horizon Lines, LLC, CSX Corporation, CSX Alaska Vessel Company, LLC and SL Service, Inc., as supplemented by the joinder agreements, dated as of July 7, 2004, of Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., Falconhurst, LLC, Horizon Lines Ventures, LLC, Horizon Lines of Alaska, LLC, Horizon Lines of Guam, LLC, Horizon Lines Vessels, LLC, Horizon Services Group, LLC, Sea Readiness, LLC, Sea-Logix, LLC, S-L Distribution Services, LLC and SL Payroll Services, LLC.
10.27     Put/call Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among H-Lines Holdings Corp. and the other parties thereto.
10.28     Horizon Lines Holding Corp. Stock Option Plan.
10.29 *†   International Intermodal Agreement 5124-5024, dated as of March 1, 2002, between Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., Horizon Lines of Alaska, LLC and CSX Intermodal, Inc.
10.30 *†   Sub-Bareboat Charter Party Respecting 3 Vessels, dated as of February 27, 2003, in relation to m.v.s Horizon Anchorage, Horizon Tacoma and Horizon Kodiak, between CSX Alaska Vessel Company, LLC, as charterer, and Horizon Lines, LLC, as sub-charterer.
10.31 *†   TP1 Space Charter and Transportation Service Contract between A.P. Møller-Maersk Sealand and Horizon Lines, LLC, dated May 9, 2004.
10.32 *†   Container Interchange Agreement between A.P. Møller-Maersk, CSX Lines, LLC, CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and CSX Lines of Alaska, LLC, dated April 1, 2002.
10.33 *†   Stevedoring and Terminal Services Agreement between APM Terminals, North America, Inc. and Horizon Lines, LLC, dated May 9, 2004.
10.34 *†   Sea-Land Pacific Bareboat Charter Party between The Connecticut National Bank and Sea-Land Service, Inc., dated December 1, 1988.
10.35 *†   Sea-Land Enterprise Bareboat Charter Party between The Connecticut National Bank and Sea-Land Service, Inc., dated December 1, 1988.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description


10.36    Capital Construction Fund Agreement between Horizon Lines, LLC and the United States of America, represented by the Secretary of Transportation, acting by and through the Maritime Administrator, dated March 29, 2004.
10.37    Harbor Lease between Sea-Land Service and the State of Hawaii, Department of Transportation, Harbors Division, dated January 12, 1996.
10.38    Agreement between CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and The Puerto Rico Ports Authority, dated May 16, 2002.
10.39    Agreement dated March 29, 2001, between CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and The Puerto Rico Ports Authority.
10.40    Port of Kodiak Preferential Use Agreement between the City of Kodiak, Alaska and CSX Lines, LLC, dated April 12, 2002.
10.41    Terminal Operation Contract between the City of Kodiak, Alaska and CSX Lines of Alaska, LLC, dated May 2, 2002.
10.42    Sublease, Easement and Preferential Use Agreement dated October 2, 1990, between the City of Unalaska and Sea-Land Service, Inc., and Addendums and Amendments thereto.
21    List of Subsidiaries of Horizon Lines, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2*    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (incorporated by reference in Exhibit 5).
24    Powers of Attorney (see signature page of the Registration Statement).

* To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this document will be omitted and filed separately pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

 

Item 17.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser;

 

(2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;

 

(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on the 1st day of March, 2005.

 

    HORIZON LINES, INC.
   

By:

 

  /s/    CHARLES G. RAYMOND


        Name: Charles G. Raymond
Date: March 1, 2005       Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Charles G. Raymond and M. Mark Urbania, and each of them, severally (with full power to act alone) as the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in, and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their or his substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    CHARLES G. RAYMOND      


Charles G. Raymond

  

Director, President and

Chief Executive Officer

  March 1, 2005

/s/    M. MARK URBANIA      


M. Mark Urbania

  

Senior Vice President—Finance and

Administration, Chief Financial

Officer and Assistant Secretary

  March 1, 2005

/s/    JOHN K. CASTLE      


John K. Castle

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/S/    MARCEL FOURNIER        


Marcel Fournier

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    J.L. HOLLOWAY  


Adm. James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    ERNIE L. DANNER        


Ernie L. Danner

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    JAMES E. CAMERON        


James E. Cameron

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

 

II-11


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


    

Description


1.1 *    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2      Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc., Horizon Lines Holding Corp., H-Lines Subcorp. and TC Group, L.L.C.
3.1 *    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering.
3.2 *    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to become effective upon closing of this offering.
4.1      Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
4.2      Indenture, dated as of December 10, 2004 between H-Lines Finance Holding Corp. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
4.3      Form of 9.00% Senior Notes due 2012 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.4      Form of 11% Senior Discount Note due 2013 (included in Exhibit 4.2).
4.5      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC and ABN AMRO Incorporated.
4.6      Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2004, by and among H-Lines Finance Holding Corp. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC.
4.7      Form of Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.8 *    Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.
5 *    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP.
9.1      Voting Trust Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines Holding Corp., the stockholders party thereto and John K. Castle, as voting trustee.
9.2      Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement dated as of October 15, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc., the stockholders party thereto and John K. Castle, as voting trustee.
9.3 *    Instrument of Accession to Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement for Stockwell Fund, L.P.
10.1      Membership Interest Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among HLH, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., CSX Domestic Shipping Corporation, CSX Residual Company, CSX Corporation and CSX Alaska Vessel Company.
10.2      Credit Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines Holding Corp., the parties designated as Guarantors therein, the parties designated as Lenders therein, the parties designated as Issuing Banks therein, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and as Mortgage Trustee thereunder.

 

II-12


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    

Description


10.3        Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, LLC, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other parties thereto.
10.4        Collateral Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, among Horizon Lines, LLC, as co-borrower, the other Grantors identified therein and UBS, AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties.
10.5        Management Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, among Castle Harlan, Inc., Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines, LLC, and Horizon Lines, Inc.
10.6        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2004, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Stockwell Fund, L.P.
10.7        Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc. and the other parties thereto.
10.8        First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2004, by and among Horizon Lines, Inc. and the other parties thereto.
10.9      Instrument of Accession to Stockholders Agreement, as amended, for Stockwell Fund, L.P.
10.10      Preferential Usage Agreement dated December 1, 1985, between the Municipality of Anchorage, Alaska and Sea-Land Service, Inc., and Amendments thereto.
10.11      Crane Relocation Agreement between American President Lines, Ltd., Sea-Land Service, Inc. and Port Authority of Guam, dated August 20, 1992.
10.12      Employment Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, between Horizon Lines, LLC and Charles G. Raymond.
10.13      Employment Agreement dated as of July 7, 2004, between Horizon Lines, LLC and M. Mark Urbania.
10.14 *    Severance Agreement between Horizon Lines, LLC and Robert S. Zuckerman.
10.15 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Charles G. Raymond.
10.16 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and M. Mark Urbania.
10.17 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and John V. Keenan.
10.18 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Robert S. Zuckerman.
10.19 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Gabriel M. Serra.
10.20 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Brian W. Taylor.
10.21 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Kenneth L. Privratsky.
10.22 *    Restricted Stock Agreement, dated January 14, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Karen H. Richards.
10.23      Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Admiral James L. Holloway III, U.S.N. (Ret.).
10.24      Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and James G. Cameron.

 

II-13


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


   

Description


10.25     Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2005, between Horizon Lines, Inc. and Ernie L. Danner.
10.26     Amended and Restated Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement dated as of February 27, 2003 by and among HLH, LLC, Horizon Lines, LLC, CSX Corporation, CSX Alaska Vessel Company, LLC and SL Service, Inc., as supplemented by the joinder agreements, dated as of July 7, 2004, of Horizon Lines Holding Corp., Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., Falconhurst, LLC, Horizon Lines Ventures, LLC, Horizon Lines of Alaska, LLC, Horizon Lines of Guam, LLC, Horizon Lines Vessels, LLC, Horizon Services Group, LLC, Sea Readiness, LLC, Sea-Logix, LLC, S-L Distribution Services, LLC and SL Payroll Services, LLC.
10.27     Put/call Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2004, by and among H-Lines Holdings Corp. and the other parties thereto.
10.28     Horizon Lines Holding Corp. Stock Option Plan.
10.29 *†   International Intermodal Agreement 5124-5024, dated as of March 1, 2002, between Horizon Lines, LLC, Horizon Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc., Horizon Lines of Alaska, LLC and CSX Intermodal, Inc.
10.30 *†   Sub-Bareboat Charter Party Respecting 3 Vessels, dated as of February 27, 2003, in relation to m.v.s Horizon Anchorage, Horizon Tacoma and Horizon Kodiak, between CSX Alaska Vessel Company, LLC, as charterer, and Horizon Lines, LLC, as sub-charterer.
10.31 *†   TP1 Space Charter and Transportation Service Contract between A.P. Møller-Maersk Sealand and Horizon Lines, LLC, dated May 9, 2004.
10.32 *†   Container Interchange Agreement between A.P. Møller-Maersk, CSX Lines, LLC, CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and CSX Lines of Alaska, LLC, dated April 1, 2002.
10.33 *†   Stevedoring and Terminal Services Agreement between APM Terminals, North America, Inc. and Horizon Lines, LLC, dated May 9, 2004.
10.34 *†   Sea-Land Pacific Bareboat Charter Party between The Connecticut National Bank and Sea-Land Service, Inc., dated December 1, 1988.
10.35 *†   Sea-Land Enterprise Bareboat Charter Party between The Connecticut National Bank and Sea-Land Service, Inc., dated December 1, 1988.
10.36     Capital Construction Fund Agreement between Horizon Lines, LLC and the United States of America, represented by the Secretary of Transportation, acting by and through the Maritime Administrator, dated March 29, 2004.
10.37     Harbor Lease between Sea-Land Service and the State of Hawaii, Department of Transportation, Harbors Division, dated January 12, 1996.
10.38     Agreement between CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and The Puerto Rico Ports Authority, dated May 16, 2002.
10.39     Agreement dated March 29, 2001, between CSX Lines of Puerto Rico, Inc. and The Puerto Rico Ports Authority.
10.40     Port of Kodiak Preferential Use Agreement between the City of Kodiak, Alaska and CSX Lines, LLC, dated April 12, 2002.
10.41     Terminal Operation Contract between the City of Kodiak, Alaska and CSX Lines of Alaska, LLC, dated May 2, 2002.
10.42     Sublease, Easement and Preferential Use Agreement dated October 2, 1990, between the City of Unalaska and Sea-Land Service, Inc., and Addendums and Amendments thereto.

 

II-14


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description


21    List of Subsidiaries of Horizon Lines, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2*    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (incorporated by reference in Exhibit 5).
24    Powers of Attorney (see signature page of the Registration Statement).

* To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this document will be omitted and filed separately pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 406 of the Securities Act.

 

II-15


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘S-1’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
4/1/13
11/1/12
6/15/12
7/7/11
10/31/10
9/30/10
4/1/10
2/27/10
12/31/09
7/7/09
2/27/094
1/7/09
11/1/08
10/1/084
7/1/084
4/1/084
3/31/084,  8-K
11/9/07
11/1/07
10/1/074
7/31/074
6/30/07
6/15/064,  8-K
1/7/06
12/15/053,  8-K
10/1/05
8/9/05
8/8/05UPLOAD
7/8/05
6/30/05
6/15/05
5/27/05
4/30/05
Filed as of:3/2/05
Filed on:3/1/05
2/28/05
2/15/05
2/10/05
1/28/05
1/14/05
1/7/05
12/26/04
12/16/04
12/13/04
12/10/04
12/6/04
10/15/04
10/8/04
10/5/04
9/30/04
9/20/04
8/9/04
7/31/04
7/7/04
7/6/04
7/1/04
6/30/04
6/18/04
5/22/04
5/12/04
5/9/04
3/29/04
3/1/04
12/31/03
12/27/03
12/23/03
12/22/03
12/21/03
7/1/03
6/29/03
4/23/03
3/23/03
2/27/03
2/26/03
12/28/02
12/27/02
12/23/02
12/22/02
6/30/02
5/16/02
5/2/02
4/12/02
4/1/02
3/1/02
2/28/02
12/24/01
12/23/01
9/11/01
3/29/01
3/19/01
12/24/00
12/27/99
4/20/99
2/6/97
1/12/96
8/20/92
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001193125-05-040055   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Mon., Apr. 29, 10:08:37.2pm ET